Note from Wayne S. Walker:  Over the past several years, I have posted on various e-mail lists weekly hymn studies which give biographical information about the authors and composers of different hymns along with background material and a scriptural exposition of each hymn.  I am currently trying to go back and post some of the previous hymn studies on this website, and I will start posting current ones each week.  They will be arranged in alphabetical order by title.  Also, some of these hymn studies, along with many others, are now included in book that I have written entitled Songs of Zion.  It can be ordered from the publisher by calling 1-800-423-2484 or going to www.faith-facts.com.  If you have any questions or comments, you may contact us by e-mail at: defender@defenderoftruth.com.  And if you would like to receive a daily hymn study, similar to those on this website, by e-mail, you can join the Hymn of the Day list by sending a blank e-mail to hymnoftheday-subscribe@yahoogroups.com.

"A BEAUTIFUL LIFE"

"Let us do good unto all men, especially unto them who are of the household of faith" (Gal. 6.10)

INTRO.: A song which encourages us to do good unto others is "A Beautiful Life" (#395 in "Hymns for Worship Revised" and #103 in "Sacred Selections for the Church"). The text was written and the tune (Life's Evening Sun) was composed both by William M. Golden (1878-1934). The song is dated 1918, but not much can be found about its background. Perhaps Golden's best known song is "Where the Soul Never Dies," beginning, "To Canaan's land I'm on my way."

Among hymnbooks published by members of the Lord's church for use in churches of Christ during the twentieth century, "A Beautiful Life" appeared in several regional books, such as Marion Davis's 1940 "Complete Christian Hymnal," The Firm Foundation's 1944 "New Wonderful Songs," and Will Slater's 1952 "Hymns of Praise and Devotion." Its popularity today is probably a result of its appearance in "Sacred Selections." It was also used in Robert Welch's 1963 "Abiding Hymns" and today is found in "Songs of the Church," "Songs of the Church 21st C. Ed.," and "Songs of Faith and Praise," all edited by Alton Howard; "Church Gospel Songs and Hymns" edited by V. E. Howard; and "Praise for the Lord" edited by John P. Wiegand.

The song suggests several things that we can do to be a good influence on others.

I. According to stanza 1, we must do our work for the Lord every day

"Each day I'll do a golden deed By helping those who are in need;

My life on earth is but a span, And so I'll do the best I can."

A. Christianity is a religion that must be practiced daily and affect our daily lives: Lk. 9.23

B. Therefore, daily we should be concerned about those who are in need: Jas. 1.27

C. The reason that this is so important is that our lives are but a span so we must do good while we have the time: Jas. 4.13-17

II. According to stanza 2, we must let our lights shine

"To be a child of God each day, My light must shine along the way;

I'll sing His praise while ages roll And strive to help some troubled soul."

A. God wants us to be His spiritual children: 1 Jn. 3.1

B. However, as His children, He wants us to let our lights so shine that men may see our good works and glorify Him: Matt. 5.14-16

C. One way to do this is to sing His praise that we might teach and admonish others: Col. 3.16
III. According to stanza 3, we must be kind to others

"The only life that will endure Is one that's kind and good and pure.

And so for God I'll take my stand; Each day I'll lend a helping hand."

A. Our lives are more than just our physical existence, and to have an enduring quality they must be influenced by Christ: Matt. 6.25, Gal. 2.20

B. A life that is truly influenced by Christ will be characterized by kindness: Eph. 4.32, Col. 3.12

C. Such a life will also not be ashamed to take a stand for God so that it can be a help to others: Rom. 1.16, 2 Tim. 1.8

IV. According to stanza 4, we must help those who are in need

"I'll help someone in time of need And journey on with rapid speed;

I'll help the sick and poor and weak, And words of kindness to them speak."

A. We should be willing to help those who are in need because we love our neighbor as ourselves: Lev. 19.18

B. Again, we need to show this love while we have the time because we are journeying on with rapid speed: Ps. 90.9-10

C. Showing our love means helping the sick and poor and weak: Matt. 25.31-46

V. According to stanza 5, we must to serve God by assisting others in any way that we can

"While going down life's weary road, I'll try to lift some traveler's load;

I'll try to turn the night to day, Make flowers bloom along the way."

A. We can lift the traveler's load by showing our faith in giving him what he needs: Jas. 2.14-18

B. We can help turn the night to day by showing our love in assisting others in need: 1 Jn. 3.17-18

C. We can make flowers bloom along the way by being an influence for righteousness: 1 Pet. 2.11-12

CONCL.: The chorus re-emphasizes the need to be doing these things because of the brevity of life:
"Life's evening sun is sinking low; A few more days and I must go

To meet the deeds that I have done, Where there will be no setting sun."

God has eternal life planned for His people in heaven. However, to be made fit for such a wonderful dwelling place, we must strive while we journey here on this earth to have "A Beautiful Life."

"A BLESSING IN PRAYER"

"Giving thanks always...unto God...in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ" (Eph. 5.20)

INTRO.: A song which mentions some of the benefits that we can gain when we bow our heads to give thanks to God through our Lord Jesus Christ is "A Blessing In Prayer" (#34 in "Sacred Selections for the Church"). The text was written by Eliza Edmunds Hewitt (1851-1920). Hewitt produced many hymns in our books, including "Sunshine in the Soul," "More About Jesus," "When We All Get To Heaven," "Will There Be Any Stars In My Crown," "For Christ And The Church," "Give Me Thy Heart," "Stepping In The Light," and Who Will Follow Jesus." The tune was composed by William James Kirkpatrick (1838-1921). Some books give a copyright date of 1889, but the song was first published in the 1887 "Glad Hallelujahs" compiled by Kirkpatrick and John Robson Sweney (although sometimes songs were added in later editions of such books).

The earliest book published by members of the Lord's church for use among churches of Christ in the 20th century in which I have been able to find this song is the 1935 "Christian Hymns" No. 1, edited by L. O. Sanderson and published by The Gospel Advocate Co. After that, it also appeared in the 1948 "Christian Hymns No. 2" and the 1966 "Christian Hymns No. 3," as well as the 1937 "Great Songs of the Church No. 2" edited by E. L. Jorgenson and the 1963 "Abiding Hymns" edited by Robert C. Welch. In addition to "Sacred Selections," it can still be found in the 1971 "Songs of the Church" and the 1990 "Songs of the Church 21st C. Ed.," both edited by Alton H. Howard, and the 1992 "Praise for the Lord" edited by John P. Wiegand.

The song suggests several reasons why prayer can be such a blessing.

I. According to the first stanza, prayer brings us rest to our souls

"There is rest, sweet rest, at the Master's feet, There is favor now at the mercy seat,

For atoning blood has been sprinkled there, There is always a blessing, a blessing in prayer."

A. Jesus invites us to come to Him for rest: Matt. 11.28-30

B. The reason that we can find rest in Christ is because He is our "mercy seat", antitypical of the covering of the ark of the covenant which symbolized God's presence among the people of Israel: Exo. 25.17-22, Lev. 16.1-16

C. Just as the blood of a goat was brought to the Old Testament mercy seat to make atonement for the people, so Jesus's blood was shed to make atonement for all mankind: Heb. 9.11-14. Thus, in many hymns, the term "mercy seat" is often used, figuratively and poetically, for prayer as the means by which we can approach God through the atoning blood of Christ.

II. According to the second stanza, prayer brings us grace to help in our needs

"There is grace to help in our time of need, For our Friend above is a friend indeed;

We may cast on Him every grief and care; There is always a blessing, a blessing in prayer."

A. Because of the atoning blood of Christ, we can go through Him as our High Priest to find grace to help in time of need: Heb. 4.14-16

B. Therefore, we can be assured that He will always be there for us as a Friend in time of need: Jn. 15.13-15

C. And as a result of this, we may cast all our burdens and cares on Him: Psa. 55.22, 1 Pet. 5.7

III. According to the third stanza, prayer brings us equanimity in our minds

"When our songs are glad with the joy of life, When our hearts are sad with its ills and strife,

When the powers of sin would the soul ensnare, There is always a blessing, a blessing in prayer."

A. Sometimes our lives are such that we are filled with songs of joy: Ps. 95.1-7; expressing thanks to God in prayer can increase our gladness

B. Other times our lives are such that we are sad because of ills and strife: Ps. 4.1-8; calling upon God in prayer can comfort us in our trials

C. And at all times we face temptations which would ensnare our souls: Jas. 1.13-15; going to God in prayer can give us strength to resist the evil one

IV. According to the fourth stanza, prayer brings us peace in our hearts

"There is perfect peace though the wild waves roll, There are gifts of love for the seeking soul,

Till we praise the Lord in His home so fair, There is always a blessing, a blessing in prayer."

A. God offers perfect peace to those who have the kind of relationship with Him where they can make their requests known to Him in prayer: Isa. 26.3, Phil. 4.6-7

B. Thus, through prayer we can receive gifts from God which demonstrate His love for us as a Father for His children: Matt. 7.7-12

C. And we can have this access to God in prayer as long as this life remains, while we look forward to that time when we shall praise Him in His home so fair: Rom. 5.1-2, Eph. 2.14-18

CONCL.: The chorus continues to remind us of the wonderful privileges that the child of God has in prayer:

"There's a blessing in prayer, in believing prayer, When our Savior's name to the throne we bear;

Then a Father's love will receive us there: There's always a blessing, a blessing in prayer."

There should never be a time in our lives when we cannot go to God and talk with our heavenly Father. Hence, may we always remember that no matter what may happen to us in this life, there is "A Blessing In Prayer."

 "A CHARGE TO KEEP I HAVE"

"...And keep the charge of the LORD, that ye die not; for so I am commanded" (Lev. 8.35)

INTRO.: A song which encourages us to keep the charge that has been given to us is "A Charge To Keep I Have" (#201 in "Hymns for Worship Revised," and #215 in "Sacred Selections for the Church"). The text was written by Charles Wesley, who was born at Epworth in Lincolnshire, England, on Dec. 18, 1707, the eighteenth child and youngest son of Samuel and Susanna Wesley, and the brother of John Wesley whose work resulted in the formation of the Methodist Church. Becoming a minister in the Church of England, like his father and brother, he completed some 6,500 hymns on every conceivable subject of scripture, including such well-known favorites as "Jesus, Lover of My Soul," "Soldiers of Christ, Arise," and "Love Divine."

"A Charge To Keep" first appeared in the Wesley's "Short Hymns on Select Passages of Scripture," Vol. 1, of 1762. It was said to have been inspired by a reading of Matthew Henry's commentary on the book of Leviticus. While remembered primarily as a song-writer, Charles was also a powerful preacher, and delivered his last sermon at the age of 80 in March of 1788. His death occurred shortly afterward at Marylebone in London, England, on Mar. 29, 1788. The tune (Boyleston) that is found with this song in most of our books was composed by Lowell Mason (1792-1872). It first appeared in his worik "The Choir, or Union Collection of Church Music" in 1832, where it was used with "Our days are as the grass." It is possibly based on a Gregorian melody.

The song presents a challenge to everyone who wants to please God.

I. Stanza 1 tells us that we have a charge to keep

"A charge to keep I have, A God to glorify,

A never-dying soul to save And fit it for the sky."

A. A charge is a command to obey: 2 Tim. 4.1-2

B. Our charge involves two things--first, to glorify God: 1 Cor. 6.20

C. Second, to save our never-dying souls: Matt. 10.28

II. Stanza 2 tells us that this charge requires us to serve the present age

"To serve the present age, My calling to fulfill--

O may it all my powers engage To do my Master's will."

A. We serve the present age by living as God prescribes: Tit. 2.11-12

B. This is the calling that we have to fulfil: Eph. 4.1

C. Therefore, we should devote all our powers to doing God's will: Matt. 7.21

III. Stanza 3 tells us that we need to keep this charge with jealous care

"Arm me with jealous care, As in Thy sight to live;

And O Thy servant, Lord, prepare A strict account to give."

A. We need to have the same godly jealousy that Paul did: 2 Cor. 11.2

B. This will remind us that we are every in God's sight: Heb. 4.13

C. It will also help us to be prepared to give a strict account: Rom. 14.12

IV. Stanza 4 tells us that in order to keep our charge we must watch and pray

"Help me to watch and pray, And on Thyself rely,

Assured if I my trust betray, I shall forever die."

A. This is what Jesus told His disciples; Mk. 14.38

B. Watching and praying teaches us to rely on God, and this is a necessity for us to keep our trust: 1 Tim. 6.20

C. But if we betray that trust, we shall forever die--not just physical but spiritual death, meaning eternal separation from God: Rev. 20.14-15

CONCL.: This is a relatively short song, but it is particularly beneficial because it impresses us with the fact that true Christianity is more than just "going to church" on Sunday, or even profiting from the worship, as as important as that may be. It is a total commitment demonstrated in complete obedience to God's will. This song has been in nearly every hymnbook published by members of the Lord's church for use among churches of Christ. I grew up singing it. We would frequently use it at the beginning of the worship service to remind us of the seriousness of our purpose in worship to prepare ourselves for service to the Lord.  However, in my past quarter-century plus of preaching experience it has been sung much less frequently than I remember when growing up, perhaps because too many people want Christianity without real commitment. However, I must learn to do my Master's will in all things and be careful not to betray that trust because "A Charge To Keep I Have."

"A GLORY GILDS THE SACRED PAGE"

"How will the ministry of the Spirit not be more glorious?" (2 Cor. 3.8)

INTRO.: A song which talks about the glory of the ministry of the Spirit who revealed the word of God is "A Glory Gilds The Sacred Page." The text is taken from a poem that was written by William Cowper (1731-1800). It first appeared in the "Olney Hymns," Book II, published in 1779, which he put together with John Newton. Cowper is well known for such hymns as "There Is A Fountain" and "O For A Closer Walk With God."  The tune (Burlington) most often associated with it was composed by John Freckleton Burrows (1787-1852). It is believed to have first appeared in 1830. The eariest American usage seems to be in J. Ireland Tucker's 1872 "Hymnal with Tunes Old and New."

Among historic hymnals used by churches of Christ in the twentieth century, the song is found in the 1966 "Christian Hymns No. 3" in an arrangement by the editor, L. O. Sanderson. The only other use of this text in books published among churches of Christ that I have found is in the 1963 "Christian Hymnal" with a tune (Manoah) by Henry W. Greatorex usually associated with Samuel Stennett's "Majestic Sweetness." The song, almost exactly as found in "Christian Hymns No. 3" except without Sanderson's arrangement, is located in "Christian Praise," published by the Broadman Company, a Baptist publisher.

The hymn suggests some reasons why God's word is glorious.

I. Stanza one says that it is the sacred page

"A glory gilds the sacred page, Majestic like the sun,

It gives a light to every age; It gives, but borrows none."

A. It is the sacred page, the holy scripture, because is inspired of God: 2 Tim. 3.15-17

B. It is majestic like the sun because it reveals to us the "Sun of righteousness": Mal. 4.2

C. It gives a light to every age because it is a lamp to our feet: Ps. 119.105

II. Stanza two says that it is from God

"The hand that gave it still supplies The gracious light and heat;

"His truths upon the nations rise; They rise, but never set."

A. The same God who created the world and upholds all things by the word of His power, giving us light and heat, also gave us this word: Gen. 1.1, Heb. 1.1-3

B. It is in this sacred page that His truths upon the nations rise: Jn. 8.32, 17.17

C. And this truth never sets because the word of the Lord abides forever: Matt. 24.35, 1 Pet. 1.22-24

III. Stanza three says that it brings light to our day

"Let everlasting thanks be Thine For such a bright display,

As makes a world of darkness shine With beams of heavenly day."

A. It is a bright display because it came from Jesus who is the light of the world: Jn. 8.12

B. We need this light because the world is in darkness: 1 Jn. 5.19

C. And this light brings beams of heavenly day: 2 Pet. 1.19

IV. Stanza four says that it will lead us to brighter worlds above

"My soul rejoices to pursue The steps of Him I love,

Till glory breaks upon my view In brighter worlds above."

A. It is in the word that the example of Jesus which is given for us to follow is found: 1 Pet. 2.21-25

B. Following His example is intended to lead us in the strait and narrow way which will bring us to the place where glory breaks upon our view: Matt. 7.13-14

C. And when we get to the brighter worlds above, we shall be where there will never again be any night: Rev. 21.22-25

V. There is another stanza, actually the first of the stanzas of Cowper's poem, which I have seen in a some denominational hymnbooks; it says that the word is glorious because it was given through the Spirit.

"The Spirit breathes upon the Word And brings the truth to sight;

Precepts and promises afford A sanctifying light."

A. On first reading, the stanza seems to be saying that some direct operation of the Spirit is necessary upon the already revealed word to bring the truth to sight in the mind of the reader, a common denominational doctrine (which may be why our books omitted it). However, it is also possible that the poet is here simply using the present tense figuratively to talk about the revelation of the scripture in which the Spirit breathed upon the word as He made it known to those who were chosen by Christ to bring the truth to sight: Jn. 14.26, 15.26, 16.13

B. Thus, the Spirit guided the holy apostles and prophets as they brought the truth to sight through first their preaching, and then their writing: Eph. 3.3-5

C. The Spirit's breathing upon the word could be looked upon as His giving those inspired men the very words by which to speak and write God's will: 1 Cor. 2.10-13

CONCL.: Christians, of course, believe that the Bible is the sacred page, the revealed word of God, given through Christ by the Holy Spirit to inspired apostles and prophets. We sing other songs which refer to the message of the Bible as "Wonderful Words of Life" and in which we make the request, "Give Me The Bible." And one of the reasons that we revere the Bible so much is that "A Glory Gilds The Sacred Page."

"A MIGHTY FORTRESS"

"He is my refuge and my fortress; my God, in Him will I trust" (Ps. 91.2)

INTRO.: A hymn which presents God as a refuge and fortress is the familiar "A Mighty Fortress" (#16 in "Hymns for Worship Revised" and #216 in "Sacred Selections for the Church"). The text was written and the tune (Ein Feste Burg) was composed both by Martin Luther, who was born Nov. 10, 1483, at Eisleben in Saxony, Germany, the son of a poor miner. Educated at the University of Erfurt, he became a monk in 1505 and was ordained as a priest in 1507. The following year he joined the faculty at the University of Wittenberg, and it was there, in 1517, that he nailed his now well-known 95 theses to the door of the cathedral. Three years later, in 1520, he was excommunicated. As a result of his courage, he became the leader of the reform movement in 16th century Germany against the medieval Roman Catholic Church.

In 1520, when Luther was being threatened with arrest and trial in Rome, he was "kidnapped" (so to speak) and given asylum by a sympathetic German prince at the Wartburg Castle near Eisenach. Feeling that people should be able to understand their religion, he used the time during his year-long isolation to begin his work of translating the New Testament from Greek into German as well as writing hymns in the language which the common people spoke. It is thought that the security of this castle may have been in Luther's mind when he later penned his best-known hymn. One of the important benefits of the Reformation was the rediscovery of congregational singing. And the single most powerful hymn of the movement was this one, which was apparently produced in 1829 at Coburg when Luther was 45 for the Diet of Speier (or Spires) and published in a Wittenberg hymnbook that same year.

When Luther died suddenly on Feb. 18, 1546, at his hometown of Eisleben, the hymn was sung at his funeral and the first line was inscribed on his tombstone. The translation into English that we use was made by a professor at Harvard University, Frederick Henry Hedge (1805-1890). It was done in 1852 and first published in the 1853 "Hymns for the Church of Christ." The version of the melody as we know it is taken from the arrangement and harmonization of the great German Baroque composer, Johann Sebastian Bach (1685-1750). His 1717 Cantata #80 is based on the hymn. There were originally 4 stanzas in all, but most of our books have only three, with the third made up of sections taken from Luther's stanzas 3 and 4.

The hymn presents God a source of protection, like a strong castle.

I. In stanza 1 the Lord is called a bulwark.

"A mighty fortress is our God, A bulwark never failing; Our helper He, amid the flood of mortal ills prevailing.

For still our ancient foe Doth seek to work us woe; His craft and power are great, And armed with cruel hate, On earth is not his equal."

A. "Bulwark" means a defensive wall such as would surround a fortress which then can serve as a refuge: Ps. 46.1-2

B. Because God is such a bulwark, He is our helper: Heb. 13.6

C. Of course, needing such a bulwark implies that we have a foe against whom we require protection: 1 Pet. 5.8

II. In stanza 2, the point is made that God is the source of our trust

"Did we in our own strength confide, Our striving would be losing, Were not the right One [Man] on our side, the Man of God's own choosing.

Dost ask who that may be? Christ Jesus, it is He; Lord Sabaoth [is] His name, From age to age the same, And He must win the battle."

A. Since God is our refuge, we must look to Him for strength and not ourselves: Ps. 18.1-3

B. God provides the strength that we need through the right One who is on our side; Christ Jesus is called "the Man of God's own choosing" because He became human so that by His example He can aid us: Heb. 2.17-18

C. But He is not only man; He is also Lord Sabaoth; this has nothing to do with the sabbath but means "Lord of Hosts": Rom. 9.29, Jas. 5.4

III. In stanza 3, we are told that God will be the victor

"And though this world, with evil filled, Should threaten to undo us, We will not fear, for God hath willed His truth to triumph through us.

The prince of darkness grim, We tremble not for him; His rage we can endure, For lo! his doom is sure; One little word shall fell him."

A. The original first line read "with devils filled" since Luther believed that demons were still alive and active on earth; most of our

books, and many others, change it to evil. We certainly recognize that this world is filled with evil and thus threatens to undo us: Rom. 12.2; Jas. 1.25, 4.4; 1 Jn. 2.15

B. However, if we truly trust God, He will give us victory so that there is really nothing to be afraid of in this life: Matt. 10.28

C. This victory is assured to God's people because the doom of the prince of darkness has already been declared: Rev. 20.10

IV. In stanza for, it is said that God is the King

"That word above all earthly powers--No thanks to them--abideth; The Spirit and the gift[s] are ours Through Him who with us sideth.

Let goods and kindred go, This mortal life also; The body they may kill; God's truth abideth still, His kingdom is forever."

A. The means by which our King protects us is the word which abides: 1 Pet. 1.5, 25

B. Through this word, we have the Spirit and His gift to guide us and provide for all our spiritual needs: Acts 2.38, Eph. 6.11

C. Having these blessings, then, no matter what may happen in this life, we can receive an entrance into God's eternal kingdom: 2 Pet. 1.10-11

CONCL.: Luther felt that God is our protection from both enemies without and from the evil that arises within ourselves. He composed some 37 hymns, some of which were written for his five children. Many of these are still found in Lutheran hymnals even today. However, only this one has become universally known and loved, and the reason for its endurance is undoubtedly the stirring music which Luther provided and the personal sentiment of his words. This is not the easiest song to sing. But we should never grow tired of the truth found in this grand old hymn, because it gives us good reasons to praise God as "A Mighty Fortress."

"A SOUL WINNER FOR JESUS"

"I am made all things to all men, that I might by all means save some" (1 Cor. 9.22).

INTRO.: A song which exhorts us to do everything that we can by all means save some is "A Soul Winner for Jesus" (#568 in "Hymns for Worship Revised" and #93 in "Sacred Selections for the Church"). The text was written and the tune was composed both by James W. Ferrill (1879-1973). A native Texan whose family were members of the church of Christ, he began his study of music at age 15 and after graduating from college began conducting singing schools. His love for music brought him employemnt with first the Trio Music Co., and then the Quartet Music Co. In 1905, he was taking a thorough music course with The Analytical New Light Normal School of Music in Waco, TX, in which the class was given the assignment to write words to the title, "I Want To Be A Soul Winner For Jesus." After the class, he continued to work on it for two years before submitting it to a publisher. It was copyrighted in 1907 by the Quartet Music Co. During his life, he published around 40 hymns and spent his last days in the Park Place Nursing Home in Mart, TX, where he died at the age of 94.

This hymn, probably his best known, gives several reasons for being soul winners.

I. According to stanza 1, we should be soul winners because Jesus who died for us wants us to be

"I want to be a soul winner for Jesus every day, He does so much for me;

I want to aid the lost sinner to leave his erring way, And be from bondage free."

A. I once read a question where someone asked if it were scriptural to talk about soul winning and call Christians who work at it soulwinners; the Bible says that he who wins souls is wise: Prov. 11.30-31

B. And we should want to be soul winners for Jesus every day because He has done so much for us: Rom. 5.8, 1 Tim. 1.15

C. Thinking about what He has done for us, we should want to aid lost sinners to leave their erring ways so that they too can be from bondage free: Rom. 6.18-19

II. According to stanza 2, we should be soul winners because the lost need to be brought to Christ

"I want to be a soul winner and bring the lost to Christ, That they His grace may know;

I want to live for Christ ever and do His blessed will, Because He loves me so."

A. We need to remember how Andrew brought his brother, Simon (Peter) to Jesus and strive to follow that good example: Jn. 1.35-42

B. The purpose for which we seek to bring the lost to Christ is that they His grace may know: Eph. 2.8-9

C. But it is also important to remember that this is needed so that both we and they may live for Christ ever and do His blessed will: Matt. 28.18-20

III. According to stanza 3, we shouild be soul winners because we want to receive a shining crown

"I want to be a soul winner till Jesus calls for me To lay my burdens down;

I want to hear Him say, 'Sinner, you've gathered many sheaves, Receive a shining crown."

A. We need to be soul winners till Jesus calls us to lay our burdens down, because we must work while it is day: Jn. 9.4

B. Our hope in this is that we will be able to gather many sheaves in His service: Jn. 4.36-38

C. And when we have laid our burdens down, if we have done what we can to gather many sheaves, we can receive a shining crown: Rev. 2.10

CONCL.: The chorus impresses upon us the importance of being soul winners for Jesus each day because of what He has done for us.

"A soul winner for Jesus, a soul winner for Jesus, O let me be each day;

A soul winner for Jesus, a soul winner for Jesus, He's done so much for me."

What a great way to begin the new year--resolve to do as much as we can in the year 2000 to introduce as many souls to Jesus as we possibly can! So one very important aspect of the lives that we are to live for the Lord is being "A Soul Winner For Jesus."

"ABIDE WITH ME"

"I am with you always, even unto th end of the world" (Matthew 28.20).

INTRO.: A perenially favorite hymn which is actually a prayer to the Lord, asking Him to keep His promise to be with us always is "Abide With Me" (#74 in "Hymns for Worship Revised" and #654 in "Sacred Selections for the Church"). The text was written by Henry Francis Lyte (1793-1847). There is some evidence that he may have actually penned it, or at least started it, in 1820 following the tragic death of a minister friend. But the date usually given is 1847, when he prepared it, perhaps completing or adapting it, as a farewell before leaving Lower Brixham, England for Rome, Italy, because of ill health. However, he never made it and died at Nice, France. The hymn was first published later that year in a leaflet with Lyte's own tune, and was then published in a book, "Lyte's Remains," in 1850. This tune (Eventide or Monk) was composed for Lyte's text by William Henry Monk (1823-1889). It first appeared in 1861 in his "Hymns Ancient and Modern."

The song suggests that we need the Lord to abide with us at all times.

I. Stanza 1 says that Christ will abide with us in times of suffering

"Abide with me! fast falls the eventide, The darkness deepens, Lord, with me abide!

When other helpers fail, and comforts flee, Help of the helpless, O, abide with me!"

A. The "eventide" here is not just the evening of the day but symbolizes the close of life: Jn. 9.4

B. During this life we often face times of suffering, sometimes brought about even by persecution: 1 Pet. 4.12-14

C. But even when it seems that we are helpless, the Lord has promised to abide with us: Heb. 13.5-6

II. Stanza 2 says that Christ will abide with us in times of change

"Swift to its close ebbs out life's little day; Earth's joys grow dim, its glories pass away;

Change and decay in all around I see; O Thou who changest not, abide with me!"

A. As we live on earth, we realize that life's little day ebbs swiftly out: Jas. 4.13-14

B. And as life's little day ebbs swiftly out, we find that earth's joys grow dim and its glories pass away with the change and decay that is all around us--it has been said that the only thing which does not change is the fact that things change: Heb. 1.10-12

C. This change can often be unsettling, but we can always look to Him who changes not but is the same yesterday, today, and forever: Mal. 3.6, Heb. 13.8

III. Stanza 3 says that Christ will abide with us in times of temptation

"I need Thy presence every passing hour, What but THy grace can foil the tempter's power?
Who, like Thyself, my guide and stay can be? Through clouds and sunshine, O, abide with me."

A. All of us, like Jesus, must face the tempter throughout our lives: Matt. 4.1-11

B. But Jesus came to be tempted for the express purpose of providing an example that can be our guide and stay: Heb. 2.17-17, 4.14-16; 1 Pet. 22.21-23

C. Therefore, through Him, God's grace will help us to foil the tempter's power so that we can resist the devil: 1 Cor. 10.13, Jas. 4.8, 1 Pet. 5.8-9

IV. Stanza 4 says that Christ will abide with us even among our foes

"I fear no foe with Thee at hand to bless; Ills have no weight, and tears no bitterness;

Where is death's sting? where, grave, thy victory? I triumph still, if Thou abide with me!"

A. When Christ abides with us, we have nothing in this life to fear: Matt. 10.28

B. The reason for this is that because of the hope that we have in Christ even death loses its sting and the grave loses its victory: 1 Cor. 15.55-56

C. Thus, while the devil places many enemies in our way, including death and the grave, through Christ we can be more than conquerors: Rom. 8.31-39

V. Stanza 5 says that Christ will abide with us in death and in the life after

"Hold Thou Thy cross before my closing eyes; Shine through the gloom, and point me to the skies.

Heaven's morning breaks, and earth's vain shadows flee; In life, in death, O Lord, abide with me!"

A. The cross represents everything that Christ did, including His sacrificial death, for our redemption: 1 Cor. 1.18-24

B. It is the message of the cross that points us to the skies by making possible the promise of eternal life: 1 Jn. 2.25

C. Facing death can be a frightening experience, but strength and comfort can be found by trusting in Him who will lead us all the days of our lives and then takes us to dwell in His house forever: Ps. 23.4-6

CONCL.: This is often thought of as an evening hymn, and it is not inappropriate to sing it at the close of day. But its imagery of deepening darkness, growing dimness, and fading glories reminds me that as I approach death, if I have lived in such a way as to abide in Christ and He in me here, I can have the hope that in heaven He will forever "Abide With Me."

"ABOVE THE BRIGHT BLUE"

"Then we which are alive...shall be caught up together with them in the clouds, to meet the Lord in the air..." (1 Thess. 4.17).

INTRO.: A song which pictures the eternal home of the redeemed as being up, beyond the clouds, is "Above The Bright Blue" (#203 in "Hymns for Worship Revised" and #394 in "Sacred Selections for the Church"). The text was written and the tune was composed both by Charles Edward Pollock (1853-1924). I have not been able to find much information about him, except that a few of his songs have appeared in some of our books through the years, such as "The Christian's Welcome Home," and the tune for a song by N. H. Lines that I remember singing from "Christian Hymns No. 2" (the "old brown book") when I was growing up, "Glory For Me," beginning, "When in His glory the Savior I see."

Pollock evidently produced a lot of hymns, especially tunes, since various Mennonite hymnbooks that I have in my possession contain many songs attributed to him--one of them having sixteen. "Above the Bright Blue" was published in 1903 and was at one time copyrighted by the Tullar-Meredith Co. The earliest hymnbook published by members of the Lord's church in my collection where I have found it is the 1935 "Christian Hymns" No. 1, where the word "Alt." for "altered" appears after the author's name. What was altered was apparently the third stanza, because when the song appeared in the 1948 "Christian Hymns No. 2," both the third stanza and the "Alt." were omitted.

The song helps to create in our hearts a desire for heaven.

I. Stanza 1 tells us where heaven is

"There's a beautiful place called heaven; It is hidden above the bright blue,

Where the good, who from earth ties are riven, Live and love an eternity through."

A. This place is called heaven, and the scriptures often refer to the hope that is laid up or reserved in heaven for us: Col. 1.5, 1 Pet. 1.3-4

B. It is hidden above the bright blue. The English word "heaven" means "that which has been heaved" and is therefore up. Thayer's Lexicon says that both the Greek and the Hebrew words translated heaven refer to "the heights above, the upper regions." As a result, heaven has traditionally been pictured as above the earth, and therefore poetically spoken of as beyond "the bright blue" of the sky which is over the earth. Paul talked about a man who had been caught "UP" into the third heaven: 2 Cor. 12.1-2

C. And it is a place where the righteous shall live an eternity through. There are people who object, sometimes almost violently, to any use of the word "through" with reference to eternity, saying that "through" implies going into and then out of something, as a needle piercing through a piece of cloth, and since eternity goes on and on forever, we can never go "through" it. Granting that this is the primary meaning of the word "through," we must remember that we are trying to express infinite concepts with our finite language. Furthermore, our blood runs "through" our bodies, but it does not necessarily go in at one point and out at another. Therefore, the word "through" is sometimes used in the sense of "continually going around within," so in the same sense that our blood continually flows through our bodies, we can say that we shall continually exist through eternity. In any event, the Bible certainly teaches that the righteous in heaven will experience eternal life: Matt. 25.46, Mk. 10.30

II. Stanza 2 tells us what heaven is

"This land of sweet rest awaits us; Someday it will break on our view.

'Tis promised by Christ, the Redeemer, To His followers, faithful and true."

A. Heaven is a land of sweet rest; just as Joshua led the people of Israel into the rest of Canaan, so Jesus will lead His people into eternal rest: Heb. 4.1-10

B. This eternal rest is one of the exceeding great and precious promises that Christ has made to His people: 2 Pet. 1.4, 1 Jn. 2.25

C. But the only ones who will receive this promise are "His followers, faithful and true": Matt. 25.23, 1 Cor. 4.2, Rev. 2.10

III. Stanza 3 tells us why heaven is possible for us

"When He left His beloved disciples, He said, as He bade them adieu,

'I go to prepare you a mansion, If I go I'll be coming for you.'"

A. His leaving His beloved disciples evidently refers to His ascension into heaven: Jn. 16.7, Acts 1.11

B. But before He did so, He promised that when He went to the Father's house, He would prepare a place for His people: Jn. 14.1-3

C. And He also promised that He would come again to receive His people unto Himself; and this promise is repeated throughout the New Testament: Phil. 3.20-21, 1 Thes. 1.10

IV. Stanza 4 tells us when we shall see heaven

"We know not when He shall call us, Whether soon the glad summons shall be,

But we know when we pass o'er the river The glory of Jesus we'll see."

A. The fact is that we do not know when He shall call us, whether sooner or later; of course, the time of His coming is unknown, but the time of death is also uncertain: Matt. 24.36, Lk. 12.16-20

B. But we know that someday, like the Israelites passed over the River Jordan into their promised land of Canaan, we shall pass over the river of death: Josh. 3.14-17, Heb. 9.27

C. And, ultimately, when the Lord returns, the glory of Jesus we shall see: 1 Jn. 3.1-2

CONCL.: The chorus encourages us to set our affections on heavenly things:

"Above the bright blue, the beautiful blue, Jesus is waiting for me and for you;

Heaven is there, not far from our sight, beautiful city of light" (cf. Col. 3.1-2).

This hymn study was written on Thanksgiving Day, and we have many wonderful material blessings on this earth to be thankful for, in addition to the spiritual blessings in Christ. But we must remember that this world is not our home. Rather, our hope is "Above The Bright Blue."

"AFTER THE SHADOWS"

"For our light affliction, which is but for a moment, worketh for us a far more exceeding and eternal weight of glory" (2 Cor. 4.17)

INTRO.: A song which encourages us to look forward to that far more exceeding and eternal weight of glory is "After the Shadows" (#222 in "Hymns for Worship Revised," and #483 in "Sacred Selections for the Church"). The text was written by James Rowe (1865-1933). An immigrant from England, he was a very prolific hymntext author in the early 20th century. Some of his other hymns that many of us have no doubt sung include "He's My King," "Home of the Soul," "I Choose Jesus," "I Walk With The King," "Looking To Thee," "Love Lifted Me" (perhaps his best-known), "Wonderful Jesus," "You Never Mentioned Him To Me," and "Ring Out The Message," among others.

The tune was composed by Samuel William Beazley, who was born at Sparta, VA, in 1873. With five diplomas, including an A.B. in English, he taught singing schools for ten years and then was on the faculty of Shenandoah College for five years. A Baptist, he married Lorena Garner and had two sons. Much of his younger life was spent in the South. In his early years he was connected with the Ruebush-Kieffer Co., but later left and went to Laurel, MS, where he taught school. Still later, he was located in Atlanta, GA, and then maintained branches of his own publishing business there and in Dallas, TX, after moving to establish his main office in Chicago, IL, where he was a resident for the rest of his life. Eventually, he sold his songbook business, and his last book was purchased by Anthony Johnson Showalter (1858-1924). Showalter is best-known as the composer of "Leaning On The Everlasting Arms."

Even after that, however, Beazley continued to furnish songs and publish books for other companies, especially southern ones, most notably the Stamps-Baxter Co. In 1922 he served as music editor of "Songs for the Sunday School," put out by the Publishing House of the Methodist Episcopal Church South. Some four- to five-thousand gospel songs are attributed to him. "After the Shadows" was published in 1915; the copyright was renewed in 1943 by Stamps-Baxter. Due to failing health, Beazley retired from active business, and he died at the age of 71 on Sept. 16, 1944, in a Chicago hospital, where he had been confined for about a month. "After the Shadows" has been in many of our books, including "Christian Hymns No. 2," "Christian Hymns No. 3," "Christian Hymnal," and "The Great Christian Hymnal No. 2." Today, in addition to "Sacred Selections" and "Hymns for Worship," it is found in "Songs of the Church," "Songs of the Church 21st C. Ed.," and "Praise for the Lord."

The song helps focus our attention on the hope that we have after this life is over.

I. Stanza 1 pictures heaven as a beautiful morning after a dark midnight.

"After the midnight, morning will greet us; After the sadness, joy will appear;

After the tempest, sunlight will meet us; After the jeering, praise we shall hear."

A. Midnight is often used to symbolize a time of fear and sadness; so the coming of morning represents joy: Ps. 30.5

B. While storms can occur at any time, it seems that those which come at night are the scariest, and people hope for morning to come. In like manner, after the tempests of this life are over, we can look forward to the sunrise of God's calm and peace: Ps. 107.23-30

C. Also, it seems that those who jeer prefer to do so at night, under the cover of darkness, so we wait for the morning when we can hear God's praise: 1 Cor. 4.5

II. Stanza 2 pictures heaven as a time of peace after the battle

"After the battle, peace will be given; After the weeping, song there will be;

After the journey, there will be heaven; Burdens will fall and we shall be free."

A. During the battle, there is always lots of weeping, but afterwards there is the song of victory for God's people: Rev. 15.2-3

B. The battle also often requires that there be journeying to the scene of warfare, but when it is over God's people will go to the place of their citizenship: Phil. 3.20-21

C. Fighting the battle involves bearing great burdens, but after the victory, those burdens will be removed and we shall be able to rest from our labors: Rev. 14.13

III. Stanza 3 pictures heaven as a place of sunshine after shadows

"Shadows and sunshine all through the story, Teardrops and pleasure day after day;

But when we reach the kingdom of glory, Trials of earth will vanish away."

A. This life consists of both sunshine and shadows, teardrops and pleasure, mingled together as long as we live on this earth: Eccl. 2.24, 9.3

B. However, God has prepared a kingdom of glory for His people: Matt. 25.34, 2 Pet. 1.10-11

C. And when His people reach that eternal kingdom, all the trials, tribulations, sorrows, and sufferings of this life will vanish away in the light of God's glory: Rev. 21.4, 23

CONCL.: The chorus continues the contrast between the shadows of this life and the sunshine of heaven:

"After the shadows, there will be sunshine; After the frown, the soul-cheering smile;

Cling to the Savior, love Him forever; All will be well in a little while."

As noted earlier, this song has been in many of the popular hymnbooks used by brethren from around the mid 1900's. It was hardly ever sung in my home congregation when I was growing up, and when I would try to lead it, I never seemed to get the timing at the end of the chorus quite right. It was not until I went to college that one of the song leaders in the congregation where I attended led the song from time to time and I was able to get the rhythm fixed in my mind. I have always felt that this was a beautiful song, both in the message that it conveys to us about what we have to look forward to, and in the music to which that message is sung. It serves to remind us that whatever problems and difficulties we may be called upon to face in this life, we can endure if we continue to set our affections on things above and center our attention on the reward that we shall have "After The Shadows."

"AGAIN THE LORD OF LIGHT AND LIFE"

"...God is light and in Him is no darkness at all" (1 Jn. 1.5)

INTRO.: A hymn which pictures Jesus as the light of God who, by His resurrection from the dead on the first day of the week, brings life is "Again the Lord of Light and Life." The text was written by Anna Letetia Aiken Barbauld (1743-1825). It first appeared in William Enfield's "Hymns for Public Worship," published at Warrington, England, in 1772. Originally in eleven stanzas, it was revised and reduced to four stanzas by William Bangs Collyer, and this text was included in his "Hymns" of 1812. The tune (Arlington) usually used with this text was composed by English musician Thomas Augustus Arne (1710-1778). It was taken from the minuet in the overture to his 1762 opera "Artaxerxes." The arrangement as a hymn-tune was made by Ralph Harrison (1748-1810). It was first published in his "Sacred Harmony," Vol. 1, in 1784.

In the historic hymnbooks used among churches of Christ in the 20th century, this hymn, so far as I know, first appeared in the 1925 edition of the 1921 "Great Songs of the Church" (No. 1) edited by Elmer L. Jorgenson. From there, it found its way into the 1937 "Great Songs of the Church No. 2" also edited by Jorgenson; the 1948 "Christian Hymns No. 2" and the 1966 "Christian Hymns No. 3" both edited by Lloyd O. Sanderson; the 1963 "Christian Hymnal" edited by J. Nelson Slater; and the 1963 "Abiding Hymns" edited by Robert C. Welch. In hymnbooks of current use among churches of Christ, it is found in the 1971 "Songs of the Church", the 1990 "Songs of the Church 21st Century Ed.," and the 1994 "Songs of Faith and Praise" all edited by Alton H. Howard; the 1978/1983 "Church Gospel Songs and Hymns" edited by V. E. Howard; the 1986 "Great Songs Revised" edited by Forrest M. McCann; and the 1992 "Praise for the Lord" edited by John P. Wiegand.

This same tune has been used with a number of other common meter hymns, including Joseph Swain's "How Sweet, How Heavenly Is the Sight" in the 1935 "Christian Hymns" (No. 1) also edited by Sanderson; most notably Isaac Watts's "Am I a Soldier of the Cross" in "Christian Hymns No. 2," "Christian Hymns No. 3," "Christian Hymnal," "Abiding Hymns," the 1956 "Sacred Selections for the Church," edited by Ellis J. Crum, "Church Gospel Songs and Hymns," "Great Songs Revised," the 1987 "Hymns for Worship (Revised)" (#275) edited by Dane K. Shepard and R. J. Stevens, and "Praise for the Lord" (#134); and Isaac Watts's "This Is the Day the Lord Hath Made" in "Praise for the Lord."

This hymn is a particularly appropriate one to sing on the Lord's day.

I. Stanza 1 speaks of a day which is brought by the Lord of light and life

"Again the Lord of light and life Awakes the kindling ray,

Unseals the eyelids of the morn, And pours increasing day."

A. Jesus Christ is the Lord of light and life because in Him is life which brings light to men: Jn. 1.1-4

B. This light unseals the eyelids of the morn; the morning, with its rising sun, is an excellent time to think about the light and life of

Christ: Psa. 5.1-3

C. It also pours increasing day; the song is talking about a particular 24-hour day of the week, but that can easily be used to represent the spiritual day that Christ brings to all who come to Him: 2 Pet. 1.19

II. Stanza 2 speaks of a day on which a special Sun arose

"O what a night was that which wrapt The heathen world in gloom!

O what a Sun which rose this day Triumphant from the tomb!"

A. The concept of night is used throughout the Bible to refer to the darkness of sin that envelops this world: Rom. 13.12-13

B. But there was a day on which the Sun arose; the Messiah is spoken of in prophecy as "the Sun of Righteousness": Mal. 4.2

C. And the day on which He rose triumphant from the tomb was the first day of the week: Mk. 16.1-9

III. Stanza 3 speaks of a day on which worship is presented to God

"This day be grateful homage paid, And loud hosannas sung;

Let gladness dwell in every heart, And praise on every tongue."

A. "This day" therefore is the first day of the week, which in prophecy is "the day that the Lord has made" when the stone which the builders had rejected became the chief cornerstone: Psa. 118.22-24, Acts 4.10-11

B. While the Bible never gives a specific reason, it is not out of the realm of possibility that this fact is at least part of the reason why

God chose the first day of the week to be the day that Christians assemble to break bread: Acts 20.7

C. And while our worship is not necessarily limited to this day, when we do come together on the Lord's day we can offer unto Him the sacrifice of praise which is the fruit of our lips, giving thanks to His name: Heb. 10.25, 13.15

IV. Stanza 4 speaks of a day which is welcomed by untold numbers of people

"Ten thousand different lips shall join To hail this welcome morn,

Which scatters blessings on its wings To nations yet unborn."

A. It was the first day of the week on which the Lord brought forth physical light to the world: Gen. 1.5

B. In like manner, it was also the first day of the week on which the Lord brought His Son, the spiritual light of the world, out of the grave: Lk. 24.1-8

C. Thus, we hail the first day of the week, which "scatters blessings on its wings" to those who assemble upon it, as the Lord's day: Rev. 1.10

CONCL.: In years gone by, it was common to have many hymns available that could specifically be used to open a worship service on the first day of the week. However, for whatever reason, many of those have unfortunately fallen out of regular usage. Yet, it is good for us to stop and think and sing about what the first day of the week means to us as we remember "Again the Lord of Light and Life."

"ALL CREATURES OF OUR GOD AND KING"

"All Thy works shall praise Thee, O Lord..." (Ps. 145.10)

INTRO.: A hymn of praise to God that seems to be loosely paraphrased from Ps. 145 is "All Creatures Of Our God And King" (#56 in "Hymns for Worship Revised). The text was written by Giovanni Bernardone, better known as Francis of Assisi, who was born in the Italian hill town of Assisi in 1182, the son of a wealthy cloth merchant named Pietro Bernardone. After a youth spent in indulgence, he became a soldier and at age 20 fought in a skirmish with neighboring Perugia in which he was captured and imprisoned for a year or more. A serious illness in 1202 caused a great reformation in his life, and at age 25 he determined to serve God by imitating the selfless life of Christ. Taking up residence in the ruined hermitage of St. Damian on Mt. Subasio outside Assisi, in 1210 at the age of 28 he founded the Franciscan Order of Friars whom he sent out to preach the gospel and help the needy. The rest of his life was lived in prayer, poverty, and caring for the needs of others.

Francis loved the flowers, birds, and animals, seeing the handiwork of God in all nature. This is evident in his writing which remain, including a number of sermons, poems, and letters. Also he loved music and, being familiar with the French troubadours, adapted their style of singing for sacred songs. In all, he produced more than sixty hymns. Within a year before his death, around 1225 or 1226, he penned a poem, "The Canticle of the Sun" (Canticum Solis), from which "All Creatures Of Our God And King" is taken. It is considered the first great hymn in the Italian language and was composed in the hot summer during a time of illness, suffering, and misery. Shortly thereafter, he died at Portiuncula, near Assisi, on Oct. 4, 1226.

The English translation and versification were made sometime between 1899 and 1919, most likely around 1910 or 1911, for a children's festival at Leeds, England, by an English minister, William Henry Draper (1885-1933). Though he was living at Adel, Yorkshire, at the time, he first published it in a small collection of his hymns, "School Worship," in 1926 (some sources say 1919) after moving to London. The tune (Lasst Uns Erfruen) is a believed to be a seventeenth century folk melody that first appeared in the German Catholic hymnal "Geistliche Kirchengesangebuch" published by Peter von Brachel in 1623 at Cologne. After being forgotten for many years, it was revived in the twentieth century for "The English Hymnal" of 1906, published in London, with the modern harmonization by music editor Ralph Vaughan Williams (1872-1958). The words "Alleluia" and "O praise Him" were added to fit Francis's words to the music.

The first book published by a member of the Lord's church for use among churches of Christ to include this song that I am aware of is the 1963 "Christian Hymnal" edited by J. Nelson Slater. It was not used in most of our older books from the early and middle twentieth centuries, but did appear in the 1975 Supplement to the 1937 "Great Songs of the Church" originally edited by E. L. Jorgenson. Since then, it has been found in the 1986 "Great Songs Revised" edited by Forrest M. McCann, the 1992 "Praise for the Lord" edited by John P. Wiegand, and the 1994 "Songs of Faith and Praise" edited by Alton H. Howard, as well as "Hymns for Worship."

The song calls upon all of God's creation to praise Him.

I. Stanza 1 says that all creatures of God, including the sun and moon, should praise Him.

"All creatures of our God and King, Lift up your voice and with us sing Alleluia! Alleluia!

Thou burning sun with golden beam, Thou silver moon with softer gleam, O praise Him, O praise Him!"

A. While we usually use the word "creature" to mean a living being, it literally means "that which is created," and indeed all things created by God exhibit praise to Him: Ps. 148.1-14

B. We should join our voices with them in giving God the fruit of our lips and offering the sacrifice of praise to Him: Heb. 13.15

C. By their very existence, the heavenly bodies praise the One who made them: Ps. 97.6

II. Stanza 2 says that the forces of nature--wind and clouds--and both morning and evening should praise God.

"Thou rushing wind that art so strong, Ye clouds that sail in heaven along, O praise Him, Alleluia!

Thou rising morn, in praise rejoice; He lights of evening find a voice, O praise Him, O praise Him."

A. Even such inanimate objects as the seas, the rivers, and the hills testify of their Creator: Ps. 98.7-8

B. The rising of the sun in the morning declares the glory of God: Ps. 19.1-6

C. Also the lights of the evening bear witness to the creation of God: Gen. 1.14-19

III. Stanza 3 says that both water and fire, which are likewise natural forces ordained by God to provide for His creation, should praise Him.

"Thou flowing water, pure and clear, Make music for thy Lord to hear. Alleluia! Alleluia!

Thou fire so masterful and bright, That givest man both warmth and light, O praise Him, O praise Him!"

A. Unlike other planets in our solar system which are barren, earth has abundant water which was obviously provided by God when He created our world: Gen. 1.1-10

B. No one knows exactly when fire was discovered, but it exists as a result of natural forces which God set in motion from the creation: cf. Gen. 22.6-7

C. It is through these means that God gives food in due season and fills us with good: Ps. 104.27-28

IV. Stanza 4 says that all mankind should praise God who helps us bear our pain and suffering.

"And all ye men of tender heart, Forgiving others, take your part. O sing ye! Alleluia!

Ye who long pain and sorrow bear, Praise God and on Him cast your care! O praise Him! O praise Him!"

A. Like David, we should extol God as our King and bless His name forever: Ps. 145.1-2

B. Yes, we must bear our share of pain and sorrow in this life: Job 14.1

C. Yet, God loves us and we can cast all our cares upon Him: 1 Pet. 5:7

V. Stanza 5 says that all things--human, animal, vegetable, mineral, or celestial--should bless the Father, Son, and Spirit.

"Let all things their Creator bless, And worship Him in humbleness. O praise Him! Alleluia!

Praise, praise the Father, praise the Son, And praise the Spirit, three in One! O praise Him! O praise Him!"

A. God is the Creator: Exo. 20.11

B. Therefore, He alone is worthy of our worship: Jn. 4:24

C. Everything that has breath should praise the Lord: Ps. 150.6

CONCL.: Each stanza concludes with a three-fold repetition of the word "Alleluia!" This is a form of the Hebrew term that means "Praise Jehovah!" or "Praise the Lord." As we consider the beauty of the universe and all the provisions which God has placed on this earth for our benefit and enjoyment, we should be moved to express our praise to Him who made them, along with "All Creatures Of Our God And King."

"ALL HAIL THE POWER OF JESUS' NAME"

"But we see Jesus...crowned with glory and honor..." (Heb. 2.9).

A hymn of praise to Jesus the Son who was crowned with glory and honor is "All Hail The Power Of Jesus' Name" (#'s 343, 649 in "Hymns for Worship Revised" and #'s 18, 19 in "Sacred Selections for the Church"). The text was written by Edward H. Perronett (1721 or 1726-1792). A descendent of French Hugenots who fled to England, he became an Anglican minister, then broke with the Established church to join the Wesleys, but later left them to found an independent Congregational chapel at Canterbury. He penned these words in 1779 and the first stanza appeared anonymously that year in the Nov. issue of "The Gospel Magazine," edited by Augustus M. Toplady. The entire hymn was carried in the Apr., 1780 issue; its first hymnbook publication was in Perronett's 1785 "Occasional Verses, Moral and Sacred." The hymn has undergone many alterations, the most extensive in the 1787 songbook, "Selection of Hymns from the Best Authors," where numerous changes were made and the final stanza added by the editor, John Rippon (1751-1836).

The tune known as Coronation (#434) was composed by Oliver Holden (1765-1844). In 1786 this Charlestown, MA, carpenter who was a self-taught musician produced this melody to commemorate the birth of his daughter. Later, in 1792, he had become a Baptist minister in Boston, MA, and was compiling a hymnbook. He found Perronett's words published anonymously in a magazine and discovered that they perfectly matched his own music written earlier. This version was first published in Holden's "Union Harmony, or Universal Collection of Sacred Music." The tune known as Diadem (#649) was composed by James Ellor (1819-1899). Only nineteen years old at the time, he was a hat-maker by trade and song-director at the Wesleyan Chapel at Droylsden near Manchester, England, when he produced this melody for Perronett's text.

The song is a salutation to Jesus in memory of His ascension into heaven.

I. Stanza 1 says that angels should fall prostrate before Him

"All hail the power of Jesus' name! Let angels prostrate fall!

Bring forth the royal diadem, And crown Him Lord of all."

A. Angels are heavenly, spiritual beings who serve as messengers of God: cf. Matt. 1.20, 22.30

B. The Bible pictures the angelic hosts as surrounding the throne of God in heaven: Rev. 5.11-14

C. As Jesus is pictured ascending, the angels are called upon to bring the royal diadem with which to crown Him because even they are to worship Him: Heb. 1.4-6

II. Stanza 2 says that the chosen seed of Israel's race should hail Him

"Ye chosen seed of Israel's race, Ye ransomed from the fall,

Hail Him who saves you by His grace, And crown Him Lord of all."

A. Israel's race refers first to the physical nation of Israel whom God chose to bring forth the Messiah: Matt. 10.6 & 23, 15.24

B. But this chosen seed is then extended to include spiritual Israel which was ransomed from the fall: Rom. 9.6, Gal. 6.16

C. People of all covenants were ransomed from the fall by the sacrifice of Christ and should join in the crowning: Rev. 5.8-9

III. Stanza 3 says that sinners should bow down before Him

"Sinners, whose love can ne'er forget The wormwood and the gall,

Go spread your trophies at His feet, And crown Him Lord of all."

A. The fact is that all responsible people have sinned and thus are sinners at one time in their lives: Rom. 3.23

B. However, Jesus suffered and died, having been offered vinegar and gall, for sinners: Matt. 27.34, Rom. 5.8

C. Whenever sinners accept Jesus as Savior, whether those who came just after His ascension or those who come now, they crown Him, symbolizing the acknowledgement of Him as Lord of their lives, by their obedience to His will: Matt. 7.21

IV. Stanza 4 says that every kindred and every tribe on earth should ascribe majesty to Him
"Let every kindred, every tribe, On this terrestrial ball,

To Him all majesty ascribe, And crown Him Lord of all."

A. It had been prophesied that people of all nations would flow into the Messianic kingdom: Isa. 2.1-4

B. When Jesus came, He said that His gospel would be for all nations and should be preached to every creature under heaven: Matt. 28.18-20, Mk. 16.15-16

C. Thus, all mankind is pictured as participating in the crowning of Jesus in that God wants every knee to bow to His name and every tongue to confess to His glory: Phil. 2.10

V. Stanza 5 says that each of us personally should praise Him

"O that with yonder sacred throng We at His feet may fall!

We'll join the everlasting song, And crown Him Lord of all."

A. Falling at Jesus' feet is a symbol of our submission to His will which is necessary for our salvation: Matt. 7.21

B. This attitude of submission must lead to obedience: Heb. 5.8-9

C. Hence, the author wishes that he himself and all of us could have been among that throng who began the everlasting song: Rev. 19.1-5

CONCL.: Through the years, many brethren have refused to include this great song in hymnbooks which they published, or if it was found in a book which they used some refused to sing it, because they claimed that it was premillennial. The fact that Perronett did not believe in premillennialism would make it highly unlikely that he would write a premillennial song. But because of this mistaken belief, some editors have made unnecessary changes in it. One editor arranged stanza 1 to say, "They brought the royal diadem And crowned Him Lord of all." This overlooks the fact that the author uses present tense language to describe a past act, the coronation of Jesus following His resurrection and ascension, intending to emphasize to our minds what it would have been like if we had actually been there. Others change the final stanza to read, "Praise Him" instead of "Crown Him," evidently assuming that the song was asking people to crown Him in an earthly kingdom at His return. Of course, there might be a sense in which we shall crown Jesus as Lord eternally with our praises in heaven. But "that yonder sacred throng" does not so much describe the redeemed in eternity as the hosts of heaven who were surrounding the throne when Jesus ascended, and, again, present tense language was used to picture what it would have been like if we had been present on that occasion. So this hymn uses Biblical imagery and phraseology throughout to encourage us to acknowledge Jesus as Lord so that we might "All Hail The Power of Jesus' Name."

"ALL PEOPLE THAT ON EARTH DO DWELL"

"Serve the Lord with gladness; come before His presence with singing" (Ps. 100.2)

INTRO.: A hymn that's taken from Ps. 100 is "All People That On Earth Do Dwell" (#57 in Hymns for Worship Revised, and #66 in Sacred Selections for the Church. This metrical version is usually attributed to William Kethe. There's no definite information available about the date and place of Kethe's birth, but it's generally believed that he was a native of Scotland. His early life is unknown, but he was a Puritan who, because of the Marian persecution by Catholics of Protestants in 1555, went into exile at Frankfort, Germany, and then in 1558 moved to Geneva, Switzerland. There, he seems to have been engaged in helping to translate the Geneva Bible which came out in 1560. Also he assisted with the publication of John Day's Anglo-Genevan Psalter of 1561 where his renderings of 25 psalms appeared.

This hymn was included in that first edition. Later editions came out in 1562 and 1564. The Psalter editors often tinkered with the metrical psalm arrangements from one edition to the next, which may explain why there are some variations in the wording of this one in different songbooks. After Elizabeth I came to the throne, Kethe returned to England in 1561 where he became minister of the church of Childe Okeford in Dorsetshire, and in 1563 and again in 1569 served as chaplain to Elizabeth's forces under the Earl of Warwick at Havre. His death is usually given as having occurred on June 6, 1594, at Dorsetshire, England, but various sources place it as early as 1593 or as late as 1608.

What gave this psalm its popularity was the tune (Old Hundredth) often attributed to Guillaume Franc (1520-1570). It is sometimes dated 1543. It was apparently adapted by Louis Bourgeois (1510-1561). Bourgeois was born in Paris, France, but followed John Calvin to Geneva, where he was song director at the Church of St. Peters. The melody first appeared in the Genevan Psalter of 1551, which Bourgeois edited, with Ps. 134, but it was used with Ps. 100 in Kethe's Four-Score and Seven Psalms of David published in 1561 at Geneva, and has been associated with it ever since. Originally, it had a rather sprightly rhythm, which Queen Elizabeth scornfully called one of those "Geneva jigs." The more sedate form and modern harmonization that is familiar today is sometimes credited to Joseph Barnby (1838-1896).

The Doxology that some of our books have with this hymn (used as a "chorus" with "All People That On Earth Do Dwell" in Sacred Selections and separately at #561 in Hymns for Worship Revised) was not the work of Kethe but of a bishop in the Anglican Church, Thomas Ken (1637-1711). A teacher at Winchester College, Oxford, he wrote three hymns for his students to sing--one in the morning, one in the evening, and one at midnight. The Doxology made up the closing stanza of each one. It was first published in 1673 or 1674 in Ken's Manual of Prayers for the Use of the Scholars of Winchester College. Kethe had published his own doxology:

"To Father, Son, and Holy Ghost, The God Whom heaven and earth adore,

From men and from the angel host Be praise and glory evermore."

Notice the difference in rhyming scheme. Both Kethe's psalm and doxology are A-B-A-B, whereas Ken's doxology is A-A-B-B.

"All People That On Earth Do Dwell" was used in the 1937 Great Songs of the Church No. 2 edited by E. L. Jorgenson; both it and the Doxology were used in the 1963 Abiding Hymns edited by Robert Welch and the 1963 Christian Hymnal edited by J. Nelson Slater. Only the doxology was used in the original 1921 Great Songs of the Church, as well as in the 1948 Christian Hymns No. 2 and the 1966 Christian Hymns No. 3 both edited by L. O. Sanderson. Both are found in the 1971 Songs of the Church, the 1990 Songs of the Church 21st C. Ed., and the 1994 Songs of Faith and Praise, all edited by Alton H. Howard; the 1978/1983 (Church) Gospel Songs and Hymns edited by V. E. Howard; the 1986 Great Songs Revised edited by Forrest M. McCann and Jack Boyd; and the 1992 Praise for the Lord edited by John P. Wiegand.

The song suggests that we should joyfully praise God for a number of reasons.

I. Stanza 1 implies that we should praise God because we live on the earth created by Him

"All people that on earth do dwell, Sing to the Lord with cheerful voice;

Him serve with mirth, His praise forth tell; Come ye before Him and rejoice."

A. All people that on earth do dwell should praise God because the whole earth is the Lord's: Ps. 24.1

B. One way to express this praise is to sing to the Lord with cheerful voice: Ps. 33.1-3

C. Another way to express our praise is to serve Him with mirth: Ps. 72.8-11

II. Stanza 2 says that we should praise God because He made us without our aid

"Know that the Lord is God indeed; Without our aid He did us make;

We are His flock, He doth us feed, And for His sheep He doth us take."

Some versions begin, "The Lord, ye know, is God indeed."

A. The Lord, Jehovah, is God alone: Ps. 96.4-6

B. Those who believe the Bible understand that we are fearfully and wonderfully made by this great God: Ps. 139.14

C. Therefore, as His creation, He wants us to be His people. The original read "folck," an old spelling of folk. However, since the stanza also mentions sheep, someone inadvertently printed "flock" instead, and this has remained ever since: Ps. 95.6-7

III. Stanza 3 adds that we should praise God because He alone is worthy of our praise.

"O enter then His gates with joy, Within His courts His praise proclaim;

Let thankful songs your tongues employ, O bless and magnify His holy name."

Other books read, "O enter then His gates with praise, Approach with joy His courts unto;

Praise, laud, and bless His name always; For it is seemly so to do."

A. We should praise Him as we enter His gates with joy: Ps. 9.14, 122.1-2

B. We should praise Him as we stand in His courts: Ps. 65.1-4

C. We bless and magnify His name because He alone is holy and righteous: Ps. 7.17

IV. Stanza 4 concludes that we should praise God because He is good.

"Because the Lord our God is good, His mercy is forever sure;

His truth at all times firmly stood, And shall from age to age endure."

Some versions begin, "For why? The Lord, our God, is good."

A. All the blessings that we enjoy in this life remind us that the Lord is good: Ps. 34.8

B. One of those blessings is His great mercy to sinful mankind: Ps. 101.1

C. Another is His truth which has always stood and will always stand: Ps. 117.1-2

CONCL.: The psalm and the song both encourage us to

"Praise God from whom all blessings flow; Praise Him all creatures here below;

Praise Him above ye heavenly host; Praise Father, Son, and Holy Ghost."

(There should be no "s" on host; "hosts" does not rhyme with "Ghost.")

It is interesting to sit down with a Bible open to Ps. 100, a songbook open to this hymn, and compare the two. Back when this song was written, it was common in most non-Catholic churches to sing only metrical versions of the Old Testament Psalms. Nowhere does the Bible teach that we must use only the Psalms in our worship, but we would do well to include them because of their reverence, devotion, and praise to God. In this way our hearts can be filled with joyful praise as we join our voices together with "All People That On Earth Do Dwell."

"ALL PRAISE TO THEE, MY GOD, THIS NIGHT"

"I will both lay me down in peace, and sleep: for thou, Lord, only makest me dwell in safety" (Psalm 4.8)

INTRO.: A hymn which expresses the safety of the Lord in which we can lay ourselves down and sleep is "All Praise To Thee, My God, This Night." The text was written by Thomas Ken (1637-1711). There is some dispute as to its original date, but it was produced in 12 stanzas likely around 1693 as the second of his "Morning, Evening, and Midnight Hymns," each of which concluded with the familiar doxology, "Praise God from whom all blessings flow...," to be published in his 1694 "Manual of Prayers for the Use of the Scholars of Winchester College" (although they were apparently not printed until the second edition of 1695). Ken himself revised it in 1709 for republication.

The tune with which it is almost always used (Tallis' Canon or a more melodic arrangement known as Tallis' Evening Hymn, probably taken from George Whitefield's "Divine Musical Miscellany" of 1754) was composed by Thomas Tallis (c. 1505-1588). Produced in 1557, it was first published with Psalm 67 in Matthew Parker's "The Whole Psalter" of 1561-1567. Originally a canon in eight phrases, the four-phrase form first appeared in "The Whole Book of Psalms," published in London, England, in 1621 by Thomas Ravenscroft (c. 1592-c. 1635). It was first used with Ken's text in the "Harmonious Companion" of 1712 (one source says 1732) by Smith and Prellieur.

Among historic hymnbooks used in churches of Christ, the song is found in the 1937 "Great Songs of the Church No. 2" (with three stanzas and the doxology using the Tallis' Evening Hymn version) edited by E. L. Jorgenson; from there it was copied into the 1965 "Great Christian Hymnal" edited by T. S. Teddlie. It is also found in the 1963 "Christian Hymnal" (with four stanzas using the Tallis' Canon version) edited by J. N. Slater. Among hymnbooks used by churches of Christ today, it appears in the 1986 "Great Songs Revised" edited by Forrest M. McCann, and the 1992 "Praise for the Lord" edited by John P. Wiegand, both using the Tallis' Canon.

The six commonly used stanzas are to God for His watchfulness during the night.

I. Stanza one is a request for protection

"All praise to Thee, my God, this night, For all the blessings of the light;

Keep me, O keep me, King of kings, Beneath Thine own almighty wings."

A. When we pillow our heads to go to sleep is an excellent time to praise God for all the blessings of the light: Psa. 42.8

B. It is also a good time to ask God to keep and protect us during the night: Psa. 25.20

C. And God has promised to hide us beneath the shadow of His wings: Psa. 17.8

II. Stanza two is a request for forgiveness

"Forgive me, Lord, for Thy dear Son, The ills that I this day have done;

That with the world, myself, and Thee, I, ere I sleep, at peace may be."

A. As we lay ourselves down to sleep, it is a good time as well to ask God's forgiveness

for all our sins: Matt. 6.12

B. Thus, having confessed our sins, we can be right with the world, with ourselves, and with God because we have been cleansed from all unrighteousness: 1 Jn. 1.9

C. And knowing that we are right with God, we can have the peace of God that passes all understanding: Phil. 4.6-7

III. Stanza three is a request for guidance

"Teach me to live that I may dread The grave as little as my bed;

To die, that this vile body may Rise glorious at the awful day."

A. God teaches us through the scriptures, which are given for instruction in righteousness: 2 Tim. 3.16-17

B. The scriptures teach us to live in such a way that we can have no fear of death: Heb. 2.14-15

C. And they teach us how to die so that our vile bodies can be raised to everlasting life: Phil. 3.20-21

IV. Stanza four is a request for rest

"O may my soul on Thee repose, And may sweet sleep my eyelids close;

Sleep that may me more vigorous make To serve my God when I awake."

A. We can have spiritual rest as our souls repose on the Lord: Matt. 11.28-30

B. But we also need physical rest for our bodies as well that we might keep them healthy to serve God: Mk. 6.31, Rom. 12.1

C. And such rest will help to make us more vigorous to serve God during our waking hours: Heb. 12.28

V. Stanza five is a request for help in controlling our minds

"When in the night I sleepless lie, My soul with heavenly thoughts supply;

Let no ill dreams disturb my rest, No powers of darkness me molest."

A. There are times when things may occur in our lives which keep us from sleeping: Psa. 6.6

B. During such times, it is easy to allow the evil of this world to influence our mind, so we should seek to fill our minds with heavenly thoughts: Psa. 16.7

C. We should strive to remove all evil thoughts that would reflect the powers of darkness because God hates those who devise mischief upon their beds: Psa. 36.4

VI. Stanza six is a request for an eternal home in heaven

"O when shall I in endless day For ever chase dark sleep away,

And hymns with the supernal choir Incessant sing, and never tire!"

A. Our hope is for that place of endless day and eternal life which God has prepared before the foundation of the world: Matt. 25.31, 46

B. There we shall forever chase dark sleep away, because we will have the sweet rest from our labors: Rev. 14.13

C. And we can join with the angels and the redeemed of all ages around the throne to sing everlasting praise to God: Rev. 15.2-4

CONCL.: While this hymn was written over three hundred years ago, it still expresses the heart's desire of each true Christian as he or she retires to bed for the night. Therefore, as I prepare for the evening's sleep, I should address the Lord and say, "All Praise To Thee, My God, This Night."

"ALL THE WAY MY SAVIOR LEADS ME"

"I will instruct thee and teach thee in the way which thou shalt go: I will guide thee with Mine eye" (Psa. 32.8).

INTRO.: A song which expresses trust in God to instruct and guide us in the way that we should go is, "All The Way My Savior Leads Me" (#129 in "Hymns for Worship Revised" and #170 in "Sacred Selections for the Church"). The text was written by Frances Jane Crosby VanAlstyne, better known as Fanny J. Crosby (1820-1915). Blind from six months, Fanny became a prolific poet who was under contract for three hymns a week. As a result of the pressure to meet deadlines, she often prayed for guidance to come up with words. However, one day in 1874 she prayed for more material things. She had run short of money and needed five dollars for her rent that was due. There was not any time to ask her publishers for an advance, so she simply prayed for the money. Shortly after the prayer, a stranger called to say that he liked her hymns. In the parting handshake, the admirer left something in her hand--five dollars. As the recipient of this unexpected good fortune sat in her room meditating on the goodness of God the lyrics of this song came to her mind. She put the poem down on paper and sent it to Robert Lowry (1826-1899). He composed the tune (All the Way) and published it in his Sunday school song collection, "Brightest and Best," which he compiled in 1875 with William Howard Doane (1832-1915). The song appeared in the 1937 "Great Songs of the Church No. 2" edited by E. L. Jorgenson. Since then, it has been included in a large number of hymnbooks used among churches of Christ.

The song is an expression of our faith in Christ to lead us.

I. The first stanza says that because Christ leads us, we have our needs provided

"All the way my Savior leads me; What have I to ask beside? Can I doubt His tender mercy, Who through life has been my guide?

Heavenly peace, divinest comfort, Here by faith in Him to dwell! For I know whate'er befall me, Jesus doeth all things well."

A. We have no reason to doubt the tender mercy of Him who is our Guide to see that our needs are taken care of: Psa. 23.1-6

B. Not only the physical needs, but the spiritual needs of heavenly peace and divinest comfort are granted to those who dwell in Him by faith: Phil. 4.6-7

C. Therefore, we can be assured that whatever befalls us, the Lord will do all things for our good: Deut. 6.24, Rom. 8.28

II. The second stanza says that because Christ leads us, we have His cheer to help us

"All the way my Savior leads me; Cheers each winding path I tread, Gives me grace for every trial, Feeds me with the living bread.

Though my weary steps may falter, And my soul athirst may be, Gushing from the rock before me, Lo! a spring of joy I see."

A. We all face trials in this life, but He gives us grace and feeds us with His living bread to sustain us: Jn. 6.32-35, Heb. 4.14-16, 1 Pet. 4.12-16

B. As we journey through this life, our weary steps will sometimes falter and our soul will thirst: Psa. 6.6, 63.1

C. But like the Israelites of old, we can look to the Lord for a spring of joy gushing from the Rock before us: Exo. 17.6, Jn. 4.10-14, 1 Cor. 10.4

III. The third stanza says that because Christ leads us, we have the fullness of His love

"All the way my Savor leads me; O, the fullness of His love! Perfect rest to me is promised In my Father's house above.

When my spirit, clothed immortal, Wings its flight to realms of day, This my song through endless ages: Jesus led me all the way."

A. This fullness is manifested in the fact that perfect rest is promised in the Father's house above: Jn. 14.1-3

B. Someday, when Jesus comes, our spirits, clothed immortal, will wing their flight to realms of day: 2 Cor. 5.1-6

C. Then, we can sing the song through endless ages, that Jesus led us all the way just as He did Israel: Deut. 32.12

CONCL.: This song is somewhat unusual among the more popular of Fanny Crosby's works in that unlike most others it does not have the standard chorus which follows each stanza. While it is not a song of praise addressed directly to the Lord, it is more of a devotional hymn praising His goodness and guidance than the typical gospel song. If I am to have the hope of going to be with God, I must strive to live here on earth so that "All The Way My Savior Leads Me."

"ALL THINGS PRAISE THEE"

"Great is the LORD, and greatly to be praised; and His greatness is unsearchable" (Ps. 145.3)

INTRO.: A hymn which praises God and shows His greatness is "All Things Praise Thee" (#30 in "Hymns for Worship Revised"). The text was written by George William Conder, who was born, the only son of George Conder, at Hitchin in Hertsfordshire, England, on Nov. 30, 1821. After studying at Highbury College in London, he became minister at High Wycombe Congregational Church in 1845. In 1849, he moved to work with the Belgrave Chapel in Leeds, where in 1853 he assisted in compiling the "Leeds Hymn Book." From there he passed to Cheetham Hill in Manchester in 1864 and to Queen's Road, Forest Hill, in London in 1870. In 1874 he published an Appendix to the "Leeds Hymn Book," to which he contributed "All Things Praise Thee," originally in six stanzas. His death occurred at Forest Hill on Nov. 8, 1874. John Julian commented, "It is given in many collections, its popularity arising to some extent from its remarkable word-painting. This is a distinguishing feature of the author's compositions both in prose and verse." It was published in its present form in Godfrey Thring's "Collection" of 1882.

These words have been set to many different tunes. Most of our books have used "Dix," composed in 1838 by Conrad Kocher for William C. Dix's "As With Gladness, Men of Old." In this form it was found in the 1925 edition of the 1921 "Great Songs of the Church" No. 1 and the 1937 "Great Songs of the Church No. 2" both edited by E. L. Jorgenson. And today it is thus used in the 1971 "Songs of the Church," the 1990 "Songs of the Church 21st C. Ed.," and the 1994 "Songs of Faith and Praise" all edited by Alton H. Howard; the 1978/1983 "(Church) Gospel Songs and Hymns" edited by V. E. Howard; the 1986 "Great Songs Revised" edited by Forrest M. McCann and Jack Boyd; and the 1992 "Praise for the Lord" edited by John P. Wiegand.

However, this tune is most often associated with Folliot S. Pierpont's "For the Beauty of the Earth." Therefore, this writer has provided a new tune, an altered arrangement of which is found in the new "Sing To the Lord: Song Supplement 2002," compiled by Stevens, Stevens, Shepard, and Morrison, and published by Guardian of Truth Foundation (#3--if I do say so myself, I personally think that the original is preferable). If anyone would like a copy of the original with permission to make copies, just e-mail me with your regular address (it must be sent by the Post Office), and I will be happy to see that you receive one.

The song mentions several venues from which God is praised.

I. From stanza 1, we see that praise is offered to God by the physical heavens and earth

"All things praise Thee, Lord most high, Heaven and earth, and sea and sky;

All were for Thy glory made, That Thy greatness, thus displayed,

Should all worship bring to Thee; All things praise Thee--Lord, may we!"

A. The Lord created the heaven and earth, the sea and sky: Gen. 1.1

B. All these things were made for His glory: Ps. 8.1

C. Therefore, they display His greatness to all mankind: Ps. 150.1-2

II. From stanza 2, we see that praise is offered to God by the material creation

"All things praise Thee--night to night Sings in silent hymns of light;

All things praise Thee--day by day Chants Thy power in burning ray;

Time and space are praising Thee; All things praise Thee--Lord, may we."

A. The night was ordained by God as part of the cycle of life on earth: Gen. 1.3-5

B. The day was also ordained by God with the burning ray of the sun to rule: Gen. 1.14-18

C. So both night and day, the things which were made and occupy both time and space bear witness to the One who made them: Rom. 1.20

III. From stanza 3, we see that praise is offered to God by the forces of nature

"All things praise Thee--high and low, Rain and dew and sparkling snow,

Crimson sunset, fleecy cloud, Rippling stream, and tempest loud;

Summer, winter, all to Thee Glory render--Lord, may we!"

A. The rain and snow were ordered by God to provide for life on earth: Isa. 55.10

B. The clouds, streams, and tempests are also part of God's provisions for us: Ps. 77.16-19

C. Even summer and winter show God's goodness to mankind: Gen. 9.22

IV. From stanza 4, we see that praise is offered to God by angelic beings

"All things praise Thee--heaven's high shrine Rings with melody divine;

Lowly bending at Thy feet, Seraph and archangel meet;

This their highest bliss, to be Ever praising--Lord, may we!"

A. The Bible is clear that heaven's high shrine sings praise to God: Rev. 4.1-11

B. The seraphim are pictured as praising God around His throne: Isa. 6.1-3

C. Even the archangel is devoted to the service of God: 1 Th. 4.16

VI. From stanza 5, we see that praise is offered to God by eternity itself

"All things praise Thee--gracious Lord, Great Creator, powerful Word,

Omnipresent Spirit, now At Thy feet we humbly bow;

Lift our hearts in praise to Thee; All things praise Thee--Lord, may we!"

A. Eternity praises the Father, who is the Great Creator: Heb. 3.4

B. Eternity praises the Son, who is the powerful Word: Jn. 1.1

C. And eternity praises the Omnipresent Spirit: 2 Cor. 13.14

CONCL.: The physical heavens and earth, the material creation, the forces of nature, even the angelic beings, and eternity itself all express continual praise to the Lord who made them, watches over them, and uses them to accomplish His purposes. God also created us, cares for us, and wants us to do His will. Therefore, it should behoove us to join with them and say, "All Things Praise Thee."

"Alleluia"--see "Jesus Is Lord"

"ALMOST PERSUADED"

"...Almost thou persuadest me to be a Christian..." (Acts 26.28).

INTRO.: A song which warns us of the dangers of following in the footsteps of King Agrippa is "Almost Persuaded" (#348 in "Hymns for Worship Revised" and #647 in "Sacred Selections for the Church"). The text was written and the tune composed both by Philip Paul Bliss (1838-1876). Produced in the early 1870's when Bliss stopped over in a small Eastern town and, while waiting for his connecting train to Chicago, IL, slipped into a nearby church building where he heard a minister named Mr. Brundage preach a lesson on King Agrippa, it was first published in his 1871 collection "The Charm," compiled for John Church and Co. of Cincinnati, OH.

This is one of Bliss's best known, popular, and effective invitation hymns.

I. The 1st stanza tells us that the Spirit wants us to be persuaded to believe

"'Almost persuaded' now to believe; 'Almost persuaded' Christ to receive.

Seems now some soul to say, 'Go, Spirit, go Thy way; Some more convenient day On Thee I'll call."

A. We must believe in God: Heb. 11.6

B. We must also believe in Christ: Jn. 8.24, AScts 16.30-31, Rom. 10.9-10

C. But how do we come to believe? Jn. 20.30-31, Rom. 10.17--not by some direct operation of the Holy Spirit on our hearts, but through the written word, which is the sword of the Spirit: Eph. 6.17

II. The 2nd stanza tells us that Jesus invites us to be persuaded to come to Him

"'Almost persuaded,' come, come today; 'Almost persuaded,' turn not away;

Jesus invites you here, Angels are lingering near, Prayers rise from hearts so dear, O wanderer, come."

A. Jesus wants us to come to Him for salvation: Matt. 11.28-30

B. But how do we come to Jesus? Jn. 6.44-45--we must be drawn by God through being taught, hearing, and learning His word

C. So this indicates that coming to Jesus is more than just a mental acknowledgement of Him as Savior; it means that we must obey Him: Heb. 5.8-9

III. The 3rd stanza tells us that God calls us to be persuaded to be saved

"'Almost persuaded,' harvest is past! 'Almost persuaded,' doom comes at last!

"'Almost' cannot avail; 'Almost' is but to fail; Sad, sad that bitter wail--'Almost--but lost!'"

A. God desires that all people be saved: 1 Tim. 2.3-4--as a result, He's made all the provisions necessary for everyone to have salvation through Christ, and has revealed those provisions in the word of truth

B. Two basic things are necessary on our part to be saved; the first is belief, as discussed in stanza 1: Jn. 3.16

C. The other is coming to Christ in obedience to His will, as seen in stanza 2: Mk. 16.15-16

CONCL.: In order to have all the benefit of God's spiritual blessings in Christ, one must be a Christian. Unfortunately, when it comes to being a Christian, too many people who would like to receive these blessings are not willing to do what God says they must do to receive them. Thus, to those who are not yet Christians, we would encourage them not to be like Agrippa and just be "Almost Persuaded."

"ALWAYS WITH US"

"...And lo, I am with you always, even to the end of the age. Amen." (Matt. 26.28)

INTRO.: A hymn, based on the language of this statement of Jesus, which reminds us that He has promised that He will be with us always is "Always With Us." The text was written by Edwin H. Nevin (b. 1814). Samuel Duffield in his "English Hymns: Their Authors and History" (1888) said that Nevin was a native of Shippensburg, PA; graduated from Jefferson College in 1833 and Princeton Seminary in 1837; served as President of Franklin College for three years; then was minister with the First Presbyterian Church at Mt. Vernon, OH, the Plymouth Congregational Church in Cleveland, OH, in Massachussets, and finally with the First Reformed Church in Philadelphia, PA, where he retired and was still living when the book was written. Nevin reported that the hymn was written in 1857.

The tune (Carter) was composed by Edmund S. Carter (b. 1845). Robert Guy McCutchan in his 'Hymn Tune Names: Their Sources and Significance" (1958) wrote that this tune is also called Ascham, Wreford, Day by Day, and Slingsby. It was composed in 1865 for John Ellerton's "A Morning Hymn for Children," which begins, "Day by day we magnify Thee," at Slingsby in East Yorkshire, England. The only hymnbooks, whether published by brethren or published by anyone else, that I have ever personally seen this hymn in are the 1948 "Christian Hymns No. 2" (#441) and the 1966 "Christian Hymns No. 3" (#441) both edited by Lloyd Otis Sanderson and published by the Gospel Advocate Co., where the text is erroneously attributed to Carter.

The song emphasizes the importance of Jesus' promise to be with us always.

I. According to stanza 1, He promises to be with us at all times

"Always with us, always with us--Words of cheer and words of love;

Thus the risen Savior whispers, From His dwelling place above."

A. These words of Jesus, recorded in His word, are words of good cheer: Matt. 9.2, 14.27; Jn. 16.33

B. Such words have meaning to us because Jesus is not just a dead hero but the risen Savior: Rom. 1.3-4, 2 Tim. 2.8

C. Thus, we can be assured that He will be with us because He at the throne of God in His dwelling place above: Acts 7.55-56, Heb. 1.1-3

II. According to stanza 2, He promises to be with us in times of toil and sadness

"With us when we toil in sadness, Sowing much and reaping none,

Telling us that in the future Golden harvests shall be won."

A. Often in this life we toil in sadness and tears because we sow so much and seem to reap so little: Psa. 126.5-6

B. However, Jesus wants us to remember that like the farmer who sows plants in hope, so we should look to the future and not grow weary in well doing: 1 Cor. 9.10, Gal. 6.9

C. Thus, we can be assured that the planting and watering that we do, even though we may not see the results, will accomplish good as God gives the increase, so that we remember that our labor is not in vain: 1 Cor. 3.6-8, 15.58

III. According to Stanza 3, He promises to be with us in times of storm and darkness

"With us when the storm is sweeping O'er our pathway dark and drear,

Waking hope within our bosoms, Stilling every anxious fear."

A. The Bible often uses the idea of a storm or tempest as a figure of the trials and tribulations of life that we face: Psa. 55.1-8, 107.23-32

B. But even when things seem the most dark and drear, just as His words stilled the tempests on Galilee, the words of Jesus wake hope within our bosoms: Matt. 8.23-27, Heb. 6.17-20

C. Thus, we can look to Him to help still every anxious fear: Phil. 4.6-7

IV. According to stanza 4, He promises to be with us in times of loneliness and death

"With us in the lonely valley, When we cross the chilling stream--

Lighting up the steps to glory With salvation's radiant beam."

A. When we walk through the valley of the shadow of death, it will be a lonely valley because each one will walk by himself so far as human comradeship is concerned: Psa. 23.4, Heb. 9.27

B. But the Christian will not be completely alone, because Jesus Christ, who has gone through that valley before us, has destroyed Him who has the power of death and releases us from the fear of death: Heb. 2.9, 14-15

C. Thus, He will light up the steps of glory with the radiant beam of the salvation that is ready to be revealed at the last time, shining upon our inheritance: 1 Pet. 1.3-5

CONCL.: Obviously, as time passes by, hymns which were meaningful and hence beloved in one generation are all but forgotten by succeeding generations and replaced by other hymns. A few survive because they seem to speak a universal message that makes them popular through the ages. However, others which seem no longer remembered still deserve to be available and used because they remind us of truth that we need. And certainly we need to be reminded that Jesus has promised to be "Always With Us."

"Am I A Soldier Of The Cross?"--see "We Will Stand the Storm" and "When the Battle's Over"

"AMAZING GRACE"

"...Through the grace of the Lord Jesus Christ we shall be saved..." (Acts 15.11)

INTRO.: A hymn which praises the grace of God through our Lord Jesus Christ is "Amazing Grace" (#205 in "Hymns for Worship Revised," and #257 in "Sacred Selections for the Church"). The text, except for the last stanza, was written by John Newton (1725-1807). Originally in six stanzas, it first appeared under the title "Faith's Review and Expectation" in the 1779 "Olney Hymns," Book I, published by Newton and William Cowper (1731-1800). What is today usually used as the final stanza is not from Newton but is often attributed to John P. Rees (1828-1900). However, this is almost certainly unlikely because it appeared as early as 1790 in "A Collection of Sacred Ballads" compiled by Richard and Andrew Broaddus as an anonymous final stanza with the hymn "Jerusalem, My Happy Home." In older books it is sometimes found with "On Jordan's Stormy Banks I Stand" by Samuel Stennett (1727-1795).

The tune (called New Britain, Harmony Grove, Symphony, Solon, Redemption, St. Mary's, and Gallaher) is an early American melody of unknown origin. It appears to have begun life as a plantation folk song known as "Loving Lambs." The earliest known appearance seems to be in the 1831 "Virginia Harmony" compiled by James P. Carrell and David S. Clayton of Lebanon, VA, although some books give the oldest source as the 1829 "Columbian Harmony" of Benjamin Shaw and Charles H. Spillman where it appears in variant forms. It is sometimes attributed to William Walker, who was born near Cross Keys, SC, on May 6, 1809, the son of a Welsh immigrant. Receiving only an elementary education, at the age of eighteen he went with his family to live near Spartanburg, SC, where he became associated with the Welsh-Baptist Church and soon thereafter began teaching music.

For the rest of his life, "Singin' Billy" taught singing schools in North and South Carolina, Georgia, and eastern Tennessee, devoting his life to the collection of southern Appalachian folk hymns, many of which were of Welsh, Scotch, Irish, and English origins. At the age of 24, he married Amy Golightly, and they became the parents of ten children. Together with Benjamin Franklin White, who had married Amy's sister Thurza, he prepared a collection of hymns, "Southern Harmony," which was printed at New Haven, SC, in 1835. White later parted with Walker and published his own collection, the well-known "Sacred Harp," in 1844. Walker's "Southern Harmony" was immensely popular among the southern rural people, and before the Civil War it could be purchased in general stores. Going through four editions, the last in 1854, it sold 600,000 copies during the first 25 years.

Evidently it was in Walker's book that this tune was first used with Newton's words, and its inclusion gave it widespread usage. Walker died on Sept. 24, 1875. The transfer of this tune from the oblong to the upright collections may have been the work Rigdon McCoy McIntosh (1836-1899). He arranged a number of the old shaped note tunes in the many collections that he edited and published in the latter part of the nineteenth century. The modern harmonization is usually credited to Edwin Othello Excell (1851-1921). It first appears in his "Make His Praise Glorious," published in 1900 at Chicago. Excell is also credited with first attaching the final stanza in his 1910 "Coronation Hymns." Nearly every hymnbook published by members of the Lord's church during the twentieth century for use among churches of Christ includes this beloved hymn.

It identifies a number of things that God's grace can do for us.

I. Stanza 1 says that it can save even sinful wretches like us.

"Amazing grace, how sweet the sound That saved a wretch like me!

I once was lost, but now I'm found, Was blind, but now I see."

A. God's grace is certainly amazing, because it is by the exceeding riches of His grace that we are saved: Eph. 2.4-7

B. While many who sing these words may not feel like wretches (some books actually change it to "that saved a soul like me"), the apostle Paul certainly did because of His sin: 1 Cor. 15.10. Steven Clark Goad commented on this thus: "Having been a music lover all of my life and a music major in college, I am eager to hear new sounds and new arrangements of old songs, especially spiritual ones. So there I sat listening to a group with impeccable harmony. And what I enjoyed most about this group's harmony and presentation was that it didn't draw attention to itself, but made the message even more beautiful. Then it happened. 'Amazing Grace.' One of my favorites. 'Amazing grace, how sweet the sound that saved a soul like me.' What? 'Hey, guys! It's wretch, not soul!'...Why do we use antiseptic on our hymns and seek to sterilize our songs? Are we allowing a second cousin of political correctness to invade our thinking and our hymnals? Are we no longer wretches and worms? Dare we admit that once upon a sinful time we were all but mere wretches, without hope and undone in our waywardness but for the blood of Jesus Christ?...Change agents want to alter everything we've done in the past, it seems. Now they're tampering with the old standard songs. They've already been messing with the scriptures. Beware!" To which I add, AMEN!

C. Like the prodigal son, once we were lost, but having returned home, now we have been found: Lk. 15.32

II. Stanza 2 says that it teaches God's will that we might fear Him

"'Twas grace that taught my heart to fear, And grace my fears relieved;

How precious did that grace appear The hour I first believed."

A. God certainly wants us to fear Him: Eccl. 12.13-14

B. Yet, at the same time, God's grace will relieve those fears which would keep us from doing God's will: 2 Tim. 1.7

C. It is God's grace that teaches us these things. Some have thought that this stanza sounds like "salvation by faith only," and one editor changed it to, "And grace my fears allayed...When I His word obeyed." Newton, as an evangelical Anglican, may have believed in salvation by faith only, but in his defense, I do not think that his wording here necessarily implies that. It does NOT say something to the effect that, "I was saved The hour I first believed," but only that God's grace "appeared The hour I first believed." The fact is that God's grace has appeared to ALL MEN, teaching us God's will: Tit. 2.11-12. While it is true that we do not receive the benefits of God's grace until we obey, it is when we first hear and believe His word that the knowledge of His grace appears to us.

III. Stanza 3 says that it brings us through many dangers, toils, and snares

"Through many dangers, toils, and snares, I have already come;

'Twas grace that brought me safe thus far, And grace will lead me home."

A. Surely everyone passes through many dangers, toils, and snares in this life as we experience various trials and tribulations: Acts 14.22

B. Just as Samuel raised up a stone and named it Ebenezer, those who are Christians can say that "thus far the Lord has helped us": 1 Sam. 7.12

C. And we understand that it will be by God's grace that we are led through any future troubles and difficulties to our eternal home: 1 Pet. 1.13

IV. Stanza 4 says that it provides us with our shield and portion throughout life

"The Lord has promised good to me, His word my hope secures;

He will my shield and portion be As long as life endures."

A. The good that God promises is not just good things in this life, although He gives us every good and perfect gift (Jas. 1.14) but rather is the spiritual good that He has prepared for those who love Him: Rom. 8.28

B. And our hope for His good, both in this life and in the next, is secured by His word: Acts 20.32

C. In this manner, He will be our shield and portion throughout life: Ps. 115.9, 119.57

V. Stanza 5 says that it will take us to heaven and eternal life

"Yea, when this flesh and heart shall fail, And mortal life shall cease,

I shall possess within the veil A life of joy and peace."

A. Unless the Lord comes first, for each one of us, someday this flesh and heart shall fail and mortal life shall cease: Heb. 9.27

B. But God has something prepared for His people "within the veil": Heb. 6.19-20

C. Thus, what we can look forward to is a life eternal of joy and peace: 1 Jn. 2.25

VI. Stanza 6, universally omitted from all hymnbooks today, says that it will allow us to be with God

"The earth shall then dissolve like snow, The sun forbear to shine;

But God, who called me here below, Will be forever mine."

A. When the Lord returns, the earth shall dissolve like snow and the sun will forbear to shine because everything physical will be destroyed: 2 Pet. 3.10

B. Those who reject the Lord will be eternally punished, but God has something better prepared for those who respond to his call: 2 Thes. 1.7-9, 2.13-14

C. What those who are called by God can look forward to is to be ever with the Lord in His presence: 1 Thess. 4.17

VII. The final stanza says that it will keep us with God forever

"When we've been there ten thousand years, Bright shining as the sun,

We've no less days to sing God's praise Than when we'd first begun."

A. Some have objected to the clause, "When we've been there ten thousand years," because they say there is no time in heaven; but this is just the poet's way of making that very point: 2 Pet. 3.8

B. The saints are pictured in heaven as shining forth as the sun: Matt. 13.43

C. But even when the equivalent of ten thousand earth years have passed, we've no less days to sing God's praise because our existence there is referred to as everlasting life: Matt. 25.34, 46. (Note: I do not know what the original was, but "Than when we first begun," in some of our books is, of course, plainly incorrect grammatically. Most have "When we've first begun," but "when we'd first begun" is best.)

CONCL.: In his monumental "Dictionary of Hymnology," John Julian writes of this song, "It is far from being a good example of Newton's work." Popular opinion obviously has not agreed with Mr. Julian's assessment, because this hymn has undoubtedly been one of the best-loved and most-used of all spiritual songs for many years. It so well reminds us that both here and in eternity we can and should be thankful for and sing praises to God's "Amazing Grace."

"AN EVENING PRAYER"

"Who can understand his errors? Cleanse Thou me from secret faults" (Psa. 19.12)

INTRO.: A hymn which is like a prayer asking the Lord to cleanse us from our faults is "An Evening Prayer" (#106 in "Hymns for Worship Revised" and #35 in "Sacred Selections for the Church"). The text was written by C. Maude Battersby. Almost nothing is known about her except that it is believed that she penned these words sometime around 1895. Their arrangement as a hymn was made and the tune was composed both by Charles Hutchinson Gabriel (1856-1932). Many songs by Gabriel, in which he produced either text or tune or often both, are found in our books. This song was published in 1911 by Homer A. Rodeheaver, with the 1939 copyright renewal made by The Rodeheaver Co.

Among historic hymnbooks used by churches of Christ in the 20th century, the song appears in the 1937 "Great Songs of the Church No. 2" (in the "special selections" section, all four stanzas arranged for solo voice with some kind of instrumental accompaniment) edited by Elmer L. Jorgenson, and the 1963 "Abiding Hymns" (copied from "Great Songs of the Church No. 2") edited by Robert C. Welch. Among other books in current use, it appears in the original 1971 edition of "Songs of the Church" (replaced in the current edition) edited by Alton H. Howard; the 1978/1983 "Church Gospel Songs and Hymns" edited by V. E. Howard (all of which use only three stanzas), and the 1992 "Songs of Faith and Praise" (with all four stanzas in four part harmony) edited by John P. Wiegand.

The song mentions several ways that we can sin for which we need forgiveness.

I. Stanza one says that we can sin against others

"If I have wounded any soul today, If I have caused one foot to go astray,

If I have walked in my own willful way, Dear Lord, forgive."

A. It is possible for us to act in such a way that we wound the souls of others: 1 Cor. 8.12

B. When we so act, we often put a stumbling block in the way of others that causes their feet to go astray: Matt. 18.6-7

C. And the usual reason why we end up doing this is because we have determined to live in our own selfish way rather than considering the needs of others: Rom. 15.1-3, Phil. 2.3-4

II. Stanza two says that we can sin with our mouth

"If I have uttered idle words or vain, If I have turned aside from want or pain,

Lest I myself shall suffer through the strain, Dear Lord, forgive."

A. It is true that almost all of us at one time or another have uttered idle words or vain: Matt. 12.36-37

B. Often the reason why we do this is to turn aside from want or pain, to avoid what we see as the unpleasant consequences of speaking the truth in love: Eph. 4.14, 25

C. And our motivation for doing this is lest we ourselves should suffer through the strain, when the Bible makes it plain that Christians may often have to suffer for their faith: 2 Tim. 3.12, 1 Pet. 4.16

III. Stanza three says that we can sin against our very purpose as Christians

"If I have been perverse or hard or cold, If I have longed for shelter in the fold,

When Thou hast given me some fort to hold, Dear Lord, forgive."

A. Sometimes we allow our hearts to become perverse and hard so that we become cold to our duties as children of God: Heb. 3.12-15, Rev. 3.15

B. There may be occasions when we are especially weak or vulnerable that we may seek for shelter in the fold, but in general God has not called us to live in ease behind the battle lines but to be good soldiers of Jesus Christ and be willing to suffer hardship whenever necessary: 2 Tim. 2.3-4

C. Therefore, we should take whatever fort the Lord has given us to hold and determine that we will wage a good warfare and fight the good fight of the faith: 1 Tim. 1.18, 6.12

IV. The final stanza says that above all, when we sin, we sin against God

"Forgive the sins I have confessed to Thee; Forgive the secret sins I do not see;

O guide me, love me, and my keeper be, In Jesus' Name."

A. Therefore, we should confess our sins unto God that we might have forgiveness: 1 Jn. 1.8

B. We should even ask forgiveness for "the secret sins." There has been much debate on what the Bible means by "secret sins," whether these are sins unknown to the person who has committed them or simply sins that are hidden from the eyes of others. The song refers to "the secret sins I do not see." Of course it is possible for one to have committed specific acts of sin of which he may be unaware. While he may not recall each specific instance, he still needs to repent of all his sins and ask God's forgiveness, as did the publican in Jesus' parable: Lk. 18.13-14

C. And after asking God's forgiveness, we must pray that He will guide us and be our keeper so that we will do better in the future than we have in the past: Jude vs. 21-24

CONCL.: Some have ridiculed the idea that we need to repent of each sin and confess it to God in prayer to be forgiven; they may ask, what if we sin some time during the day and die before we can get home to say our evening prayers? The fact is that whenever we sin, at any time during the day, we can silently, in our own minds, go to God in prayer, express our repentance, make our confession to Him, and ask His forgiveness that very moment--and we should. We do not have to wait until some pre-arranged time. However, when I do lay my head down to go to sleep, it is a good time to review the events of the day with the Lord, asking His forgiveness for any sins that may still be against me and seeking His help, in "An Evening Prayer."

"ANGRY WORDS, O LET THEM NEVER"

"...love one another..." (Jn. 13.33-34)

INTRO.: A song which encourages us to love one another as Jesus commanded is "Angry Words, O Let Them Never" (#394 in "Hymns for Worship Revised" where it is called "Love One Another" and #112 in "Sacred Selections for the Church"). The text is attributed to D. K. P., whose identity is unknown. The tune was composed by Horatio Richmond Palmer (1834-1907). He is best-known for his song, "Yield Not To Temptation." Sometimes Palmer is identified as the author too. The song "Angry Words" first appeared in the "Sunday School Teacher" of 1867. Originally the stanzas were written for soprano and alto duet, and the arrangement for full four-part harmony was made by William Washington Slater, who was born in Logan County, AR, on Feb. 2, 1885, the son of David and Melvina Slater, and grew up knowing the poverty and hardships of farm life in the hill country. When Will was about five years old, the family moved to the vicinity of Sallisaw in eastern Oklahoma, where Mr. Slater died.

The responsibility for the support of his widowed mother and eleven siblings fell on Will, the oldest son. Coupled with the fact that educational opportunities were limited, this made it impossible for him to have much schooling. He had to leave school at age thirteen, having attended for only about six years and possibly making it to the sixth grade. David Slater had been a Baptist. However, when Will was sixteen he was invited by a neighbor to attend a gospel meeting in which W. D. Cecil did the preaching. Along with his mother, he obeyed the gospel at this time. In 1910 he married Miss Nettie Mae Weatherington, and they had four children. In 1915 Will began preaching at a schoolhouse named Shiloh in eastern Oklahoma. His work as a gospel preacher took him into many states, and for several years he lived in Ft. Worth, TX. However, it is as a hymnwriter that he is most remembered. As early as 1912 he began writing hymns, one of his earliest being "There's A Home For The Soul," and in 1913 studied music at the Eureka Normal.

Some of Slater's best-known melodies were composed for "Walking Alone At Eve," with words by Thomas Sweatmon, and the communion hymn "In Remembrance," with words by Rue Porter. Slater's first full songbook, "Spiritual Melodies," was compiled in 1926. His arrangement of "Angry Words" was made in 1944. His last book was "Gospel Service Hymnal" in 1959. Many of his books were extremely popular among churches of Christ especially in the south and west. In August of 1959, he taught a singing school one week in rural Arkansas, and then the following week preached in a gospel meeting at a small place nearby called Crystal Springs. On Saturday evening, Aug. 22, he returned to the house where he was staying after speaking in the service. While preparing for bed he became ill, told his hosts that he needed a doctor, and passed away while being taken to the hospital at Hot Springs. His body was later laid to rest in Ft. Worth.

This song reminds us of the need to show love in speech and actions toward others.

I. Stanza 1 says that if we love one another, angry words will never slip from our tongues.

"Angry words! O let them never From the tongue unbridled slip;

May the heart's best impulse ever Check them ere they soil the lip."

A. We need to be constantly guarding what we let slip from our tongues because "no man can tame the tongue. It is an unruly evil, full of deadly poison": James 3:8

B. Rather, we should make sure that our heart's best impulse checks our words because "out of the abundance of the heart the mouth speaks": Matthew 12:34

C. Like the Psalmist, we should always be asking God, to set a guard over our mouth and keep watch over the door of our lips: Psalm 141:3-4

II. Stanza 2 says that if we love one another, folly will not mar our friendships

"Love is much too pure and holy, Friendship is too sacred far,

For a moment's reckless folly Thus to desolate and mar."

A. Love is something that should characterize our relationship with other people: 1 Corinthians 13:1-7

B. Out of this love grow friendships that should be important to each of us: Proverbs 17:17, 18:24

C. Therefore, we should be very careful not to allow in a moment's reckless folly the kind of communication out of our mouth that will tear down and destroy those relationships rather than building them up: Ephesians 4:29, Colossians 4:6

III. Stanza 3 says that if we love one another, we will refrain from anger and bitterness

"Angry words are lightly spoken, Bitterest thoughts are rashly stirred,

Brightest links of life are broken By a single angry word."

A. Since angry words are sometimes spoken very lightly, we should remember that "in the multitude of words sin is not lacking, but he who restrains his lips is wise": Proverbs 10:19-21

B. To do this, it is also important to make sure that we guard our hearts against bitter thoughts that often find expression in our words: Ephesians 4:31-32

C. And we must keep in mind that brightest links of life can be broken by a using the wrong words: Proverbs 16:27-28

CONCL.: The chorus goes on to point out that in our thoughts, words, and actions toward each other, we should:

"'Love one another,' thus saith the Savior; Children, obey the Father's blest command;

'Love one another,' thus saith the Savior; Children, obey His blest command."

This song has been in nearly every songbook published by members of the Lord's church for use among churches of Christ in the middle and later twentieth century, including Great Songs of the Church No. 2; Christian Hymns Nos. 1, 2, and 3; Abiding Hymns; and Christian Hymnal. Today, it can be found in Church Gospel Songs and Hymns, Songs of the Church, Songs of the Church 21st C. Ed., and Songs of Faith and Praise, although the latter has a strange alteration in which the final stanza has been replaced with another by Betty Bender, I guess to give it a more "positive" spin:

"Let our words be sweetly spoken, Let kind thoughts be greatly stirred;

Show our love to one another with abundance of kind words."

All of these have the original two part arrangement for the stanzas. The only other book, besides Sacred Selections and Hymns for Worship, to have the Slater arrangement is Praise for the Lord. In whatever arrangement, this song has been very useful through the years to teach us that when we are tempted to speak in bitterness or malice, we should be determined that "Angry Words! O Let Them Never."

"ANYWHERE WITH JESUS"

"...Lo, I am with you always, even unto the end of the world" (Matt. 28.20).

INTRO.: Read TEXT. A song which reminds us of the promise of Jesus to be with us always is "Anywhere With Jesus" (#390 in "Hymns for Worship Revised" and #192 in "Sacred Selections for the Church"). The original text was written by Jessie H. Brown Pounds (1861-1921). A prolific author of gospel hymn texts in the later 19th and early 20th centuries, she is famous for such hymns as "The Way Of The Cross Leads Home" and "Beautiful Isle Of Somewhere." The tune (Security) was composed by Daniel Brink Towner (1850-1919). Among his other well-known melodies are those for "Trust And Obey" and "At Calvary." The song "Anywhere With Jesus," in three stanzas, was first published in the Fleming H. Revel Company's "Hymns Old and New, No. 1," of 1887.

Somewhere between 1910 and 1920, most likely around 1915, two more stanzas were added, and perhaps other adaptations made, to give this hymn a more "missionary" flavor, by Helen Cadbury Alexander Dixon, who was born at Birmingham, England, in 1877. The daughter of Richard Cadbury, a British industrialist and philanthropist who was also a Quaker with an interest in the cause of missions, she attended the University of Birmingham. Also she studied music and languages in Germany. In 1904 she married Charles M. Alexander, a well-known music publisher and the song director for the campaigns of evangelists Ruben Archibald Torrey and J. Wilbur Chapman, and came to the United States where she was active in the Pocket Testament League which she founded.

In 1919, C. M. Alexander published the "Conference Hymnal" for Tabernacle Publishing Company of Chicago, IL. After his death in 1920, Helen assisted J. Kennedy McLean in writing the 1921 biography of her late husband, "Charles M. Alexander: A Romance of Song and Soul-Winning." That same year, the Tabernacle Publishing Company acquired control of the American rights to Alexander's large copyright library, providing the bulk of the contents for their "Tabernacle Hymns Number Two," as well as the imported editions of some of his books used in campaigns in England and Australia. In 1924 his widow married Amsji C. Dixon. Later returning to England, she died there at Birmingham on Mar. 1, 1969. In those books which contain all five stanzas, usually numbers 1, 3, and 5 are by Mrs. Pounds, and numbers 2 and 4 are by Mrs. Alexander (as given below).

This hymn identifies several times where Christians can know that Christ is with them.

I. Stanza 1 tells us that Jesus will be with us anywhere in this world below.

"Anywhere with Jesus I can safely go, Anywhere He leads me in this world below;

Anywhere without Him dearest joys would fade; Anywhere with Jesus I am not afraid."

A. Christ will lead us everywhere we go just as God led the Israelites in the wilderness: Neh. 9.12

B. However, if we do not follow Him and thus go without Him, dearest joys will fade because it is only in the Lord that we can truly rejoice: Phil. 4.4

C. Yet, if we do go with Him and He with us, there is no reason for us to be afraid: 1 Tim. 1.7. 1 Jn. 4.18

II. Stanza 2 tells us that Jesus will be with us in temptation.

"Anywhere with Jesus I need fear no ill, Though temptations gather 'round my pathway still;

He Himself was tempted that He might help me; Anywhere with Jesus I may victor be."

A. As long as we live in this life, temptations will gather round our pathway: Jas. 1.12-15

B. However, Jesus can help us in our temptations because He was tempted as we are: Heb. 2.17-18

C. Therefore, with His help we can be victors: Rom. 8.37, 1 Cor. 15.57, 1 Jn. 5.4

III. Stanza 3 tells us that Jesus will be with us when other leave us in dreary ways.

"Anywhere with Jesus I am not alone; Other friends may fail me, He is still my own;

Though His hand may lead me over drearest ways, Anywhere with Jesus is a house of praise."

A. Sometimes we find ourselves in situations like Paul when others forsook him: 2 Tim. 4.9-19

B. And it may seem that the Lord is leading us in drearest ways, making it seem as though we are in a dry and thirsty land: Ps. 63.1

C. Yet, if Jesus is with us, wherever we are can be a house of praise: Heb. 13.15

IV. Stanza 4 tells us that Jesus will be with us as we go about His work.

"Anywhere with Jesus, over land and sea, Telling souls in darkness of salvation free;

Ready as He summons me to go or stay, Anywhere with Jesus when He points the way."

A. Jesus commanded His disciples to go into all the world, over land and sea, to preach the gospel: Mk. 16.15

B. The purpose of this is to tell a world lost in the darkness of sin about the salvation which Christ came to bring: 1 Tim. 1.15

C. Therefore, each of us needs to follow the guidance of the Lord and be ready to go about "teaching others": 2 Tim. 2.2

V. Stanza 5 tells us that Jesus will be with us in darkening shadows.

"Anywhere with Jesus I can go to sleep, When the darkening shadows 'round about me creep;

Knowing I shall waken nevermore to roam, Anywhere with Jesus will be home, sweet home."

A. Christ has promised to watch over us just as He protected the disciples during the storm: Matt. 8.20-26

B. The "darkening shadows" may be thought of as representing the approaching time of death that is appointed to man: Heb. 9.27

C. However, if we have allowed Jesus to go with us throughout life, we can know that we shall waken nevermore to roam but will be raised to everlasting life: Jn. 5.28-29

CONCL.: The chorus suggests that because of Jesus's presence in our lives we have nothing to fear.

"Anywhere, anywhere, Fear I cannot know;

Anywhere with Jesus I can safely go."

Since the Lord has promised to be with us even to the end of the world, as long as we follow His will, we should be willing to go "Anywhere With Jesus."

"ARE YOU READY?"

"And the Spirit and the bride say, Come" (Rev. 22.17).

INTRO.: A song that extends the invitation of the Spirit and the bride for sinners to come is, "Are You Ready?" (#608 in "Sacred Selections for the Church"). The text was written by J. W. Slaughenhaupt. I have no further information about this author. The tune was composed by Edmund Simon Lorenz (1854-1942). A minister, college president, songwriter, and music publisher among the United Brethren who spent most of his adult life in Dayton, OH, he produced many hymns which we still sing, including "Tell It To Jesus Alone," "Wonderful Love of Jesus," and "Thou Thinkest, Lord, of Me," and tunes for "Give Me the Bible," "Come, let us all unite to sing God Is Love," and "So Tender, So Precious."

"Are You Ready?" was copyrighted by Lorenz in 1878. Among hymnbooks published by members of the Lord's church for use in churches of Christ during the twentieth century, it is found in the 1935 "Christian Hymns" No. 1 edited by L. O. Sanderson; the 1940 "Complete Christian Hymnal" edited by Marion Davis; and the 1944 "Gospel Songs and Hymns" edited by Will W. Slater, in addition to "Sacred Selections." I have not seen it used in any hymnbooks published among us since "Sacred Selections."

The song focuses our attention on death and judgment and the need to be ready for them.

I. Stanza 1 talks about death.

"Soon the evening shadows falling Close the day of mortal life;

Soon the hand of death appalling Draws thee from its weary strife."

A. The poets often use evening to symbolize the end of life's day, even as Jesus said that night comes when no man can work: Jn. 9.4

B. When Adam and Eve brought sin into this world, God ordained that there would come a close to the day of mortal life for each one as the dust returns to the ground: Gen. 3.19

C. This time is referred to as death because the spirit is separated from the body: Heb. 9.27, Jas. 2.26

II. Stanza 2 talks about judgment

"Soon the awful trumpet sounding Calls thee to the judgment throne;

Now prepare, for love abounding Yet has left thee not alone."

A. Since the spirit world is not bound by time as we know it, it may well be as if soon after death the trumpet sounds to herald the Lord's return: 1 Cor. 15.52, 1 Thess. 4.16

B. Then we shall be called to the judgment throne: Rom. 14.10-12, 2 Cor. 5.10

C. However, we can prepare for that day because of God's love for us: Jn. 3.16, Eph. 2.4-10

III. Stanza 3 talks about the danger

"Oh, how fatal 'tis to linger! Are you ready--ready now--

Ready, should death's icy finger Lay its chill upon thy brow?"

A. It is fatal to linger because those who are unprepared will receive eternal punishment: 2 Thess. 1.7-9

B. We need to be ready since we do not know when that day is coming: Matt. 24.36, 2 Pet. 3.10

C. Therefore, we need to make sure that we are ready now, while we have the opportunity: 2 Cor. 6.2, Heb. 3.15

IV. Stanza 4 talks about the provisions

"Priceless love and free salvation Freely still are offered thee:

Yield no longer to temptation, But from sin and sorrow flee."

A. Jesus came to bring salvation to mankind by God's grace: Matt. 1.21, Lk. 2.11 & 19.10, 1 Tim. 1.15, Tit. 2.11

B. This salvation is offered as a free gift: Rom. 5.12-21

C. However, to receive this free gift, we cannot continue in sin but must turn from our sins and obey God's will that we might be forgiven: Mk. 16.15-16, Acts 2.38

CONCL.: The chorus continues to ask if we are ready:

"Are you ready? Are you ready? 'Tis the Spirit calling: why delay?

Are you ready? Are you ready? Do not linger longer: Come today."

In one congregation where I labored several years ago, I led this song. Apparently it had not been sung there previously because one of the elders came up to me and said that he had never heard it before but really liked it. He told me that if a person truly thought about the words, he would be forced to consider his condition and the need to be prepared. Certainly, each of us should desire to be right with God as the Spirit, through the word, continues to ask us, "Are You Ready?"

"ARE YOU WASHED IN THE BLOOD?"

"...And washed us from our sins in His own blood..." (Rev. 1.5)

INTRO.: A hymn which asks if we have been washed from our sins in the blood of Jesus Christ the Lamb of God is "Are You Washed In The Blood?" (#307 in "Hymns for Worship Revised" and #613 in "Sacred Selections for the Church"). The text was written and the tune (Washed in the Blood) was composed both by Elisha Albright Hoffman (1839-1929). A minister in the Evangelical Church, he is perhaps best-known for his "I Must Tell Jesus," but he also provided words or music or both to a number of other beloved hymns, such as "Glory To His Name," "Is Thy Heart Right With God?", "Leaning On The Everlasting Arms," and "To Christ Be True."

"Are You Washed In The Blood" was first published in the 1878 "Spiritual Songs for Gospel Meeting and the Sunday School" edited at Cleveland, OH, for Barker and Smellie by Hoffman and John Harrison Tenney (1840-1918). Its popularity is likely due in part to its inclusion in Ira D. Sankey's 1881 "Sacred Songs and Solos" The American poet, Vachel Lindsey, used part of the text in his poem "General William Booth Enters Heaven." It has been in almost every songbook published by members of the Lord's church for use among churches of Christ in the 20th century beginning with the 1925 edition of the 1921 "Great Songs of the Church" (No. 1) edited by E. L. Jorgenson.

The song enumerates some of the blessings of being washed in the blood.

I. Stanza 1 refers to receiving the cleansing power

"Have you been to Jesus for the cleansing power? Are you washed in the blood of the Lamb?

Are you fully trusting in His grace this hour? Are you washed in the blood of the Lamb?"

A. To have our sins washed away, we come to Jesus since He is the one whom God sent to save sinful mankind: Matt. 1.21

B. Therefore, He alone has the power to cleanse us: Eph. 5.25-27

C. And this power is available to us because of God's grace: Tit. 3.5-7

II. Stanza 2 refers to having fellowship with the Savior

"Are you walking daily by the Savior's side? Are you washed in the blood of the Lamb?

Do you rest each moment in the Crucified? Are you washed in the blood of the Lamb?"

A. In order to have continual access to the cleansing blood of Jesus, we must walk by the Savior's side in His light: 1 Jn. 1.7

B. It is only by being cleansed in His blood and thus justified that we have access to and fellowship with God: Eph. 2.13-18

C. As a result, we can rest or abide each moment in vital union with Him who was crucified for us: Jn. 15.1-7

III. Stanza 3 refers to being made ready for the Lord

"When the Bridegroom cometh, will your robes be white, Pure and white in the blood of the Lamb?

Will your soul be ready for the mansions bright, And be washed in the blood of the Lamb?"

A. Someday the Bridegroom will come for His people, and we need to be ready: Matt. 25.1-13

B. The way that God has given for us to be ready is to have our robes be pure and white in the blood of the Lamb: Rev. 7.13-14

C. Those who have thus made their robes white in the Lamb's blood are ready for the mansions bright that He is preparing for His people: Jn. 14.1-3

IV. Stanza 4 refers to laying aside the garments that are stained with sin

"Lay aside the garments that are stained with sin, And be washed in the blood of the Lamb;

There's a fountain flowing for the soul unclean, O, be washed in the blood of the Lamb."

A. Most people, when they have finished working and their clothes are dirty, want to put off those filthy clothes so that they can be washed; so it should be with sin: Eph. 4.22-24

B. Like clothes that have been soiled with dirt, so when we disobey God's law our souls are stained with sin: Rom. 3.23, 6.23

C. However, God, by His grace through the blood of Jesus Christ, has made available a fountain for the soul unclean: Zech. 13.1

CONCL.: The chorus continues to ask a question that each of us must think about if we hope to be right with God here and have the hope of heaven:

"Are you washed in the blood, In the soul-cleansing blood of the Lamb?

Are your garments spotless, are they white as snow? Are you washed in the blood of the Lamb?"

Through the years, this has been of the most popular gospel song texts ever written and is almost universally known. It has been a very effective invitation hymn as we ask those who are out of Christ, "Are You Washed In The Blood?"

"ARISE, MY SOUL, ARISE"

"Which were born...of God" (Jn. 1.13)

INTRO.: A song which mentions the fact that we can be born of God is "Arise, My Soul, Arise." The text was written by Charles Wesley (1707-1788). It first appeared under the title "Behold The Man" in his 1742 "Hymns and Sacred Poems." The tune (Towner) is of unknown origin, usually identified as a traditional American melody, perhaps of early American "shaped note" origin. The arrangement was made for these words by Daniel Brink Towner (1850-1919). It first appeared in "The Ideal Song and Hymn Book" of 1909 which he edited for the Fleming Revell Co.

The song was used in the 1921 "Great Songs of the Church" No. 1 and the 1937 "Great Songs of the Church No. 2" both edited by E. L. Jorgenson; the 1935 "Christian Hymns" No. 1 edited by L. O. Sanderson; and the 1963 "Christian Hymnal" edited by J. Nelson Slater. Today it can be found in the 1986 "Great Songs Revised" edited by Forrest M. McCann, and the 1992 "Praise for the Lord" edited by John P. Wiegand.

The song reminds us that we must arise to receive the benefits of Christ's blood.

I. Stanza 1 identifies Jesus as our Surety

"Arise, my soul, arise; shake off thy guilty fears; The bleeding sacrifice in thy (orig. my) behalf appears:

Before the throne my Surety stands, My name is written on His hands."

A. The means by which we arise to shake off our guilty fears is by obeying the Lord: Acts 22.16, Heb. 5.8-9

B. It is His blood that allows us to have this forgiveness: 1 Jn. 1.7

C. The idea of a "Surety" is an assurance, and Jesus Himself is our assurance that salvation is available through His new covenant: Heb. 7.22

II. Stanza 2 identifies Jesus as our Intercessor

"He ever lives above, for me to intercede; His all redeeming love, His precious blood, to plead:

His blood atoned for all our race, And sprinkles now the throne of grace."

A. Not only is Christ our Surety, but He ever lives to make intercession for His people: Heb. 7.25

B. He can be our Intercessor because His blood made atonement for our race to make reconciliation: Rom. 5.11

C. Just as the sacrifical blood of animals was sprinkled at the altar in the Old Testament, so the blood of Jesus is sprinkled at the throne of God in the New: 1 Pet. 1.2

III. Stanza 3 identifies Jesus as our Sacrifice

"Five bleeding wounds He bears, received on Calvary; Thy pour effectual prayers; they strongly plead for me:

'Forgive him, O forgive,' they cry, 'Nor let that ransomed sinner die!'"

A. The "five bleeding wounds" refer to the nail prints, all received on Calvary, in His two hands and His two feet, and the spear print in His side: Lk. 23.33, Jn. 20.25

B. These wounds are pictured figuratively as pleading for us because Jesus suffered them in His death for our sins: Rom. 5.8, 1 Cor. 15.1-3

C. Even as Jesus cried out on the cross for the Father to forgive His enemies, it is because of His wounds suffered then that we can have forgiveness: Lk. 23.34, Eph. 4.32

IV. Stanza 4 identifies Jesus as our Advocate

"The Father hears Him pray, His dear anointed One; He cannot turn away The presence of His Son;

His Spirit answers to the blood, And tells me I am born of God."

A. Jesus Christ is the dear anointed One: Acts 10.38

B. As the anointed One, He is our Advocate with the Father: 1 Jn. 2.1-2

C. His Spirit bears witness with our Spirit that we are children of God based upon the application of the blood of Christ to our souls, and the Spirit reveals this fact to us in the written word which is His sword: Rom. 8.16-17, Eph. 6.17

V. Stanza 5 identifies Jesus as our Redeemer

"To God I'm reconciled; His pardoning voice I hear; He owns me for His child; I can no longer fear:

With confidence I now draw nigh, And 'Father, Abba, Father,' cry."

A. Because Jesus is our Redeemer, we can be reconciled to God: 2 Cor. 5.17-21. (The original read, "My God is reconciled," but as Forrest M. McCann noted, "The latter was altered to make it scriptural, since we are reconciled to God, not God to us.")

B. As a result of Christ's redeeming love, God owns us as His spiritual children: 1 Jn. 3.1

C. Therefore, we having been redeemed, we can cry out, "Abba, Father": Gal. 4.4-7

CONCL.: Most of our books, which have only stanzas 1, 2, and 5, use the last two lines of stanza 4 for a refrain or coda:

"His Spirit answers to the blood, And tells me I am born of God, And tells me I am born of God."

The benefits of Christ's sacrifice are available to all mankind.  However, we must meet God's conditions of pardon to receive them. Therefore, when it comes to submitting myself to the Lord's will that I might be saved, I should say to myself, "Arise, My Soul, Arise."

"ART THOU WEARY"

"Come unto Me, all you who labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest" (Matthew 11.28)

INTRO.: The text is based on an early Greek hymn attributed to Stephen the Sabaite (c. 725-815). He was a monk at the monastery of Mar Saba, near Jerusalem. The poem is dated around 794. The English version was originally identified as a translation by John Mason Neale (1818-1866). It was first published in his 1862 "Hymns of the Eastern Church" Later Neale said that it contained so little that is from the Greek that it should not have been included as a translation, and it is now generally considered an original hymn by Neale which was suggested by his reading of the Greek poem.

The tune that is most often used with it (Stephanos) was composed for this text by Henry Williams Baker (1821-1877). It was first published in the 1868 Appendix to "Hymns Ancient and Modern" (originally published in 1864), of which he was the general editor. The harmonization was made by the musical editor, William Henry Monk (1823-1889). Originally in seven stanzas, it is used in many modern hymnbooks with only four stanzas, often #'s 1, 5, 6, and 7. Various alterations in certain stanzas have been made by different hymnbook editors through the years, especially with the final stanza in "The Hymnal Companion to the Book of Common Prayer" of 1870 by Edward Henry Bickersteth (1825-1906).

Among hymnbooks used by churches of Christ, this song was included in the 1921 "Great Songs of the Church" (No. 1) and the 1937 "Great Songs of the Church No. 2" both edited by E. L. Jorgenson; the 1935 "Christian Hymns" (No. 1), the 1948 "Christian Hymns No. 2," and the 1966 "Christian Hymns No. 3" all edited by L. O. Sanderson; the 1963 "Christian Hymnal" edited by J. Nelson Slater; and the 1963 "Abiding Hymns" edited by Robert C. Welch. Today, it is still found in the 1986 "Great Songs Revised" edited by Forrest M. McCann, and the 1992 "Praise for the Lord" edited by John P. Wiegand.

The hymn presents several reasons why we can come to Christ for rest.

I. Stanza 1 says that it is because He invites us

"Art thou weary, art thou languid, Art thou sore distressed?

'Come to Me,' saith One, 'and, coming, Be at rest.'"

A. In an apparent attempt to "update" the language, some books read, "Are you weary, heavy laden, Are you sore distressed?" Whether this is an actual improvement upon the original is questionable. In any event, sin is pictured as a heavy burden that causes us to be weary and languid (meaning weak; this is one of the problems we face--I recognize the need to be understandable, but why should we have to discontinue using perfectly good words just because our society has become functionally illiterate?): Psa. 38.1-4

B. But Jesus invites us to come to Him: Jn. 6.35-37

C. And those who come to Jesus can be at rest: Jer. 6.16

II. Stanza 2 says that it is because He is our Guide

"Hath He marks to lead me to Him, If He be my Guide?

'In His feet and hands are wound-prints, And His side.'"

A. Just as every person has certain marks which establish his identity, so does Jesus: Gal. 6.17

B. Since Jesus is our Guide to come to the Father (Jn. 14.6), we must in turn know how to come to Him, and God has a means by which to draw us to Him, which is teaching: Jn. 6.44-45

C. And the marks by which we are led to Him are those in His hands, feet, and side which, although we cannot literally see them, are revealed to us in the scripture to indicate the fact that He died for us: Jn. 20.24-31, Rom. 5.8

III. Stanza 3 says that it is because He is our King

"Is there diadem, as Monarch, That His brow adorns?

'Yea, a crown, in very surety, But of thorns.'"

A. Jesus is pictured as wearing a diadem upon His brow: Rev. 19.11-13

B. This symbolizes the fact that He is our Monarch, the "King of Kings and Lord of Lords": Rev. 19.14-16

C. However, His Kingship is based on the fact that He had previously worn a crown of thorns as part of His suffering for our sins: Matt. 27.27-31

IV. Stanza 4 says that it is because He promises us a reward even in this life

"If I find Him, if I follow, What His guerdon here?

'Many a sorrow, many a labor, Many a tear.'"

A. Using the marks revealed in the scripture, Jesus wants us to find and follow Him: Lk. 9.57-62

B. But if we do follow Him, is there any guerdon (recompense) in this life? Yes, there is--houses, brothers, sisters, mothers, children, and lands, with persecutions--spiritual blessings to recompense for the loss of any physical ones: Mk. 10.28-30, Eph. 1.3

C. But it is important to note the caveat, "with persecutions," because counting the cost means to understand that following Jesus also brings sorrows, labors, and tears: Lk. 14.28-33, Jn. 15.18-21; yet the early disciples counted it as a "badge of honor" that they were considered worthy to suffer for Him: Acts 5.41

V. Stanza 5 says that it is because He has also promised us a reward hereafter

"If I still hold closely to Him, What hath He at last?

'Sorrow vanquished, labor ended, Jordan passed.'"

A. In spite of all the persecutions and temptations, Jesus wants us to hold closely to Him, being faithful until death: Rev. 2.10

B. Then, in addition to the blessings that He gives "now in this time," He has promised still further blessings "in the age to come" which include the eternal salvation of our souls: 1 Pet. 1.3-9

C. Thus, when the Jordan has been passed, sorrow will be vanquished and labors ended, so that we can be at perfect rest: Rev. 14.13

VI. Stanza 6 says that it is because He has promised to receive us

"If I ask Him to receive me, Will He say me nay?

'Not till earth and not till heaven Pass away.'"

A. When we come to Christ for the rest that He has promised, we are in essence asking Him to receive us that we might abide in Him and He in us: Jn. 15.5-10

B. The question is asked, will He say no to us? The fact is that God wants everyone to be saved: 1 Tim. 2.4, 2 Pet. 3.9

C. And the answer is not till earth and heaven pass away: Matt. 24.35; this is simply an indication that the answer is a strong NO, assuming that the ones coming to Him come on His terms and meet His conditions: Mk. 16.15-16

VII. Stanza 7 says that it is because we can be sure that He will keep His promises

"Finding Him, and following, keeping, Is He sure to bless?

'Saints, apostles, prophets, martyrs, Answer, Yes!'"

The original read:

"Finding, following, keeping struggling, Is He sure to bless?

Angels, Martyrs, Prophets, Virgins, Answer, Yes!'"

A. If we do find Him, follow Him, and remain faithful to Him, can we trust Him to bless us? He has made certain promises to us: 2 Pet. 1.4, 1 Jn. 2.25

B. But our Lord has a very good "track record" for keeping His promises to bless those who serve Him faithfully: Heb. 6.9-20

C. Therefore, the testimony of all those who have served Him through the past is that our labor will not be in vain in the Lord: 1 Cor. 15.58

CONCL.: The forms of musical expression in religious singing have changed through the years. The older type hymn, of which this song is an example, was replaced in popularity among some by the gospel song of the late 1800's and early 1900's. Now in many circles the gospel song has been replaced in popularity by the so-called "praise song" (someone has referred to many of these as seven-eleven songs--seven words sung over eleven times). Some claim that the older hymns no longer speak to today's modern generation (of course, the same thing is said about the Bible), and it is true that as musical tastes change there is always the need for new musical expressions of faith. But to those whose hearts are truly attuned to God's word, hymns such as this one can still speak to us as it asks, "Art Thou Weary?"

"ASLEEP IN JESUS"

"Even so them also which sleep in Jesus will God bring with Him" (1 Thess. 4.14)

INTRO.: A hymn which expresses the blessings of those who sleep in Jesus, a phrase which does not refer to being annihilaged or even unconscious, but to being at rest and peace, is "Asleep in Jesus" (#358 in Hymns for Worship Revised). The text was written by Margaret MacKay, who was born at Hedgefield in Inverness, Scotland, in 1802, the daughter of Captain Robert MacKay. In 1820 she married Major (later Lieutenant-Colonel) William Mackay, a distinguished military officer in the British army. The theme of the song was suggested by Mrs. Mackay's visit to a rural cemetery at Pennycross Chapel in Devonshire, England. Being driven in a friend's pony carriage through the exquisite green countryside, she stopped to look at the graves.

One of the stones had carved on it the words "Sleeping in Jesus." The phrase seemed to her to be in keeping with the lovely and peaceful surroundings so it stuck in her mind, and upon arriving home whe took a pencil to commence setting down the poem. It was first printed in 1832 in The Amethyst or the Christian's Anual, a publication of Edinburgh, Scotland. In that work, the introduction to the hymn reads, "Sleeping in Jesus, by Mrs. Mackay of Hedgefield. This simple but expressive sentence is inscribed on a tombstone in a rural burying ground in Devonshire, and gave rise to the following verses." Mrs. Mackay's other works include novels such as The Family at Heatherdale and False Appearances: A Tale; a history of The Wycliffites, or England in the Fifteenth Century; and two volumes of poetry, Sabbath Musings and Thoughts Redeemed: or Lays of Leisure Hours.

In reprinting the hymn in 1854 for Thoughts Redeemed, Mrs. Mackay specified that the burying ground meant was that of Pennycross Chapel and added, "Distant only a few miles from a bustling and crowded seaport, reached through a succession of those lovely green lanes for which Devonshire is so remarkable, the quiet aspect of Pennycross comes soothingly over the mind. 'Sleeping in Jesus' seems in keeping with all around." The tune (Rest/Bradbury) was composed specifically for these words in 1843 by William Batchelder Bradbury (1816-1868). The song may have been first published in his 1844 work The Psalmodist. Mrs. Mackay's husband died in 1845. She herself died at the age of 85 in Cheltenham, England, on Jan. 5, 1887.

Among hymnbooks published by members of the Lord's church for use in churches of Christ during the twentieth century, "Asleep in Jesus" appeared in the 1921 Great Songs of the Church (No. 1) and the 1937 Great Songs of the Church No. 2 both edited by E. L. Jorgenson; the 1935 Christian Hymns (No. 1), the 1948 Christian Hymns No. 2, and the 1966 Christian Hymns No. 3 all edited by L. O. Sanderson; the 1938/1944 (New) Wonderful Songs edited by Thomas S. Cobb; the 1940 Complete Christian Hymnal and the 1959 Hymnal both edited by Marion Davis; the 1943 Standard Gospel Songs and the 1965 Great Christian Hymnal No. 2 both edited by Tillit S. Teddlie; the 1952 Hymns of Praise and Devotion edited by Will W. Slater; the 1959 Majestic Hymnal No. 2 and the 1978 Hymns of Praise both edited by Reuel Lemmons; and the 1963 Abiding Hymns edited by Robert C. Welch. Today, it may be found in the 1971 Songs of the Church and the 1990 Songs of the Church 21st C. Ed. both edited by Alton H. Howard; the 1978/1983 (Church) Gospel Songs and Hymns edited by V. E. Howard; the 1986 Great Songs Revised edited by Forrest M. McCann; and the 1992 Praise for the Lord edited by John P. Wiegand; in addition to Hymns for Worship.

This hymn used to be quite popular, especially at funerals, and still contains a good message.

I. Stanza 1 points out that being asleep in Jesus means being in repose

"Asleep in Jesus! blessed sleep, From which none ever wakes to weep!

A calm and undisturbed repose, Unbroken by the last of foes."

A. Those who are asleep in Jesus will never wake to weep because they shall be raised to everlasting life: Jn. 5.28-29

B. This sleep means that those who die in the Lord are at rest from their labors: Rev. 14.13

C. Such a sleep will never again be disturbed by the last of foes, which is death: 1 Cor. 15.25-26

II. Stanza 2 points out that being asleep in Jesus means victory over the sting of death

"Asleep in Jesus! O how sweet To be for such a slumber meet;

With holy confidence to sing, That death hath lost its venomed sting."

A. The ones who are meet to sleep in Jesus are those who have come into Jesus and lived in Him: Gal. 3.26-27

B. Such individuals can sing of their hope with holy confidence: 1 Jn. 2.28

C. The reason why we can have this confidence is that because Jesus died and rose again, we have the hope of victory over death: 1 Cor. 15.55-57

III. Stanza 3 points out that being asleep in Jesus means looking forward to the return of our Lord

"Asleep in Jesus! peaceful rest, Whose waking is supremely blest!

No fear, no woe, shall dim that hour That manifests the Savior's power."

A. This waking will take place when the Lord returns: 1 Cor. 15.50-54

B. At that time there, for those who have slept in Jesus, there will be no fear nor woe because from that point on God will wipe away all tears from their eyes: Rev. 21.1-4

C. We can be assured of all this because when Christ ascended, the angels promised that He would come back to manifest His power: Acts 1.10-11

IV. Stanza 4 points out that being asleep in Jesus means waiting for the resurrection of the dead

"Asleep in Jesus! O for me, May such a blissful refuge be!

Securely shall my ashes lie, And wait the summons from on high."

A. Being asleep in Jesus is a blissful refuge because those who die in Christ depart and are with the Lord: Phil. 1.19-23

B. Our bodies, whether buried in the ground or cremated to ashes or even cast overboard at sea, shall return to the dust from which they came: Gen. 3.17-19

C. However, they will lie and our souls will await in the abode of departed spirits until we receive that summons from on high and attain unto the resurrection of the dead: Phil. 3.10-11

V. Stanza 5 points out that being asleep in Jesus is not affected by the things of this world

"Asleep in Jesus! time nor space Affects this precious hiding place;

On Indian plains, on Lapland snows, Believers find the same repose."

A. Time nor space affects the precious hiding place of those who are asleep in Jesus because the dead know nothing at all; this does not mean that they are unconscious but that they are unaffected by what happens on earth: Eccl. 9.5

B. Some may be buried on Indian plains, others on Lapland snows, and still others in different places because mankind has multiplied and filled the earth as God commanded: Gen. 1.28

C. However, those who are believers will find the same repose wherever their bodies are buried because their citizenship is in heaven from whence they look for the Savior: Phil. 3.20-21

VI. Stanza 6 points out that being asleep in Jesus means the hope of being reunited with others who have fallen asleep in Jesus

"Asleep in Jesus! far from thee, Thy kindred and their graves may be;

But thine is still a blessed sleep, From which none ever wakes to weep."

A. While it is especially hard when loved ones die and their graves are far from us, we feel sorrow any time we experience the loss of loved ones: Jn. 11.32-35

B. Yet, if we and our depart loved ones sleep in Jesus, it can for both them and us be a blessed sleep, and again the Bible does refer to death as falling asleep: 1 Cor. 15.6

C. The reason is that when the Lord descends, the dead in Christ will rise first, those who are alive will be caught up together with them, and we shall ever be together again in the clouds: 1 Thess. 4.16-17

CONCL.: Some have objected to the phrase "asleep in Jesus," because it reminds them of the false doctrine of "soul-sleeping." However, if the term "sleep in Jesus" is used in the scriptures, why can we not sing about it? Unless the Lord comes first, someday each of us shall "fall asleep" to await the coming of Christ, the resurrection from the dead, and the final judgment. May we love God, labor in His service, and live our lives for Him in such away that when that time comes we shall be ready to meet Him, having been "Asleep In Jesus."

"AT EVEN, WHEN THE SUN WAS SET"

"When the sun was setting, all those who had any that were sick with various diseases brought them to Him; and He laid His hands on every one of them and healed them" (Lk. 4.40).

INTRO.: An evening song which draws its thoughts from this incident in the life of Jesus is "At Even, When the Sun Was Set." Originally in eight stanzas, the text was written by Henry Twells (1823-1900). An Anglican minister who lived at Hammersmith, England, where he was headmaster of Godolphin School, he provided these words for the appendix of the 1868 edition of "Hymns Ancient and Modern" at the request of the editor Henry Baker. The original first line, "At even, e'er the sun was set," was altered to its present form in 1882 for the "Church of England Hymn Book" by the editor Godfrey Thring (1823-1903).

The tune (Eden) which is usually associated with it was composed by Timothy B. Mason (1801-1861). It was first published in 1836. Timothy Mason was a brother of the well-known American hymntune composer, Lowell Mason (1792-1872). Among songbooks published by members of the church of Christ, this hymn was used in the 1922 appendix of the 1921 "Great Songs of the Church" No. 2 and the 1937 "Great Songs of the Church No. 2" both edited by E. L. Jorgenson. The text was used in the 1963 "Christian Hymnal" edited by J. Nelson Slater, with a tune (Eucharest) by Isaac Baker Woodbury; and is found in the 1986 "Great Songs Revised" edited by Forrest M. McCann, with a tune (Abends) by Herbert S. Oakley. Then in the 1992 "Praise for the Lord" edited by John P. Wiegand, the Mason tune is returned.

The hymn reminds us of the blessings that we can seek from Christ each evening.

I. Stanza 1 goes back to the scene where Christ healed people in the evening

"At even, when the sun was set, The sick, O Lord, around Thee lay;

O in what divers pains they met! O with what joy they went away!"

A. Even after what was probably a busy day, Jesus was willing to use His evening hours to help people: Matt. 8.16-17

B. Those who came had divers pains--they are described as being sick and demon possessed: Mk. 1.32-34

C. Yet, with what joy they must have gone away, even as others whom Jesus healed--cf. Lk. 5.17-26

II. Stanza 2 makes application of this incident to us today

"Once more 'tis eventide, and we, Oppressed with various ills, draw near;

What if Thy form we cannot see, We know and feel that Thou art here."

A. Because the stanza begins, "Once more 'tis eventide," this song would not be an appropriate one for morning worship, but was obviously intended for an evening service. And today, like those of the text, when we meet together for an evening service, we often come with various ills, both physical and spiritual: Jas. 5.13-16

B. They came into the literal, personal presence of Jesus on earth, whereas we cannot see His physical form as they did: Jn. 20.29, 1 Pet. 1.7-8

C. Yet, because of His promises, we can still know and feel that He is among us: Matt. 18.20, 28.20

III. Stanza 3 is a prayer that Christ will bless us as we come to Him

"O Savior Christ, our woes dispel; For some are sick and some are sad,

And some have never loved Thee well, And some have lost the love they had."

A. Jesus Christ is able to dispel all our woes, for He is the Sun of Righteousness who has arisen with healing in His wings: Mal. 4.2

B. Some of our woes pertain to the physical things of this life which sometimes make us sick and sad; and while Jesus has never promised to remove all of these things from us, He does promise to give us grace to help us bear our infirmities: 2 Cor. 12.7-10, Heb. 4.15-16

C. And some of these woes are such that they often cause people not to love the Lord or to lose the love that they had, and Jesus also wants to help restore these to a right relationship with Him: Gal. 6.1, Jas. 5.19-20

IV. Stanza 4 is a confession of weakness and sin in our lives

"And none, O Lord, have perfect rest, For none are wholly free from sin;

And they who fain would serve Thee best Are conscious most of wrong within."

A. This is actually stanza 6 of the original poem, stanzas 4-5 usually being omitted. In this life no one has perfect rest, since God's final rest will not be experienced until after this life is over: Heb. 4.8-9, Rev. 14.13

B. The reason why this is so is that in this life none are wholly free from sin. The fact is that all have sinned: Rom. 3.23

C. While Christians do not continue to live in sin, even those who seek to serve the Lord as faithfully as they can are conscious of the fact that they still have to struggle with the problem if sin in their lives: 1 Jn. 1.7-9

V. Stanza 5 explains the basis upon which we can still have hope in spite of our sin

"O Savior Christ, Thou too art man; Thou hast been troubled, tempted, tried;

Thy kind but searching glance can scan The very wounds that shame would hide."

A. Jesus Christ, the Word who was God, became flesh, a man: Jn. 1.1, 14

B. As a man, He was troubled, tempted, and tried: Heb. 2.17-18

C. Therefore, by His own experience, He fully understands the problems that we face in life, so that we can cast all our cares on Him: 1 Pet. 5.7

VI. Stanza 6 says that therefore we can still look to Him for help

"Thy touch has still its ancient power; No word from Thee can fruitless fall:

Hear, in this solemn evening hour, And in Thy mercy heal us all."

A. Although Jesus does not literally touch us as He did those who came to Him during His earthly life, the same power that enabled Him to heal physical illnesses then is still available to us in the gospel: Rom. 1.16

B. Thus, through His revealed word, which cannot fruitless fall, He provides for all our spiritual needs: 2 Tim. 3.16-17

C. And by it, we can look to Him for the mercy that we need to heal us of all that would keep us from a right relationship with God: Eph. 2.5-9, Tit. 3.5

CONCL.: The two stanzas which are universally omitted, numbers 4 and 5 in the original poem, are here given for your consideration.

"And some are pressed with worldly care, And some are tried with sinful doubt;

And some such grievous passions tear, That only Thou canst cast them out."

"And some have found the world is vain, Yet from the world they break not free;

And some have friends who give them pain, Yet have not sought a Friend in Thee."

As I have said before, many of these older hymns are no longer as familiar, having been replaced first with gospel songs and now with the "praise choruses" that seem to be so popular. As a result, the language with which we express the thoughts of our hearts to God in song is becoming increasingly impoverished. However, hymns such as this can still be very useful to remind us that we should continue to seek the Lord "At Even, When the Sun Was Set."

"AT THE CROSS"

"Surely He hath borne our griefs, and carried our sorrows....He was bruised for our iniquities" (Isa. 53.4-5).

INTRO.: Isaiah's prediction of the Messiah's suffering and death is echoed in one of our grand old songs, "At The Cross" (#157 in "Hymns for Worship Revised" and #321 in "Sacred Selections for the Church"). The text of the stanzas was written by Isaac Watts (1674-1748). It was included in his 1707 "Hymns and Spiritual Songs." The tune (Hudson) was composed by Ralph ErskineHudson (1843-1901). It first appeared, combined with Watt's words, in his 1885 "Songs of Peace, Love and Joy." It is believed that both the words and music of the chorus, which Hudson added to his original tune, were adapted from an old camp meeting melody since this same chorus, without being attributed to Hudson, is found with other songs in various nineteenth century compilations.

The song reminds us of several concepts related to Jesus' death on the cross.

I. In stanza 1, we must recognize that Christ died for sinners

"Alas, and did my Savior bleed, And did my Sovereign die;

Would He devote that sacred head For such a worm as I

A. The reason that Christ died is because we are sinners: Isa. 59.1-2,

Rom. 3.23, Jas. 1.14-15, 1 Jn. 1.8-10

B. The statement the original, "For such a worm as I," uses the concept of being a worm as a symbol of our being sinners. Several recent books have changed it to "such a one as I" or "sinners such as I," and he has apparently followed them. William J. Reynolds in "Hymns of our Faith" claims that "Deleting the word 'worm' involves a literary expression and in no way implies any theological compromise." However, Steven Clark Goad wrote, "Why do we use antiseptic on our hymns and seek to sterilize our songs? Are we allowing a second cousin of political correctness to invade our thinking and our hymnals? Are we no longer...worms? Dare we admit that once upon a sinful time we were all but mere... worms without a snail's chnace in a salt mine of making anything of our lives apart from the Master? I don't know about anyone else, but being reminded of what I was before Jesus came into my life helps me to enjoy the sense of His presence all the more." The fact of the matter is, when we compare ourselves to God, we are forced to the conclusion that we are as worms: Job 25.6, Psa. 22.6

C. Yet, in spite of our sinfulness, God still loves us: Jn. 3.16

II. In stanza 2, we must realize that it is by God's grace that Jesus died for us

"Was it for crimes that I have done, He groaned upon the tree?

Amazing pity, grace unknown! And love beyond degree."

A. The supreme expression of God's love for us was the death of Christ on the cross: Rom. 5.8; 1 Jn. 3.16, 4.8-10

B. This is why we can say that we are saved by grace: Eph. 2,8-9, Tit. 2.11

C. Of course, being saved by grace does not eliminate the need to obey God's commands; but it does emphasize the fact that if God had not had mercy on us, we could do nothing to save ourselves. That is why we glory in the cross: Gal. 6.14

III. In stanza 3, we must understand that Jesus' death was part of an enormous sacrifice for us

"Well might the sun in darkness hide, And shut his glories in,

When Christ, the mighty Maker, died For man the creature's sin."

A. Christ, the mighty Maker, left the glories of heaven and came to this sin-cursed earth: Phil. 2.5-8

B. In addition, He lived a life of suffering and temptation just as we do: Heb. 2.17-18, 4.15

C. Furthermore, He died a cruel and horrible death with pain and anguish to make possible our redemption: Mt. 26.28. The need for atonement was so great, yet the deed that brought it about was so black that even the sun hid its face in darkness and refused to shine: Mt. 27.45

IV. In stanza 4, we must see that our response to this should include great sorrow.

"Thus might I hide my blushing face While His dear cross appears;

Dissolve my heart in thankfulness And melt mine eyes to tears."

A. Thinking about the suffering and death of Christ because of our sins should produce mourning for sins or godly sorrow: Matt. 5.4, 2 Cor. 7.10

B. Godly sorrow then works genuine repentance: Lk. 13.5, Acts 17.30-31

C. And repentance must lead to obedience: Acts 2.38, Heb. 5.8-9

V. In stanza 5, we must come to perceive that Jesus' death demands a total self-sacrifice on our part

"But drops of grief can ne'er repay The debt of love I owe:
Here, Lord, I give myself away, 'Tis all that I can do."

A. Our response must be, "Here, Lord, I give myself away": Matt. 16.24-25

B. Thus, this is talking about making a total and life-long commitment to Christ: Gal. 2.20

C. And this new life begins when we obey the gospel of Jesus Christ: Rom. 6.3-4

CONCL.: The chorus, though different in thought from the stanzas, completes the thought that whatever blessings God has for us, we receive because Jesus died for us on the cross.

"At the cross, at the cross, where I first saw the lgith, And the burden of my heart rolled away,

It was there by faith I received my sight, And now I am happy all the day."

Ernest K. Emurian wrote, "While this generation substitutes 'sinners such as I' for the original, confident that we are not worms, it is well to remember that a worm is the only thing in God's world that can change into a butterfly. And Watts well knew the transformation, wrought in the human heart by the grace of God whereby the 'old man' dies and the 'new man in Christ Jesus' is born, finds its parallel in the process of nature whereby a worm dies that a butterfly may be born." The message of this good song is that Jesus died for us because we are sinners and because God loves us. As Christians we should ever be grateful for all the wonderful gifts that God made possible by what Jesus did for us "At The Cross."

"AWAKE, AND SING THE SONG"

"And they sing the song of Moses...and the song of the Lamb, saying, Great and marvelous are Thy works..." (Rev. 15.3).

INTRO.: A hymn which attempts to express the sense of the song of Moses and the Lamb for us is "Awake, And Sing The Song" (#6 in "Hymns for Worship Revised"). The text was written by William Hammond (1719-1783). A native of Sussex, England, who was first a member of the Calvinistic Methodist Church and later joined the Moravian Brethren, he penned these words around 1743 and published them in his "Psalms, Hymns, and Spiritual Songs" of 1745. The original poem contained fourteen stanzas. Some of them were arranged in their present form for the 1753 "Collection of Hymns for Social Worship" by editor George Whitefield (1714-1770). Others were edited for the 1760 "Collection of Psalms and Hymns" by editor Martin Madan (1726-1790). The arrangement in our books is probably a composite drawn from these two sources.

The tune (St. Thomas) used in most of our books is usually attributed to Aaron Williams (1731-1776). It is the second quarter of a sixteen line quadruple short meter tune called "Holborn" which appeared in his "Universal Psalmist" of 1770. Because Williams never actually claimed authorship, many believe that it is not his original melody but rather an adaptation of a work by another composer, perhaps George Frederick Handel (1685-1759). However, this is not certain. This same tune has been used with many other hymns. Some older books use a tune called Webster which is of unknown origin but makes for a very lively and joyous rendition of the text.

The song has appeared in many books published among churches of Christ, going at least as far back to the 1923 "Choice Gospel Hymns" edited by Thomas B. Moseley and published by the Gospel Advocate. Its popularity is likely due in part to its being included in the 1937 "Great Songs of the Church No. 2" edited by E. L. Jorgenson. In addition to "Hymns for Worship," it is found today in the 1971 "Songs of the Church" and the 1990 "Songs of the Church 21st C. Ed." both edited by Alton H. Howard; the 1986 "Great Songs Revised" edited by Forrest M. McCann; and the 1992 "Praise for the Lord" edited by John P. Wiegand. There are six stanzas still in common use today in different books, and they are given here in their original order.

The song suggests several reasons why we should sing the song of Moses and the Lamb.

I. According to stanza 1, it is a song of praise

"Awake, and sing the song Of Moses and the Lamb;

Wake, every heart and every tongue, To praise the Savior's name."

A. While we may not know exactly what "the song of Moses and the Lamb" is, many scholars suggest that it might refer to the song of redemption for all mankind, both those under the Old Testament (of Moses) and under the New Testament (the Lamb): Ex. 15.1ff, Jn. 1.29

B. As we sing this song, we should wake both heart and tongue, because singing consists of both the words of our mouths and the meditations of our hearts: Ps. 19.14

C. And the purpose for which we thus express the fruit of our lips is to praise our God: Heb. 13.15

II. According to stanza 2, it is a song of love

"Sing of His dying love, Sing of His rising (risen) power;

Sing how He intercedes above For those whose sins He bore."

A. Surely we should sing of the great love that the Lamb showed for us by dying for our sins: Rom. 5.8

B. We should sing of the power as shown in His resurrection from the dead: 2 Tim. 2.8

C. And we should sing how He interdeces above for those whose sins He bore: Heb. 7.25 (this is what I understand all those song which are addressed to Jesus to be doing--calling upon Him who is our intercessor)

III. According to stanza 3, it is a song of grace

"Sing, till we feel our hearts Ascending with our tongues;

Sing, that (till) the love of sin departs, And grace inspires our tongues."

A. Again, we must make sure that our hearts are in the worship that we offer God with our tongues: Mt. 15.7-9

B. We sing that the love of sin departs by asking the Lord not to lead us into temptation: Matt. 6.13

C. But most of all we should sing that grace would inspire our tongues, because the grace of God by which we are saved from sin should inspire the singing of praise to him: Eph. 2.8-9

IV. According to stanza 4, it is a song of joy

"Sing on your heavenly way, Ye ransomed sinners sing;

Sing on, rejoicing every day, In Christ, the glorious King."

A. As Christians, we are on the way that leads to everlasting life in heaven: Matt. 7.14, Col. 1.5

B. Therefore, we should express the joy of our hearts to God in singing psalms: Phil. 4.4, Jas. 4.13

C. And this singing is done in Christ, who is our glorious King: Gal. 3.27, Rev. 19.16

V. According to stanza 5, it is a song of hope for a home in heaven

"Soon shall you hear Him say, 'Ye blessed children, come!'

Soon will He call you hence away, And take His pilgrims home."

A. Our desire is someday to hear Him say, "Come, ye blessed": Matt. 25.34

B. But before this will happen, we shall be called hence away from this world when the Lord returns: 1 Cor. 15.51-54, 1 Thes. 4.15-17

C. And at that time He will take His pilgrims to the home where their citizenship is: Phil. 3.20-21

VI. According to stanza 6, it is a song of eternal rapture

"Soon shall our raptured tongue His endless praise proclaim,

And sweeter voices tune the song Of Moses and the Lamb."

A. The word "rapture" is not in the Bible; however it can be used, not to refer to some period of time in which the saints shall linger in the air after being raised before returning to the earth when Jesus comes, which is not taught in the scriptures; but to the bliss that the righteous will experience in heaven: Rev. 22.1-5

B. This rapture will involve endless praise because God has promised us eternal life in the world to come: Mk. 10.30, 1 Jn. 2.25

C. And then our tongues shall join the sweeter voices to sing the eternal praises of God and of the Lamb: Rev. 5.9-13

CONCL.: There is much about this particular hymn that we do not know because the details are shrouded in history. And, as stated before, there is much about the song of Moses and the song of the Lamb that we do not know because not all the details are revealed in scripture. But there is one thing that we can know, and that is that the singing of praise to God here helps to prepare us for the singing of praises to God in eternity. May we always remember this as we "Awake, And Sing The Song."

"AWAKE, MY SOUL, AND WITH THE SUN"

"...And in the morning my prayer comes before You" (Ps. 88.13)

INTRO.: A hymn which expresses the desire for one's prayer to come before God in the morning is "Awake, My Soul, and With the Sun." The text was written by Thomas Ken (1637-1711). It was most likely produced in 1693 as the first of his "Morning, Evening, and Midnight Hymns," each of which concluded with the familiar doxology, "Praise God from whom all blessings flow...," to be published in his 1694 "Manual of Prayers for the Use of the Scholars of Winchester College" (although they were apparently not printed until the second edition of 1695). Ken himself revised it in 1709 for republication in 1711.

The tune (Morning Hymn) most often used with it was composed for this text by Francois Hippolyte Barthelemon (1741-1808). It was produced in 1785 at the request of the chaplain at a female orphan asylum in London, England. Its first publication seems to have been in 1791. Among historic hymnbookss used in churches of Christ during the twentieth century, the song (with two stanzas and the doxology) is found in the 1937 "Great Songs of the Church No. 2" edited by E. L. Jorgenson. Today, it appears in this same form in the 1992 "Praise for the Lord" (#58) edited by John P. Wiegand.

The six commonly used stanzas encourage us to rise each morning prepared to serve the Lord.

I. Stanza 1 tells us to wake up

"Awake, my soul, and with the sun Thy daily stage of duty run;

Shake off dull sloth, and joyful rise To pay thy morning sacrifice."

A. God made each day for us to arise for our daily duty, just as the sun arises each day to run its course: Ps. 19.1-6

B. Therefore, we should shake off the sleep of darkness and put on the armor of light: Rom. 13.11-12

C. The morning sacrifice here is undoubtedly a reference to "the sacrifice of praise to God continually, that is, the fruit of our lips": Heb. 13.15

II. Stanza two tells us to be a light

"By influence of the light divine Let thy own light to others shine;

Reflect all heaven's propitious rays In ardent love and cheerful praise."

A. We need to be walking in the light divine: 1 Jn. 1.5-7

B. Then, our lives can be the light of the world to others: Matt. 5.16

C. One way that we reflect heaven's propitious rays is in ardent love, both for God and for others: Matt. 22.37-39, Jn. 13.34-35, 1 Jn. 5.3

III. Stanza three tells us to praise God

"Wake and lift up thyself, my heart, And with the angels bear thy part,

Who all night long, unwearied, sing high praise to the eternal king."

A. In every act of worship, whether individual or collective, we should put our hearts into what we do: Ps. 19.14, Mt. 15.7-9

B. In our worship here on earth, we join with the angels in heaven: Heb. 1.6

C. Thus, it is good to begin each day with praise to God: Ps. 148.1-14

IV. Stanza four tells us to be thankful for God's care

"All praise to Thee, who safe hast kept, And has refreshed me while I slept;

Grant, Lord, when I from death shall wake, I may of endless light partake."

A. The Lord has promised to watch over His people, so that we can pillow our heads at night secure in the knowledge of His care: Ps. 4.8

B. God has also promised that He will watch over His people when they experience the sleep of death as well: 1 Thes. 4.13-17

C. And just as in this life we wake each day to the light of the sun, so the faithful can look forward to an awakening to the endless light of God's presence: Rev. 21.23

V. Stanza five tells us to dedicate ourselves to the Lord's service

"Lord, I my vows to Thee renew; Disperse my sins as morning dew;

Guard my first springs of thought and will And with Thyself my spirit fill."

A. The word "vows" here simply refers to the commitment that we have made to serve the Lord: Eccl. 5.4

B. Renewing our vows involves asking God to forgive us of the sins that we have committed: Matt. 6.12, 1 Jn. 1.9

C. It also involves asking God to guard our thoughts and will that our spirits might be filled with Him: Eph. 3.16-19

VI. Stanza six tells us to seek God's direction and guidance during the day

"Direct, control, suggest, this day, All I design, or do, or say;

"That all my powers, with all their might, In Thy sole glory may unite."

A. We should want the Lord to direct us: Prov. 3.6

B. Therefore, we should submit all that we think, do, and say to God's control: Phil. 4.8

C. When we do this, all our powers, with all their might, will unite to God's glory: Eph. 3.21

CONCL.: Each day that we live is a gift from God. Our aim should be to use each day that we live for His honor and glory. Therefore, I should ask His blessings as I "Awake, My Soul, and With the Sun."

"AWAKE, MY SOUL, IN JOYFUL LAYS"

"How excellent is Thy loving-kindness, O God!..." (Ps. 36.7)

INTRO.: A song which praises God for His lovingkindness is "Awake, My Soul, In Joyful Lays." The text was written by Samuel Medley (1738-1799). It first appeared in J. H. Meyer's "Collection of Hymns for Lady Huntingdon's Chapel" in 1782 in eight stanzas with the original first line reading, "Awake, my soul, TO joyful lays." The altered version, most commonly used today, with only seven stanzas, is taken from the "Selection of Hymns" published in 1787 by John Rippon (1751-1836). It is assumed that Rippon made the alterations. The tune (Lovingkindness) is usually identified as a traditional American western melody (in the early days of our country, anything beyond the Appalachian mountains from the original thirteen states was considered "the west"). It is sometimes attributed to William Caldwell (19th c.) Some sources say that it was one of the tunes composed by him for his 1837 "Union Harmony" published in Maryville, TN. However, other sources say that the tune was found earlier in the 1831 "Christian Lyre" published by Joshua Leavitt (1794-1873).

Thus, the composer is unknown, although it is also possible that it did not appear in the original edition of "Christian Lyre" but only editions published after 1837 (many hymnbook compilers in those days often made changes in subsequent editions but did not always date those later printings, simply keeping the original copyright date). Among hymnbooks published by members of the church of Christ, the earliest appearance I have found of the song is in the small paperback 1924 "International Melodies" edited by Ernest C. Love and published by The Pacific Christian. It is used in the 1925 edition of the 1921 "Great Songs of the Church" No. 1 and the 1937 "Great Songs of the Church No. 2" both edited by E. L. Jorgenson; in an abridged form in the 1963 "Abiding Hymns" edited by R. C. Welch; and with a different tune (Melita composed by John B. Dykes and usually associated with the hymn "Eternal Father, Strong to Save") in the 1966 "Christian Hymns No. 3" edited by L. O. Sanderson. Today, unfortunately, it is found only in the 1992 "Praise for the Lord" edited by John P. Wiegand.

The song describes several characteristics of God's lovingkindness.

I. Stanza one says that His lovingkindness is free.

"Awake, my soul, in joyful lays, And sing thy great Redeemer's praise;

He justly claims a song from me, His lovingkindness is so free."

A. "Lays" are songs, from a medieval French word "lai," meaning a lyric poem set to music. Such songs are to come from the very depths of our souls: Lk. 1.46-47

B. These songs enable us to sing the great Redeemer's praise: Ps. 108.1

C. This Redeemer justly claims a song from us because His lovingkindess is so free: Rom. 5.15-18

II. Stanza two says that His lovingkindness is so great.

"He saw me ruined in the fall, Yet loved me notwithstanding all;

He saved me from my lost estate, His lovingkindness is so great."

A. We were ruined in the fall, not because we inherited Adam's guilt, but because Adam brought sin into the world, and since then "all have sinned": Rom. 3.23

B. Yet, God loved us in spite of that: Jn. 3.16

C. And because of His love, He saved us from our lost estate; therefore, His lovingkindness is so great: Eph. 2.5-9

III. Stanza three says that His lovingkindness is so strong.

"Though numerous hosts of mighty foes, Though earth and hell my way oppose,

He safely leads my soul along, His lovingkindness is so strong."

A. As we live on this earth, we may face numerous hosts of mighty foes: Ps. 27.1-3

B. Even all earth and hell (sheol) may our way oppose: Ps. 116.1-4

C. Yet, because His lovingkindness is so strong, even in the midst of these difficulties, He will lead us safely: Ps. 31.1-3

IV. Stanza four says that His lovingkindness is so good.

"When trouble, like a gloomy cloud, Has gathered thick and thundered loud,

He near my soul has always stood, His lovingkindness is so good."

A. The trouble of this life is often like a gloomy cloud: Joel 2.1-2

B. And like the loud thunderings of a storm, it may make us apprehensive: Exo. 9.23-29

C. But during it all, His lovingkindness which is so good, will always stand by us as we yield to His will: 2 Tim. 3.16-18

V. Stanza five says that His lovingkindness is unchangeable.

"Often I feel my sinful heart Prone from my Jesus to depart;

And though I oft have Him forgot, His lovingkindness changes not."

A. Sin begins in the heart, so that when we allow sin in our hearts, we have sinful hearts: Matt. 15.18-19

B. "Prone...to depart" may indicate the author's belief in total hereditary depravity, but the words themselves do not necessarily imply it because as we allow sin in our hearts, then we are prone to depart from the Lord: 1 Tim. 4.1

C. But even though we may depart and forget Him, His lovingkindness never changes and He is always ready to receive us back: Mal. 3.6, 1 Jn. 1.9

VI. Stanza six says that His lovingkindness is enduring even unto death.

"So when I pass death's gloomy vale, And life and mortal powers shall fail,

O may my last expiring breath His lovingkindness sing in death."

A. Someday we shall pass death's gloomy vale: Ps. 23.4, Heb. 9.27

B. Then life and our mortal powers shall fail: Eccl. 12.5-7

C. But even at that time, we can with our last expiring breath sing of His lovingkindness because He will guide us unto death: Ps. 48.14

VII. Stanza seven says that His lovingkindness is eternal to the skies

"Then shall I mount, and soar away To the bright world of endless day;

There shall I sing, with sweet surprise, His lovingkindness in the skies."

A. At death, we shall mount and soar away: Ps. 90.10

B. Then we shall rise to the bright world of endless day, where there shall be no night: Rev. 21.25

C. And there, having risen to meet Him in the skies where we shall ever be with the Lord, we shall sing of His lovingkindness in everlasting life: 1 Thes. 4.17, 1 Jn. 2.25

CONCL.: Each stanza ends with the phrase,

"Lovingkindness, Lovingkindness,

His lovingkindness..." (followed by whatever words are at the end of each stanza).

God's lovingkindness is responsible not only for the many blessings of this life, but the spiritual blessings as well, including the hope of eternal life. Therefore, to praise the Lord for His lovingkindness, I should tell myself, "Awake, My Soul, In Joyful Lays."

"AWAKE, MY SOUL, STRETCH EVERY NERVE"

"Wherefore seeing we...are compassed about with so great a cloud of witnesses...let us run with patience the race that is set before us" (Heb. 12.1)

INTRO.: A song which admonishes us to run with patience that race which is set before us is "Awake, My Soul, Stretch Every Nerve." The text was written by Philip Doddridge (1702-1751). An English non-conformist (independent or dissenting) minister who died in Lisbon, Portugal, where he had gone to recuperate from tuberculosis and exhaustion, he penned many hymns (the Cyberhymnal lists 28, and John Julian notes 70 besides the ones that he has articles on), most of which were not published in his lifetime but were collected and printed after his death. His best-known hymn is "O Happy Day," and a few of his other hymns have appeared in some of our books, such as "Grace! 'Tis a Charming Sound," and "O God of Bethel." "Awake, My Soul, Stretch Every Nerve" was produced probably around 1750 to be read as a poem after one of Doddridge's sermons and was first published posthumously in Job Orton's 1755 "Hymns Founded on Various Texts in the Holy Scriptures by the Late Reverend Philip Doddridge, D.D." Sometimes the words are erroneously attributed to Orton.

The tune usually used with this text (Christmas; also called Lunenburg, Sandford, and Siroe) was composed by George Frederick Handel (1685-1759). It originally appeared as a soprano aria in Acts II of his 1728 opera "Siroe" ("Cyrus"). The adaptation as a hymn tune was made originally for Psalm 132 in the 1815 "Melodia Sacra," possibly by the editor David Weyman (19th c.). However, some sources say that it was previously adapted in the 1812 "Harmonia Sacra" compiled by James Hewitt. The music was further arranged into its present form in the 1821 "Boston Handel and Haydn Society Collection of Church Music" by the editor Lowell Mason (1792-1872).

In hymnbooks used among churches of Christ, the song appears in the 1921 "Great Songs of the Church" No. 1 and the "Great Songs of the Church No. 2" both edited by E. L. Jorgenson. It is found in the 1986 "Great Songs Revised" edited by Forrest M. McCann, and the 1992 "Praise for the Lord" edited by John P. Wiegand. The same tune was used with the song "While Shepherds Watched Their Flocks By Night" in the 1940 "Complete Christian Hymnal" edited by Marion Davis, and the 1963 "Christian Hymnal" edited by J. Nelson Slater; and with the song "Jesus, the Very Thought of Thee" in the 1948 "Christian Hymns No. 2" and the 1966 "Christian Hymns No. 3" both edited by L. O. Sanderson.

The song contains many scriptural allusions to remind us of the race set before us.

I. Stanza 1 emphasizes the direction of the race

"Awake, my soul, stretch every nerve, And press with vigor on;

A heavenly race demands thy zeal, And an immortal crown."

A. To run this race, we must "press with vigor on" that we might go on to perfection: Heb. 6.1

B. It is a heavenly race because our hope is in heaven: 1 Pet. 1.3-5

C. And the ultimate goal is an immortal crown: 2 Tim. 4.6-8

II. Stanza 2 emphasizes the witnesses of the race

"A cloud of witnesses around Hold thee in full survey:

Forget the steps already trod, And onward urge thy way."

A. The cloud of witnesses is the great host of the faithful who have gone before and left us their example: Heb. 11.1-40

B. With these witnesses in full survey, we should forget the steps already trod: Phil. 3.13-14

C. The use of words like "vigor" and "urge" suggest the zeal with which we should approach this race: 1 Cor. 9.24-27

III. Stanza 3 emphasizes the calling of this race

"'Tis God's all-animating voice That calls thee from on high;

'Tis His own hand presents the prize To thine aspiring eye."

A. God's all-animating voice calls us through the gospel: 2 Thes. 2.13-14

B. Therefore, it will be His own hand who presents the prize when we are crowned as we strive for the masteries: 2 Tim. 2.5

C. And, of course, this is precisely that which we aspire or hope for and which keeps us going: Rom. 8.24-25

IV. Stanza 4 emphasizes the eternal consequences of this race

"That prize, with peerless glories bright, Which shall new luster boast,

When victors' wreaths and monarchs' gems Shall blend in common dust."

A. The prize which God offers has glories bright which boast ever-new luster, because it represents eternal life: Tit. 1.1-2

B. Thus, it is far superior to victors' wreaths and monarchs' gems: Heb. 11.26

C. Why? because these things are only temporal, compared to God's reward which is eternal: 2 Cor. 4.16-18

V. Stanza 5 emphasizes the goal of this race

"Blest Savior, introduced by Thee, Have I my race begun;

And, crowned with victory, at Thy feet I'll lay my honors down."

A. The only one who can introduce us to this race is the Savior, Jesus Christ: Mt. 1.21, Lk. 2.11, 1 Tim. 1.15

B. Again, the goal, the prize for which we seek, is to be crowned with victory: 1 Cor. 15.57, Jas. 1.12

C. And at that time, we shall lay our honors down at His feet, as did the four and twenty elders: Rev. 4.10

CONCL.: The Cyberhymnal gives a final stanza, which is basically a repetition of the first stanza with slight alterations.

"Then wake, my soul, stretch every nerve, And press with vigor on;

A heavenly race demands thy zeal, And an immortal crown."

As the song shows, there are many passages of scripture which compare the life of a Christian to the running of a race to gain a crown of victory. Therefore, to run this race and win the eternal prize, I must tell myself, "Awake, My Soul, Stretch Every Nerve."

"AWAKE, MY TONGUE"

"Let us offer the sacrifice of praise to God...the fruit of our lips giving thanks to His name" (Heb. 13.15)

INTRO.: A song which exhorts us to use our lips and tongue to bring the tribute of praise to God is "Awake, My Tongue" (#32 in "Hymns for Worship Revised"). The text was written by John Needham, who was born around 1710, the son of John Needham who was minister of the Baptist Church at Hitchin in Hertfordshire, England. Nothing is known about his early life, but it is assumed that he became a minister under his father's guidance. In 1746 he moved to Bristol and in 1750 became co-minister with John Beddome with the Baptist Church at Pithay in Bristol. Upon Beddome's retirement two years later, a Mr. Tommas was invited to be co-minister with Needham but accepted only on the condition that he be the minister and Needham become his assistant.

An unhappy controversy arose, and a majority of the congregation decided that Needham was no longer to be a minister or even a member of the church. Beginning in 1752, for almost three years, Needham and his friends used the meetingplace of the Baptist Church on Callowhill St., in another section of Bristol. After meeting at different hours each Sunday, the two congregations united in 1755 and the two ministers became co-ministers. In 1768, during this time at Callowhill St., Needham's 263 hymns were published in his "Hymns Devotional and Moral, on Various Subjects," by S. Farley of Bristol. "Awake, My Tongue" first appeared in that collection and was entitled "The Divine Perfections." Needham's co-ministry at Callowhill continued until 1784, but beyond this the history of the church is practically non-existent. It is know that by 1787 Needham had died and the Callowhill church had become extinct.

The tune (Duke Street) was composed around 1790 by an English musician who was roughly contemporary with Needham, John Hatton (c. 1710-1793). It was first published with Addison's nineteenth Psalm in Henry Boyd's 1793 "Select Collection of Psalm and Hymn Tunes." Among hymnbooks published by members of the Lord's church in the middle and late twentieth centuries, the song was used in "Great Songs of the Church" No. 1 and "Great Songs of the Church No. 2" both edited by E. L. Jorgenson; and "Christian Hymnal" edited by J. Nelson Slater. Today, in addition to "Hymns for Worship," it is found in "Songs of the Church," "Songs of the Church 21st C. Ed.," and "Songs of Faith and Praise" all edited by A. H. Howard; "Great Songs Revised" edited by Forrest M. McCann and Jack Boyd; and "Praise for the Lord" edited by John P. Wiegand.

The song describes several reasons to awake our tongues to sing praise to God.

I. Stanza 1 tells us to praise God for His love in give us the power to sing

"Awake, my tongue, thy tribute bring To Him who gave thee power to sing;

Praise Him who is all praise above, The source of wisdom and of love."

A. It was God who made our mouths and tongues: Exo. 4.11

B. We should use that tongue to praise Him who gave us the power to sing: Ps. 35.27-28

C. And the one whom we praise is the source of wisdom and especially of love: 1 Jn. 4.8

II. Stanza 2 tells us to praise God for His knowledge in numbering and naming all the stars

"How vast His knowledge! how profound! A deep where all our thoughts are drowned;

The stars He numbers and their names He gives to all those heavenly flames."

A. God's knowledge is vast and profound because it is infinite: Ps. 139.1-6

B. It is a deep where all our thoughts are drowned because His thoughts are higher than our thoughts: Isa. 55.8-9

C. This knowledge is demonstrated by the fact that God knows the number of all the stars and even their names: Ps. 147.4

III. Stanza 3 tells us to praise God for His wisdom in providing all our needs here on earth

"Through each bright world above, behold Ten thousand thousand charms unfold;

Earth, air, and mighty seas combine To speak His wisdom all divine."

A. Even the mighty worlds above declare the glory of God: Ps. 19.1-4

B. And all nature shows that the Creator has ten thousand thousand charms to be held above all that which is created: Ps. 96.2-6

C. Indeed, the earth, air, and mighty seas which God made for the habitation of mankind manifest His goodness and praise: Ps. 104.25-26

IV. Stanza 4 tells us to praise God for the redemption that is available by His grace

"But in redemption, O what grace! Its wonders, O what thought can trace!

Here wisdom shines forever bright: Praise Him, my soul, with sweet delight."

A. The most important blessing for which sinful mankind can praise God is the redemption that He offers: Ps. 130.3-8

B. This redemption is offered to us by His grace: Eph. 2.8-9

C. And while these things are revealed to us in His word, yet there is much about them that our finite thoughts cannot trace: Rom. 11.33-36

CONCL.: We use our tongues for many things, some good and some not so good. But one of the reason why God gave us tongues is to praise Him, and no greater use of the tongue can be imagined. Therefore, when I consider all "The Divine Perfections"--God's love, His knowledge, His wisdom, and His redemption--I must surely be moved to praise Him and to say, "Awake, My Tongue."

"BE STILL, MY SOUL"

"Be still, and know that I am God" (Psa. 46.10)

INTRO.: A song which encourages us to be still and know the Lord is "Be Still, My Soul" (#87 in "Hymns for Worship Revised"). The text was written by Katharina Amalia Dorothea von Schlegel, who was born on Oct. 22, 1697, in Germany. Little is known about her other than that she was a Lutheran and an outstanding woman leader in the Pietistic movement which arose in the Lutheran church during the later half of the 16th century. It is thought that she may have been the cannoness or head of a Protestant woman's seminary which was attached to the ducal court in Cothen, Germany, where she also may have served as a lady. She did contribute a number of lyrics to two collections of spiritual songs, the latter in 1752, from which this song comes. The date and circumstances of her death are not certain, except that she must have died in the middle or late 18th century.

Approximately 100 years after the hymn was written, the English translation was made by Jane Laurie Borthwick (1813-1897). She and her younger sister, Sarah Findlater, published four volumes of such translations in "Hymns from the Land of Luther" beginning in 1844. This one comes from the 1855 edition. The tune (Finlandia) is taken from the main theme of the tone poem "Finlandia" which depicts the natural beauty of Finland and was composed by Jean Sibelius (1865-1857). The greatest of Finnish composers, he published it in 1899. The arrangement was made in 1932 by the editors of "The Hymnal of the Presbyterian Church, U.S.A," published in 1933. The first book commonly used among churches of Christ that I know of to include the hymn was the 1963 "Christian Hymnal" edited by J. Nelson Slater.

The hymn suggests several reasons why we should be still and trust God.

I. In stanza 1, we should be still because the Lord is on our side

"Be still, my soul, the Lord is on thy side. Bear patiently the cross of grief or pain;

Leave to thy God to order and provide, In every change He faithful will remain;

Be still, my soul, thy best, thy heavenly Friend Through thorny ways leads to a joyful end."

A. Because the Lord is on our side, we can bear patiently whatever cross of grief or pain that we have: Matt. 16.24

B. The reason why we can leave to the Lord to order and provide is that He will always be faithful: 1 Cor. 10.13

C. And if we know that the Lord is faithful, we should be patient to let Him fulfil His promise of a joyful end: Heb. 10.35-39

II. In stanza 2, we should be still because God is our guide

"Be still, my soul, thy God doth undertake To guide the future as He has the past.

Thy hope, thy confidence let nothing shake; All now mysterious shall be bright at last.

Be still, my soul, the waves and winds still know His voice who ruled them while He dwelt below."

A. Because the Lord Himself is our guide, we can trust the future to Him and not worry about it: Matt. 6.33-34

B. Therefore, we should let nothing shake our confidence in Him because He has promised us strength: Isa. 30.15

C. And His power to lead and protect us can be seen in Christ's rule over the wind and the waves: Mk. 4.35-41

III. In stanza 3, we should be still because of His comfort

"Be still, my soul: When dearest friends depart, And all is darkened in the vale of tears,

Then thou shalt better know His love, His heart, Who comes to soothe thy sorrow and thy fears.

Be still, my soul: Thy Jesus can repay From His own fullness all He takes away."

A. There comes a time when all must die, so we have to face those occasions when dearest friends depart: Heb. 9.27

B. However, the Lord offers comfort to soothe away our sorrows and fears during such times: 2 Cor. 1.3-5

C. And knowing that God has the ability to repay anything that is taken away, we can always look to Him to renew our strength for our trials: Isa. 40.31

IV. In stanza 4, we should be still because time is quickly passing by

Be still, my soul; the hour is hastening on When se whall be forever with the Lord;

When disappointment, grief, and fear are gone; Sorrow forgot, love's purest joys restored.

Be still, my soul; when change and tears are past, All safe and blessed, we shall meet at last."

A. Whether we die first or are alive when the Lord returns, the hour is hastening on when we shall be with the Lord: Phil. 1.23

B. Thus, we can look forward to that time when disappointment, grief, fear, and sorrow will all be forgotten, if we truly put our trust in the Lord: Prov. 3.5

C. But even more importantly, we can look forward to that when we shall meet Him at last: 1 Thess. 4.16-17.

V. In stanza 5, we should be still because that what we begin on earth can continue in eternity

"Be still, my soul: begin the song of praise On earth, believing, to Thy Lord on high;

Acknowledge Him in all thy words and ways, So shall He view thee with a well-pleased eye.

Be still, my soul: the Sun of life divine Through passing clouds shall but more brightly shine."

A. Through faith, we begin our song of praise to the Lord on earth: Ps. 30.11-12

B. If we are faithful to Him, He shall view us with a well-pleased eye: Heb. 13.16

C. And our faithfulness will lead through passing clouds to that which will more brightly shine in the eternal day: 2 Pet. 1.8-11

CONCL.: Part of the popularity of this text may be due to the beautiful melody to which it is sung. The talents of three people from three different countries over a period of 150 years have produced a hymn that teaches us so well some Biblical principles that we desparately need in our hectic daily lives. Every day, I need to remember that no matter what problems and difficulties I might face, the Lord is on on my side, to guide, comfort, and preserve me. And with this knowledge, I should always be able to say to myself, "Be Still, My Soul."

"BEAUTIFUL"

"And have washed their robes and made them white in the blood of the Lamb" (Rev. 7.14)

INTRO.: A song which draws language from the book of Revelation to describe the beauty and glory of heaven is "Beautiful" (#261 in "Hymns for Worship Revised" and #377 in "Sacred Selections for the Church"). The text was written and the tune was composed both by Barney Elliot Warren (1867-1951). Born in New York and raised in Michigan, he left home at 18 to be a singer in the travelling evangelistic band of Daniel S. Warner (1842-1895). Warner is regarded as the founder of the Church of God (Anderson, IN).

Together, they began producing hymns with Warner writing the words and Warren composing the melodies. After Warren left the Warner band to study music, he returned to full-time evangelistic work where he would serve as minister with a small congregation for a while, build it up, and then leave to go into another community. However, after his marriage in 1890 he settled down and except for one year spent in West Liberty, OH, he and his wife spent the rest of their years in Springfield, OH. Also, he continued writing hymns, producing both words and music, and edited a dozen or more songbooks.

One spring morning in 1896, he lost himself in meditation on the beauties of nature and began thinking about how much more beautiful the eternal home must be. Within thirty minutes, he had produced both words and music for this song. Its first appearance was in the 1897 "Songs of the Evening Light," although he apparently sold the copyright to J. A. Lee in 1911. About 1935, after preaching for more than fifty years, his heart and nerves grew so bad that he had to quit his active ministry, and at the age of 84 he died in Springfield.

The song uses several figures of speech to help us appreciate the beauty of heaven.

I. The beginning stanza says that heaven will be a beautiful home

"Beautiful robes so white, Beautiful land of light, Beautiful home so bright, Where there shall come no night;

Beautiful crown I'll wear, Shining with stars o'er there, Yonder in mansions fair, Gather us there."

A. In addition to our wearing the beautiful robes of white, heaven will be a beautiful land of light where there shall come no night: Rev. 21.22-25

B. Also, in heaven we shall wear a beautiful crown: 2 Tim. 4.8 (many books change "shining with stars" to "shining and bright" for reasons that I do not understand)

C. And in this home we shall dwell in mansions fair: Jn. 14.1-3 (the word translated "mansion" simply means a dwelling place; the idea is not necessarily a big, palatial estate, but simply an eternal home in which the redeemed can dwell with God)

II. The next stanza says that heaven will be a beautiful place of rest

"Beautiful thought to me, We shall forever be Thine in eterntiy, When from this world we're free;

Free from its toil and care, Heavenly joys to share, Let me cross over there; This is my prayer."

A. When we get to this place of rest, we shall be God's in eternity because He has promised us eternal life: 1 Jn. 2.25

B. In addition, in this place of rest we shall be free from this world with its toil and care: 1 Jn. 2.15-17, Rev. 14.13

C. Furthermore, we shall be able to share in heavenly joys when we cross over there: Rev. 22.1-5

III. The last stanza says that heaven will be a beautiful land of peace

"Beautiful things on high, Over in yonder sky, Thus I shall leave this shore, Counting my treasure o'er;

Where we shall never die, Carry me by and by, Never to sorrow more, Heavenly store."

A. This land of peace is on high, over in yonder sky, because that is where Jesus went: Acts 1.9-11

B. This land of peace will also be where we can count our treasures: Matt. 6.19-20

C. Finally, in this land of peace we shall never die nor sorrow again: Rev. 21.1-4

CONCL.: The chorus expresses the desire of every child of God to go to this home of rest and peace.

"Beautiful robes, Beautiful land, Beautiful home, Beautiful band,

Beautiful crown, Shining so fair, Beautiful mansion bright, Gather us there."

Of course, everyone undoubtedly wants to go to heaven and everyone can, but, unfortunately, not everyone will (Matt. 7.13-14). The reason is that there is something that we must do to go, and the sad truth is that not everyone is willing to do the will of the Father to enter the kingdom of heaven (Matt. 7.21-23). However, all who obey the gospel and remain faithful have the hope of a home in that land that is eternally "Beautiful."

"BEAUTIFUL ISLE OF SOMEWHERE"

"And on either side of the river, was there the tree of life...and there shall be no night there" (Rev. 22. 3, 5)

INTRO.: A song that directs our thoughts to that land where the tree of life is and where there shall be no night is "Beautiful Isle of Somewhere" (#197 in "Hymns for Worship Revised" and #376 in "Sacred Selections for the Church"). The text was written by Jessie B. Pounds (1861-1921). Born Jessie H. Brown in Hiram, OH, she married John E. Pounds, minister of the Central Christian Church of Indianapolis, IN. One Sunday morning shortly after her marriage, Mrs. Pounds was not feeling well, stayed home, and when her husband had returned from worship had set down these words. During her life, she produced more than four hundred gospel song texts, many of which bear her maiden name. Some of the more well-known are "Soul, A Savior Thou Art Needing," "Are You Comingto Jesus Tonight?", "The Way of the Cross Leads Home," "Will You Not Tell It Today?", "Anywhere With Jesus," and "I Know that My Redeemer Liveth." Another that appeared in some of our books is "Am I Nearer to Heaven Today?"

The tune was composed by John Sylvester Fearis (1867-1932). Very little information is available on him. Born in Iowa, Fearis learned to read music in classes taught by his singing school teacher, who was also a painter by trade. Passionately fond of music, he learned to play the organ, began teaching singing classes in nearby towns, and produced his first hymn at age sixteen. Eventually, he joined the editorial staff of the "Choir Leader" published by the Lorenz Publishing Company of Dayton, OH. "Beautiful Isle of Somewhere" was copyrighted in 1897 and was probably first published by the Fillmore Brothers Publishing House of Cincinnati, OH, with whom Mrs. Pounds worked. The earliest hymnbook used among churches of Christ in my collection where I have found the song is the 1952 "Hymns of Praise and Devotion" compiled by Will Slater. It was included in Ellis J. Crum's 1956 "Sacred Selections for the Church," and has been in most books published among brethren since then.

This song, a favorite at funerals, reminds us of things that we can look forward to in heaven which are lacking here on earth.

I. According to stanza 1, heaven will be a place of joy

"Somewhere the sun is shining, Somewhere the songbirds dwell;

Hush, then, thy sad repining, God lives, and all is well."

A. Clouds and gray skies often represent sadness, but in heaven, "the sun is shining" because the light of God will always be there: Rev. 21.23-25

B. "The song-birds" would represent the fact that heaven will be filled with the singing of eternal praises to God: Rev. 15.1-4

C. Therefore, we should hush our "sad repining," because our hope, given by God who lives and causes all things to be well with our souls, is in a place where there will be nothing to cause sadness: Rev. 21.4

II. According to stanza 2, heaven will be a place of peace

"Somewhere the day is longer, Somewhere the task is done;

Somewhere the heart is stronger, Somewhere the guerdon won."

A. Here on earth, the day of life eventually comes to an end for each of us, and we may have to leave various tasks unfinished, not only because of lack of time but also sometimes because of lack of strength: Jn. 9.4

B. However, in heaven, the heart will be stronger, and we will have unlimited time to do whatever it is the Lord wants us to do there ("...and His servants shall serve Him," Rev. 22.3) because we shall be granted eternal, never-ending, life: 1 Jn. 2.25

C. Therfore, it will be heaven that the final reward will be won: 2 Tim. 4.6-8. The dictionary defines "guerdon" as "poetically, a reward, recompense." Shepard and/or Stevens in "Hymns for Worship" changed it to "Somewhere the crown is won." I have never seen this change in any other book. Let me editorialize for a minute. On the one hand, I understand the need for songs to be written in language that those who sing them can understand. On the other hand, there is something in me that rebels against the "dumbing down" of many of the great hymns of faith just to cater to people who do nor or will not take the time to understand perfectly good English words. Oh, well.

III. According to stanza 3, heaven will be a place of peace

"Somewhere the load is lifted Close by an open gate;

Somewhere the clouds are rifted, Somewhere the angels wait."

A. The load that we carry throughout this lifetime will be lifted in heaven because at death, those who die in the Lord enter into rest from their labors: Rev. 14.13

B. This will occur "close by an open gate" which is figuratively pictured as being made of pearl: Rev. 21.21

C. And upon the gates of this eternal city, the angels are said to be waiting to welcome the redeemed of all ages: Rev. 21.12-13

CONCL.: The chorus continues to look forward to that "Somewhere" in which all of the longings of God's people on earth will be completely fulfilled.

"Somewhere, Somewhere, Beautiful Isle of Somewhere!

Land of the true, where we live anew, Beautiful Isle of Somewhere."

This song was reportedly the favorite song of President William McKinley and was sung at his funeral following his assassination in 1901. Many years ago I recall reading a satirical article, which made the rounds in church bulletins then being published, about a death notice for "Sister Prayer Meeting." At the funeral, it was said that the audience sang "Beautiful Isle of Somewhere," but no one really quite knew what or where that land might be. The point was that much of what passes for religion today is more "this worldly" than "other worldly." I have also read articles criticizing this song in particular for being too "other worldly" and implying that we should nothing but just look forward to heaven. However, for all true Christians, while we should strive to live the life that God has given us here on this earth to the best of our ability and be thankful for it, we still need to set our affections above on that "Beautiful Isle of Somewhere."

"BEAUTIFUL VALLEY OF EDEN"

"There remaineth therefore a rest to the people of God" (Heb. 4.9)

INTRO.: A song which focuses our minds on the rest that still remains for the people of God is "Beautiful Valley of Eden" (#435 in "Sacred Selections for the Church"). The text was written by William (not Walter as in some books) Orcutt Cushing (1823-1902). He was a minister among the Christian Churches and Disciples of Christ in the late 19th century who produced many hymn texts, such as "Ring the bells of heaven," "When He cometh," "Down in the valley with my Savior I would go" (or "I Will Follow Jesus"), "Under His wings I am safely abiding," "Hiding in Thee," and in 1875, this one. The tune (Kelley) was composed by William Fiske (or Fisk) Sherwin, who was born at buckland, MA, on Mar. 14, 1826. His early educational opportunities were few, but beginning at age 15 he went to Boston, MA, and received his music education under several well-known teachers of his day, including hymntune composer Lowell Mason (1782-1872).

Later, Sherwin became a teacher of vocal music and worked at the New England Conservatory of Music in Boston. Also, he held several important posts in Hudson, Albany, and New York City, NY. Because he possessed extraordinary ability in organizing and directing amateur choirs, he was chosen to be music director of the Methodist Chautauqua Assembly in western New York state, even though he was a Baptist. His two most famous melodies were provided for "Break Thou the Bread of Life," which has also been used with other texts, and "Day Is Dying in the West," both Chautauqua hymns with words by Mary Artemesia Lathbury (1841-1913). "Beautiful Valley of Eden" was first published in 1877 and appeared in "Sacred Songs and Solos" compiled by Ira David Sankey (1840-1908).

Sherwin took an interest in Sunday school music, producing several other songs such as "Sound the Battle Cry," and assisting in the compilation of several books, including the 1869 "Bright Jewels" with Robert Lowry (1826-1899). For many years, he served as an editor for the Biglow and Main Publishing Co. of New York City, and died in Boston, MA, on Apr. 14, 1888. In hymnbooks published for use among churches of Christ in this century, "Beautiful Valley of Eden" appeared in the 1937 "Great Songs for the Church No. 2" edited by E. L. Jorgenson, the 1948 "Christian Hymns No. 2" edited by L. O. Sanderson, and the 1963 "Abiding Hymns" edited by Robert C. Welch. Therefore, it was available to a large number of brethren for many years. However, most newer books have omitted it, and the only one currently in print which includes it is the 1956 "Sacred Selections" edited by Ellis J. Crum.

The song reminds us of the beauty of heaven.

I. In stanza 1, heaven is compared to Eden

"Beautiful valley of Eden, Sweet is thy noontide calm,

Over the hearts of the weary, Breathing thy waves of balm."

A. The "valley of Eden" makes us think of the wonderful paradise that God created for mankind at the beginning: Gen. 2.8-10; the point is that the paradise that was lost in Eden will be regained in heaven

B. The hope for this wonderful place is sweet to the hearts of the weary when they remember that in due season thay will reap if they faint not: Matt. 11.28-30, Gal. 6.9

C. Thus, this hope breathes into God's people waves of balm: Jer. 8.22

II. In stanza 2, heaven is identified as a place of comfort

"Over the heart of the mourner Shineth thy golden day,

Wafting the songs of the angels Down from the far away."

A. Heaven is the place where those who mourn will ultimately be comforted: Matt. 5.4

B. Instead of the night of sadness and sorrow, heaven will be one perfect day: Prov. 4.18

C. During this eternal day, the songs of the angels will be heard forever, and even now they waft down to us as we listen to the message of God's word: Rev. 5.11-12

III. In stanza 3, heaven is called the home of the Savior

"There is the home of my Savior; There with the blood-washed throng,

Over the highlands of glory Rolleth the great new song."

A. Heaven is the home of the Savior because He ascended there to sit down at the right hand of the throne of God: Acts 1.9-11, Heb. 8.1

B. But it will also be the home of the blood-washed throng: Rev. 7.9-14

C. And for all eternity they will sing the new song: Rev. 5.8-9

CONCL.: The chorus then speaks of the desire for heaven that each child of God should have:

"Beautiful valley of Eden, Home of the pure and blest,

How often amid the wild billows I dream of thy rest, sweet rest!"

Songs of this nature, which described heaven in highly poetic language and expressed a deep longing to go there, were immensely popular in the late 1800's. However, in the late 1900's, fewer and fewer of these songs were being written, and many of the older ones have been forgotten, perhaps because the religious world in general has moved from an "other-worldly" attitude to one more centered on this world. Yet, as we climb the steep mountains of this life with all their trials and tribulations, moving ever closer toward life's end and eternity, we need to remember and look forward to the rest that we can receive in the "Beautiful Valley of Eden.

"BEFORE JEHOVAH'S AWFUL THRONE"

"The four and twenty elders fall down before Him that sat on the throne....saying, Thou art worthy, O Lord, to receive glory, honor, and power" (Rev. 4.10-11).

INTRO.: A hymn which has appeared in some of our books and ascribes glory, honor, and power to Him who sits on the throne of heaven is "Before Jehovah's Awful Throne." It was used in the 1921 "Great Songs of the Church" No. 1 and the 1937 "Great Songs of the Church No. 2" both edited by E. L. Jorgenson; and the 1963 "Abiding Hymns" edited by Robert C. Welch. It can still be found today in the 1986 "Great Songs Revised" edited by Forrest M. McCann, and the 1992 "Praise for the Lord" edited by John P. Wiegand.

The original text, based on Ps. 100 and beginning "Sing to the Lord with cheerful voice," was written by Isaac Watts (1674-1748). It was penned perhaps in 1705 and first appeared with five stanzas in his 1706 "Hora Lyricae." The author revised it and added a sixth stanza for publication in his 1719 collection, "The Psalms of David Imitated in the Language of the New Testament." It was further edited by John Wesley (1703-1791). Wesley dropped Watts's first stanza and changed the opening lines of the second, now stanza one, from "Nations attend before his throne, With solemn fear, with sacred joy" to their present form. This version was first included in his 1737 "Collection of Psalms and Hymns," which he published while in Charleston, SC. Wesley also omitted Watts's stanza four, but this has been restored by later editors.

With this hymn, most of our books (except "Great Songs Revised") have either indicated or used the tune "Old Hundredth," which is usually attributed to Louis Bourgeois and most often associated with William Kethe's metrical version of Psalm 100, beginning, "All people that on earth do dwell," as well as with the "Doxology" of Thomas Ken beginning, "Praise God from whom all blessings flow." However, a newer tune (Watts) was composed for this text by John David Brunk (1872-1926). It is dated 1910 and was likely first published in the 1911 Supplement to the 1902 "Church and Sunday School Hymnal," a Mennonite hymnbook of which he was the music editor.

This hymn expresses the kind of attitude that we need to have when we worship.

I. The first stanza speaks of God's throne

"Before Jehovah's awful throne, Ye nations, bow with sacred joy:

Know that the Lord is God alone: He can create and He destroy."

A. Jehovah is pictured in scripture as sitting on the throne of heaven: Isa. 66.1 ("awful" here is used in its original sense of "full of awe," not in our colloquial idiom of something distasteful)

B. Therefore, we can know that He is God alone: Ps. 86.10

C. And this God is the Creator of everything that exists: Gen. 1.1

II. The second stanza speaks of God's power

"His sovereign power, without our aid, Made us of clay, and formed us men;

And when like wandering sheep we strayed, He brought us to His fold again."

A. Jehovah God is a God of almighty power: Ps. 62.11

B. This power was demonstrated in making man from clay: Gen. 2.6

C. And this power is still available to bring wandering sheep to His fold: Lk. 15.4-7

III. The third stanza speaks of God's people

"We are His people, we His care, Our souls, and all our mortal frame;

What lasting honors shall we rear, Almighty Maker, to Thy name?"

A. God has made it possible for us to be His people: 1 Pet. 2.9-10

B. And as His people, we are His special care because He cares for us: 1 Pet. 5.7

C. Therefore, we should seek to rear lasting honors to His name: Ps. 66.1-3

IV. The fourth stanza speaks of God's praise

"We'll crowd Thy gates with thankful songs, High as the heavens our voices raise;

And earth, with her ten thousand tongues, Shall fill Thy courts with sounding praise."

A. The songs that we sing should be filled with thanksgiving: Ps. 95.1-6

B. Our voices should be raised high in triumph: Ps. 47.1-2

C. And our tongues should resound with his praise: Heb. 13.15

V. The fifth stanza speaks of God's character

"Wide as the world is Thy command, Vast as eternity Thy love;

Firm as a rock Thy truth must stand, When rolling years shall cease to move."

A. His character is indicated by His command: Ps. 119.96

B. His character is demonstrated by His love: Ps. 42.8

C. His character is defined by His truth: Ps. 117.1-2

VI. Watts's original first stanza speaks of God's adoration

"Sing to the Lord with cheerful voice, Let every land His name adore;

The British Isles shall send the noise Across the ocean to the shore."

A. In adoring God, our voices should be cheerful: Ps. 67.4

B. This adoration should be heard in every land: Ps. 22.27-28

C. This stanza was probably dropped because of the reference to the British Isles; but it could be altered to "The whole wide world shall send the noise." Thus, this would be saying that God's adoration should spread from sea to sea: Ps. 72.8

CONCL.: Isaac Watts's "Psalms of David" were not mere metrical versions of the Psalms, as had been used previously in Calvinistic churches of Geneva, England, and especially Scotland. Rather, they were paraphrased versions that included New Testament concepts, as he indicated in the title, "Imitated in the Language of the New Testament." A few of them are still used today, but most of them are not as wildly and widely popular as they once were. However, hymns such as this can still be useful to remind us of the need to make sure that we give the Lord the glory, honor, and praise due His name when we come "Before Jehovah's Awful Throne."

"BEHOLD A STRANGER AT THE DOOR"

"Behold, I stand at the door and knock" (Rev. 3.20)

INTRO.: A hymn which pictures Jesus standing at the door of one's heart and knocking is "Behold A Stranger At The Door." The text was written by Joseph Grigg (1720-1768). The son of poor English parents, he worked in mechanical pursuits then became a Presbyterian minister. As a hymnwriter, he produced over forty hymns but is known chiefly by two, this one, originally in eleven stanzas, and "Jesus, And Shall It Ever Be." Both were first published in a 1765 tract, "Four Hymns on Divine Subjects."

The tune (Holley) usually used with this hymn in most of our books was composed by George Hews (1806-1873). A Massachusetts-born music teacher, composer, tenor soloist, piano manufacturer, and organist who was active in Boston's Handel and Haydn Society, he produced this melody for "Softly now the light of day." It was first published in the 1835 "Boston Academy Collection of Church Music," third edition.

In books published for use among churches of Christ, this song appeared in the 1922 supplement to the 1921 "Great Songs of the Church" No. 1, and then the 1937 "Great Songs of the Church No. 2" both edited by E. L. Jorgenson with the Hews tune. Most books follow this practice, including Tillit Teddlie's "Great Christian Hymnal No. 2," the 1986 "Great Songs Revised," all of Alton H. Howard's books ("Songs of the Church," "Songs of the Church 21st C. Ed.," and "Songs of Faith and Praise"), and the 1992 "Praise for the Lord." However, the text appeared in the 1963 "Christian Hymnal" edited by J. Nelson Slater, with another tune (Bera) by John E. Gould.

The hymn can well serve as a lovely and tenderly pleading invitation song.

I. Stanza 1 pictures Jesus as a stranger

"Behold a stranger at the door! He gently knocks, has knocked before,

Has waited long, is waiting still; You treat no other friend so ill."

A. To those who have not yet obeyed Him, Jesus is a stranger because they are "strangers from the covenants of promise": Eph. 2.11-12

B. His knocking symbolizes His invitation for those who are weary and heavy laden to come to Him for rest: Matt. 11.28-30

C. But so many treat Him ill by rejecting Him as symbolized by leaving Him waiting at the door: Acts 13.45-46

II. Stanza 2 pictures Jesus as a Friend

"But will He prove a Friend indeed? He will--the very Friend you need!

The Man of Nazareth, 'tis He, With garments died at Calvary."

A. Jesus came to be our Friend: Jn. 15.13-15

B. He showed that He is our Friend by leaving heaven to become "the Man of Nazareth": Matt. 2.19-23

C. And He showed that He is our Friend by His death upon the cross of Calvary for our sins: Lk. 23.26-33

III. Stanza 3 pictures Jesus as Savior

"O lovely attitude! He stands With melting heart and laden hands!

O matchless kindness! and He shows This matchless kindness to His foes."

A. Just as He stood before Thomas with His hands outstretched for the doubting disciple to see the evidence, so He stands before us in scripture with His hands outstretched in calling us to believe on Him:

Jn. 20.24-31

B. It is by His matchless kindness that we can be saved: Tit. 3.4-5

C. And He shows this matchless kindness even to His foes because it was to save those who had sinned against Him that He died: Rom. 5.6-8

IV. Stanza 4 pictures Jesus as healer

"Rise, touched with gratitude divine; Turn out His enemy and thine,

That soul-destroying monster, sin, And let the heavenly Stranger in."

A. While by faith we bow at His feet in submission, we must also arise in obedience to His will, just as Saul of Tarsus was told: Acts 22.16

B. This first involves turning out the enemy sin in repentance: Acts 2.36-38

C. Then we can let Christ in by being baptized into Him, thus putting Him on: Gal. 3.26-27

V. Stanza 5 pictures Jesus as a welcome guest

"Admit Him, for the human breast Ne'er entertained so kind a guest;

No mortal tongue their joys can tell With whom He condescends to dwell."

A. We need to admit Him now, because we do not have promise of another opportunity: 2 Cor. 6.1-2

B. He wishes to be our guest, dwelling in our hearts by faith: Eph. 3.16-17

C. And when He comes into our hearts, He will bring joy beyond what mortal tongue can tell: Acts 8.34-39

CONCL.: Here are a few of the other stanzas for your consideration:

6. "Yet know, nor of the terms complain, When Jesus comes, He comes to reign;

To reign, and with no partial sway; Thoughts must be slain that disobey" (cf. 2 Cor. 10.3-5).

9. "Admit Him, ere His anger burn--His feet, departed, ne'er return;

Admit Him, or the hour's at hand When at His door, denied you'll stand" (cf. Matt. 25.1-13).

11. "Sovereign of souls, Thou Prince of Peace, O may Thy gentle reign increase!

Throw wide the door, each willing mind, And be His empire, all mankind" (cf. Mk. 16.15-16).

It has become a custom in most congregations to extend the Lord's invitation at the close of each sermon or service and to sing an invitation song to encourage those who need to obey to do so. Such a song as this can be a good one to remind those who are outside of Christ that they need to "Behold A Stranger At The Door."

"BENEATH THE CROSS OF JESUS"

"And being found in fashion as a man, He humbled Himself, and became obedient unto death, even the death of the cross" (Phil. 2.8).

INTRO.: A beloved hymn which reminds us of the death that Christ died on the cross for us is "Beneath the Cross of Jesus" (#168 in "Hymns for Worship Revised" and #328 in "Sacred Selections for the Church"). The text was written by a Scottish orphan girl, Elizabeth Cecelia Douglas Clephane (1830-1869). It was produced around 1868 or perhaps 1869, but it was not published until 1872, three years after her death, anonymously in "The Family Treasury," a Scottish Presbyterian magazine edited by W. Arnot in Edinburgh.

The lovely tune (St. Christopher) was composed for this text by the English musician, Frederick Charles Maker (1844-1927). It first appeared in 1881 in "The Bristol Tune Book," compiled by Maker's former teacher, Albert Stone, towhich Maker contributed a number of famous melodies. Even though they never knew one another, Miss Clephane's words have undoubtedly become more memorable because of Maker's music.

The song looks at the cross from several different aspects.

I. The 1st stanza calls it a mighty rock which serves as both a home and a rest

"Beneath the cross of Jesus I fain would take my stand, The shadow of a mighty rock Within a weary land;

A home within the wildernes, A rest upon the way, From the burning of the noon-tide heat, And the burden of the day."

A. This life through which we travel is like a weary land: Psalm 63.1

B. However, the cross is like a rock whose shadow provides a hiding place from the wind: Isa. 32.2

C. And the rest that the traveler finds in the shadow of that rock is reminiscent of the rest from sin that Jesus promises those who come to Him: Matt. 11.28-30. The imagery of the song is clearly taken from the Bible and is meaningful only to those who understand that Biblical imagery. In today's Biblically illiterate world, fewer and fewer people take the time to fill their minds with the word pictures contained in the scriptures. But as Albert Edward Bailey in his book, "The Gospel In Hymns," said, "The Scots knew their Bible!"

II. The 2nd stanza refers to the cross as a shelter and a refuge

"O safe and happy shelter, O refuge tried and sweet, O trysting place where heaven's love And heaven's justice meet!

As to the holy patriarch That wondrous dream was given, So seems my Savior's cross to me, A ladder up to heaven."

A. The underlying picture os that of a storm threating to overwhelm from which the cross is the only shelter and refuge: Ps. 46.1, 61.3

B. The reason for this is that it is a "trysting place" where heaven's love, insending Jesus to make salvation possible, and heaven's justice, in paying the price for our sins, meet: Rom. 5.6-21

C. Because of this, the reconciliation of the cross makes possible a pathway to heaven like Jacob's dream of a ladder: Gen. 28.10-13

III. Stanza 3 identifies the cross as an altar of sacrifice upon which Jesus died

"Upon that cross of Jesus Mine at times can see The very dying form of One Who suffered there for me;

And from my smitten heart with tears Two wonders I confess: The wonders of His glorious love And my own worthlessness."

A. The cross of Jesus was certainly a physical instrument upon which Jesus died for our sins: Jn. 19.17-25

B. But the cross also becomes the symbol for the suffering and sacrifice which Jesus experienced to bring us salvation: 1 Cor. 1.18

C. Still, the cross is more than just a symbol; it is the real expression of Christ's love for us, in contrast to our own unworthiness: Eph. 2.16, Col. 1.20. Thus we need to be constantly reminded of the figure of Christ as He was nailed to the cross as an offering on our behalf

IV. The 4th stanza mentions the cross as a shadow that we can take for an abiding place

"I take, O cross, thy shadow For my abiding place; I ask no other sunshine than The sunshine of His face;

Content to let the world go by, To know no gain nor loss, My sinful self my only shame, My glory all the cross."

A. Again, language is drawn from the Old Testament to compare the blessings of the cross to a tent that would provide shade from the heat and refuge from the storms of life: Isa. 4.6

B. The reason why the cross provides such blessings is that only through the blood shed on the cross can we have fellowship with the Christ who brings the sunshine of salvation into our lives: Rom. 5.8-11

C. For this reason, we, like Paul, glory in the cross: Gal. 6.14. The way to mitigate the harshness of this world and the shame of our own sins is to stay within the shadow of the cross.

CONCL.: Christianity is a cross-centered religion, and we must ever keep the cross in our minds. Despite the aversion of modernists to what they call the barbarism of blood sacrifice, if the atoning death of Christ on the cross is removed from Christianity, there is just nothing left. In the last analysis, all that matters is a recognition of our utter need and Christ's complete redemption. This we come to understand only as we sprititually come "Beneath the Cross of Jesus."

"BEULAH LAND"

"...Thou shalt be called Hephzibah, and thy land Beulah" (Isa. 62.4)

INTRO.: Throughout the Old Testament, there are many prophecies concerning the coming of the Messiah, the establishment of His spiritual kingdom or church, and the nature of His people under the new covenant. One such prophecy is the one listed above. In this context, Isaiah is talking about Jerusalem. Most scholars understand that the prophet is using the physical city of Jerusalem as a prophetic symbol of the spiritual Jerusalem to be ushered in by the Messiah. He fortells how that the Gentiles will see its righteousness and it shall be called by a new name, which is usually understood to be a prophecy of the fact that after the gospel began to be preached to the Gentiles, God's people would be called by the new name of Christians. And then we have the statement
saying that Jerusalem would no more be called Forsaken and Desolate but Hephzibah ("my delight") and Beulah ("married"). The point being made apparently is that because of its sinfulness, God's chosen city of Jerusalem in the Old Testament became forsaken and desolate, but under the new covenant of the Messiah, that spiritual entity for which Jerusalem stood will not be forsaken and desolate like Jerusalem of the Old Testament but will be God's delight and married to the Lord.

A song which draws its title from this concept is "Beulah Land" (#395 in"Sacred Selections for the Church"). The text was written by Edgar Page Stites (1836-1921). A native of Cape May, NJ, he became a Methodist minister and, after serving in the Dakota Territory for a time, spent the remainder of his life with the Methodist Church in his hometown. The tune was composed by John Robson Sweney (1837-1899). A noted song leader and hymnbook compiler, he produced melodies for many well-known gospel songs, including "Tell Me The Story of Jesus" with words by Fanny J. Crosby. "Beulah Land" was written at a summer camp meeting in Ocean Grove, NJ, probably around 1875 and first appeared that year in "Goodly Pearls," published by the John J. Hood Co. Among historic hymnbooks used by churches of Christ in the 20th century, this song was found in the 1937 "Great Songs of the Church No. 2" edited by E. L. Jorgenson; the 1935 "Christian Hymns" No. 1 and the 1948 "Christian Hymns No. 2" both edited by L. O. Sanderson. Among hymnbooks currently used by churches of Christ today, the 1971 "Songs of the Church", the 1990 "Songs of the Church 21st C. Ed.", and the 1994 "Songs of Faith and Praise" all edited by Alton H. Howard.
The song poetically describes many of the blessings that God's people have today.

I. Stanza one says that we have riches
"I've reached the land of corn and wine, And all its riches freely mine;
Here shines undimmed one blissful day, For all my night has passed away."
 A. These spiritual riches are symbolized as "corn and wine." One editorchanged the stanza to read, "I've reached the land of love divine," apparently because he did not want to use the word "wine." Of course, wine in the Bible does not have to be alcoholic. And throughout the Old Testament, corn or grain and wine are used to represent the great blessings that God has provided for His people: Deut. 7.13, Psa. 4.7, Joel 2.19
 B. Hence, "land of corn and wine" is not even referring to physical grain and literal wine, either alcoholic or non-alcoholic, but simply represents the great riches that God's people have in Christ: Rom. 11.33. If the Bible can use the term "corn and wine" in a good sense, then I do not see why anyone should have a problem using it in song.
 C. Connected with these riches is the fact that "Here shines undimmed one blissful day, For all my night has passed away." This might make some think immediately of heaven where there will be no night, but the fact is that even here, in Christ we have the inheritance of light because we have been delivered from the power of darkness: Col. 1.12-13. In truth, the blessings that we shall enjoy perfectly in heaven are received to a lesser degree even here on earth.
II. In stanza 2 we're told that we have fellowship with the Savior
"My Savior comes and walks with me, And sweet communion here have we;
He gently leads me by His hand, For this is heaven's borderland."
 A. While Jesus obviously does not walk literally with us as He did on earth nearly 2000 years ago, He has promised that as long as we follow Him, He will abide with us and dwell in us: Matt. 28.18-20, Eph. 3.17
 B. As we walk in His light, we have fellowship or communion with Him: 1 Jn. 1.5-7
 C. And in so doing, He leads us by His hand in the strait and narrow way that leads to everlasting life: Matt. 7.13-14
III. Stanza 3 tells us that we have life
"A sweet perfume upon the breeze Is borne from ever-vernal trees,
And flowers that, never-fading, grow Where streams of life forever flow."
 A. A perfume borne by the wind from budding trees and the sight of flowers growing are signs of life: Gen. 1.11-12
 B. In like manner, Jesus Christ came to bring us spiritual life: Jn. 10.10
 C. And when we are crucified with Christ, we can find the life that is in Him: Gal. 2.20
IV. According to stanza 4, we have the hope of heaven
"The zephyrs seem to float to me Sweet sounds of heaven's melody,
As angels with the white-robed throng Join in the sweet redemption song."
 A. Zephyrs are soft, southerly breezes which bring pleasant weather--cf.: Acts 27.13
 B. These metaphorical zephyrs figuratively bring to us sweet sounds of heaven's melody because of all the blessings that God's people have through Christ in His spiritual kingdom, the greatest is the earnest expectation of an eternal home in heaven forever with the Lord: 1 Pet. 1.3-5
 C. Thus, in the Bible, we are given a glimpse of the angels with the white-robed throng to "whet our appetite" as it were for this home: Rev. 7.9-17, 21.1-4

CONCL.: This is one of the more misunderstood songs found in our books. Many hymnbooks which are arranged in topical order, place this song in the section for heaven or eternal life. One editor even included a note, "Beulah--poetic name for the Promised Land." In fact, another editor, evidently with this mistaken notion that Beulah Land is heaven, changed the opening stanza to read, "I'LL reach the land of corn and wine, and all its riches freely mine; THERE shines undimmed one blissful day, For all my night WILL pass away," thus putting the whole thing into the future and completely mutilating the thought of the song.
     However, as we have already seen, the term Beulah in prophecy applies to the church, and the same thing is true of the song. Beulah Land is not heaven but "heaven's border land" where the zephyrs simply float to us the sounds of heaven's melody as it is sung by the angels who join with the white-robed throng already in glory to sing the sweet redemption song. This is confirmed by the chorus:

"O Beulah Land, sweet Beulah Land, As on thy highest mount I stand, I look away across the sea,

Where mansions are prepared for me, And view the shining glory shore, My heaven, my home forever more."

Yes, heaven is in the future for the faithful child of God. But right now, we are in this land of Beulah, where we can stand on the mountains and look away across the sea of death to a land where mansions are prepared for us and thus by faith view the shining glory shore where we shall reach our heavenly home for evermore, just as Moses climbed Mt. Nebo to view the Promised Land before he died (Deut. 34.1). Certainly, the song does look forward to a home in heaven, but it also teaches us that right now we have all spiritual blessings in Christ and that we need to be using all these wonderful blessings that God has given us to be preparing for that eternal reward (Eph. 1.3, 1 Tim. 4.8). And this we do while we live on this earth as spiritual citizens of God's "Beulah Land."

"BEYOND THE SUNSET"

"From the rising of the sun unto the going down of the same the Lord's name is to be praised" (Ps. 113.3)

INTRO.: A song that looks forward to that time after death which is symbolically represented by the going down of the sun is "Beyond The Sunset" (#425 in "Sacred Selections for the Church" and #195 in "Hymns for Worship Revised"). The text was written by Virgil Prentiss Brock, who was born on Jan 6, 1887, in a rural community southeast of Celina, OH, the sixth of eight sons in the home of Quaker parents. After studying at Fairmount Friends Academy and Earlham College at Richmond, both in Indiana, he became a Quaker minister. In 1914 he met and married a talented singer and musician named Blanche Kerr (1888-1958). Blanche was a member of the independent Christian Church, and after their marriage Virgil became a member of this group also. From 1914 to 1922,the Brocks were involved in general evangelistic work all over the United States. During this time they also became involved in song-writing, with Virgil providing the words and Blanche the music. One of their first collaborations was "He's A Wonderful Savior" in 1918. Then in 1922, Virgil began serving as an evangelist for churches in Marion County, IN.

"Beyond The Sunset" was born during a conversation at the dinner table one eveningn in 1936 after the Brocks had watched a very unusual sunset at Rainbow Point near Winona Lake, IN, where they were staying in the home of Homer Rodeheaver. Virgil's blind cousin, Horace Burr, and his wife Grace were visiting at the time. They were all overcome by the beauty, and as they talked about the impressive spectacle, Horace excitedly exclaimed that he had never seen a more beautiful sunset. When Virgil remarked how amazing it was for a blind person to talk about seeing a sunset, Horace replied, "I can see through other people's eyes, and I think I often see more. I see beyond the sunset." This brought up the question in their minds of what lies beyond the sunset. That phrase, "Beyond the sunset," so struck Virgil that he immediately began putting together some words, and his wife soon started singing a melody.

Before the evening meal was finished, all four stanzas had been completed and the tune (Brock or Sunset) composed by Blanche. It first appeared in "Songs for the New Day," compiled by the Brocks and Frank C. Huston. The book bears the date of 1935 but the song itself gives the copyright as 1936. The Brocks returned to general evangelistic work in 1937 and moved to Winona Lake. After Blanche's death from cancer in 1958, a large monument was erected for her in the Warsaw-Winona Lake cemetery with the words and music of "Beyond The Sunset" fully engraved in stone as a tribute to her. Later, Virgil married Martha Anderson in 1959; she died in 1969. During his life, he produced more than 500 gospel songs and often served as a songleader in various evangelistic campaigns. His last days were spent peacefully at the Youth Haven Ranch at River Junction near Jackson, MI, where he died on Mar. 12, 1978, at the age of 91.

Songs like this help keep our thoughts on the promises of heaven.

I. In stanza 1, heaven is pictured as a beautiful morning with the Savior.

A. As we look for the coming of morning after a night of sorrow, so Christians can look forward to the blissful morning of heaven: Ps. 30.5

B. One of the greatest blessings of heaven will be that in that blissful morning we shall be with our Savior where He is: Jn. 14.1-3

C. Of course, first we shall have to pass through the sunset, when day is done: Jn. 9.4

II. In stanza 2, heaven is referred to as an eternal day with no clouds, storms, or fears.

A. Clouds are often a symbol of gloominess and sorrow: Ex. 14.19-20

B. However, in heaven there will be no storms, fears, or any of the other plagues and problems that afflict us in this life: Rev. 21.4

C. It will be a day of eternal joy because it will usher the righteous into everlasting life: Matt. 25.46

III. In stanza 3, heaven is identified as a fair shore with the presence of God Himself as our portion.

A. God has promised to guide those spiritually who will follow Him with His hand: Ps. 18.35

B. Not only will heaven afford us the opportunity to be in the presence of Jesus who died for us, but in the very presence of God who created us: Rev. 22.5

C. Therefore, the righteous can look forward to having the presence of God as their portion in eternity just as they had made Him the portion of their inheritance in life: Ps. 16.5

IV. In stanza 4, heaven is called a fair homeland where we shall dwell with those who have gone before.

A. Heaven will certainly be a glad reunion where many from the east and west will sit down with Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob: Matt. 8.11

B. In "Sacred Selections" Ellis J. Crum omitted this stanza because of his apparent aversion to any song which talked about our "loved ones" in heaven, probably not being allowed by the copyright holder to change "loved ones" to "saved ones" as he did in so many other songs. Yes, there are some of my "loved ones" that will not be in heaven because, in spite of my attempts to teach them the gospel, they have not accepted the truth. However, my own reaction is that I do have many "loved ones" who are faithful Christians and I expect to see them in heaven, and all the faithful saints whom I know are considered among my "loved ones" whom I also hope to see there. The fact is that when Jesus comes, the dead will be raised incorruptible, the living will be changed, and that will include many of our "loved ones": 1 Cor. 15.51-52

C. When this happens, there will be no parting, because both the resurrected dead and the living saints who are changed will be caught up to meet the Lord in the air where they shall ever be together with the Lord: 1 Thess. 4.16-17

CONCL.: This song has always been special to me because it was one of my father's favorite hymns. When I was growing up, he used to listen to a recording of it. I do not now remember the group who sang it, but in between the stanzas Walter Brennan (Grandpa from "The Real McCoys") recited the words of a poem that began, "If you go first and I remain...." My father often quoted that poem. The hymn was originally written for soprano and alto duet. An arrangement for all four parts was made in 1950 by E. L. Jorgenson and is found in many of our books, such as "Sacred Selections." Other arrangements have been made as well, but whatever arrangement is used, this wonderful hymn helps us to have a keener awareness of that eternal land "Beyond The Sunset."

(Note: the words of this song were copyrighted in 1936 and renewed in 1964 by the Rodeheaver Company)

"BEYOND THE SUNSET'S RADIANT GLOW"

"Then we...shall be caught up...to meet the Lord in the air: and so shall we ever be with the Lord" (1 Thess. 4.17).

INTRO.: A song which encourages us to look forward to that time when we shall meet the Lord in the air and ever with with Him above the clouds is "Beyond the Sunset's Radiant Glow" (#226 in "Hymns for Worship Revised" and #424 in "Sacred Selections for the Church"). The text was written by Josephine Pollard (1834-1892). As I began to prepare this hymn study, I was planning to say that I had no further information on her, other than a couple of items. The first was that she was born in New York City, NY, and grew up there in the 1840's. And the second was that a couple other of her hymns, "Joy Bells Ringing, Children Singing," and "There Are Lights By The Shore Of That Country," have appeared in our hymnbooks. However, the night before writing this material, I picked up a biography on Fanny Crosby that I had recently purchased to read to our boys. One chapter said that Fanny joined Mary Ann Kidder and Josephine Pollard as a "trio" to produce the bulk of the poems that William B. Bradbury and his colleagues set to music for their Sunday school hymnbooks. Another chapter said that the lyrical staff of Biglow and Main, a publishing company in New York which succeeded Bradbury's firm, included, besides Miss Crosby, William J. Stevenson, Josephine Pollard, Kate Cameron, and Anna Bartlett Warner. Still another chapter said that Biglow and Main published many temperance hymns, including an entire temperance hymnal, "The Tidal Wave," that included songs by Fanny, Annie Hawks, Josephine Pollard, Robert Lowry, and others.

That is still not a whole lot of information, but it does indicate that Josephine Pollard was a fairly well-known writer of gospel song texts in her day. "Beyond the Sunset's Radiant Glow" is dated 1871. The tune (Perkins or Radiant Glow) was composed by William Oscar Perkins (1831-1902). Born in Vermont, he studied music in London, England, and Milan, Italy, and then settled down in Boston, MA, where he established a music academy, was granted an honory Mus.D. degree from Hamilton College, and published a number of hymnbooks. A couple of his other tunes are familiar to us, including those used with Mary Ann Kidder's "Did You Think To Pray?" and Isaac Newton Carman's "Here We Are, But Straying Pilgrims." His melody for "Beyond The Sunset's Radiant Glow" is dated 1897. It appears that the words were not originally published with this particular music. The oldest book in my collection of those published for use among churches of Christ that I have found contains the song is the 1923 "Choice Gospel Hymns," published by the Gospel Advocate and edited by Thomas Benjamin Moseley. Since then, it has appeared in almost all hymnbooks used by brethren (except the "Great Songs" series), and, in addition to "Hymns for Worship" and "Sacred Selections," it can be found today in Alton Howard's "Songs of the Church" and "Songs of the Church 21st C. Ed." (but not in "Songs of Faith and Praise"--too bad); V. E. Howard's "Church Gospel Songs and Hymns;" and John Wiegand's "Praise for the Lord."

The song points us to what awaits the Christian in the eternal realm beyond.

I. Stanza 1 describes it as a brighter world

"Beyond the sunset's radiant glow, There is a brighter world, I know,

Where golden glories ever shine Beyond the thought of day's decline."

A. It is a brighter world because the glory of God Himself is the light: Rev. 21.23

B. The brightness of this city is pictured as being of gold: Rev. 21.18, 21

C. And this brightness is beyond the thought of day's decline, because there will be no night there: Rev. 21.25, 22.5

II. Stanza 2 describes it as a heavenly home

"Beyond the sunset's purple rim, Beyond the twilight deep and dim,

Where clouds and darkness never come, My soul shall find its heavenly home."

A. The twilight, indicating sunset, evening, close of day, represents the approaching nearness of death: Heb. 9.27

B. But after that, there will be a place where clouds and darkness never come, because it is in the presence of God in whom there is no darkness: 1 Jn. 1.5

C. And God's ultimate plan is that following this, when the Lord returns, the soul shall find its heavenly home: Col. 1.5, 1 Pet. 1.3-5

III. Stanza 3 describes it as a mansion in the skies

"Beyond this desert dark and drear, The golden city will appear,

And morning's lovely beams arise Upon my mansion in the skies."

A. This heavenly home is pictured as a great city: Rev. 21.1-2

B. Morning is often used to represent the soul's awakening after the night of death: Ps. 30.5

C. And this eternal morning will arise upon us in our mansion, which simply means a dwelling place, in heaven: Jn. 14.1-3

IV. Stanza 4 describes it as a place for which we must prepare. Many of our books omit this stanza, so let me digress a minute to editorialize. As I approach the half-century mark, I guess I am becoming a bit more curmudgeonly; I try not to complain too much, but if I do not speak my mind now, I may not have the opportunity to do so later. I have never understood the desire to pare down hymns and gospel songs to as few stanzas as possible. Now, some of the older hymnwriters, such as Isaac Watts and Charles Wesley, often had ten, twelve, fifteen, or even twenty stanzas to a hymn, so there is a good reason to reduce many of their songs to a more manageable length. But most gospel songs never have more than four or five stanzas to begin with. Yet, in recent years, it has been my experience that if a song does have five stanzas, we sing only four; if it has four, we sing only three; and if it has three, we may sing only the first and last! (This does not even take into account the "one stanza" praise songs). And given what is printed in most of our newer hymnbooks, it is almost as if someone decided that since there are only three persons in the Godhead, then we should sing no more than three stanzas of each song. I have occasionally remarked that there may be more truth taught on those omitted stanzas than in the ones which we sing. Anyway, that is my opinion, for what it is worth.

"Those golden glories ever shine Beyond the reach of day's decline,

And Jesus bids my sould prepare To gain a happy entrance there."

A. The city in which these dwelling places are is pictured has having portals or gates, which symbolize the fact that it is open for people to enter: Rev. 21.12-13

B. Therefore, like the virgins of Jesus' parable, Jesus bids us to make whatever preparations are needed: Mt. 25.1-13

C. Only by making the needed preparations can we hope to have a happy entrance there: 2 Pet. 1.8-11

CONCL.: The chorus continues to remind us that the Christian can have the hope of spending delightful days that never end:

"Beyond the sunset's radiant glow, There is a brighter world, I know;

Beyond the sunset I may spend Delightful days that never end."

As stated earlier, the sunset is often used to represent the approaching end of life. Therefore, "beyond the sunset" can refer to

what we shall experience after death. But the physical sunset occurs in the literal skies, and heaven, the eternal hope of the Christian, is often pictured as being "up," above the material heavens or "Beyond The Sunset's Radiant Glow."

"BEYOND THIS LAND OF PARTING"

"And the city had no need of the sun...for the glory of God did lighten it..." (Rev. 21.23).

INTRO.: A song which likens the glory of heaven to the beauty of the sun's light on a summer day is "Beyond This Land Of Parting" (#202 in "Hymns for Worship Revised" and #387 in "Sacred Selections for the Church"). The text was written by Mrs. Mary Bridges Canady Slade (1826-1882). A native of Fall River, MA, who married a Methodist minister and spent her entire life in her hometown, she was a school teacher and one-time assistant editor of "The New England Journal of Education." The tune was composed by Asa Brooks Everett (1828-1875). A native of Virginia who became a physician, he later abandoned his medical practice to work with his brother, L. C. Everett, and R. M. McIntosh in the music publishing business at Nashville, TN. Some have affirmed that Everett was identified with the church of Christ.

A number of collaborations between Mrs. Slade and Mr. Everett have found their way into our books. Perhaps their most famous is "Footsteps of Jesus," which is the only one of their songs to remain in common usage, but many of them are still found in books used among churches of Christ, perhaps because of their assocation with R. M. McIntosh who, though a Methodist, helped to edit several hymnbooks for the Gospel Advocate in the late 1800's. These include "Hark! The Gentle Voice," "There's A Fountain Free," and "Who At My Door Is Standing?"  "Beyond This Land of Parting" was published in MacIntosh's "Good News" of 1876. The earliest book of my collection in which I have found it is the 1932 "Spiritual Songs" published by the Gospel Advocate. Since its publication in the Gospel Advocate's 1935 "Christian Hymns" No. 1, it has been used in most books published by members of the Lord's church and common among churches of Christ.

The song contrasts the imperfections of earth with the glory of heaven.

I. Stanza 1 emphasizes the separations that we face in this life

"Beyond this land of parting, losing, and leaving, Far beyond the losses darkening this,

And far beyond the taking and the bereaving Lies the summer land of bliss."

A. While we can make wonderful friendships in this life, we must often part from our friends, lose them for various reasons, or leave them as we move on, as happened to Elisha and Elijah: 2 Ki. 2.11-12

B. Thus, there are many losses that we have in life, some of which are the result of seeking to have the gain of Christ: Phil. 3.7-11

C. And perhaps the saddest of such separations is when loved ones are taken from us and leave us bereaved, as when Lazarus died: Jn. 11.17-35

II. Stanza 2 emphasizes the labors that we undergo in this life

"Beyond this land of toiling, sowing, and reaping, Far beyond the shadows darkening this,

And far beyond the sighing, moaning, and weeping Lies the summer land of bliss."

A. Life on this earth is one of toiling, sowing, and reaping because God decreed it so as a result of sin: Gen. 3.17-19

B. Much of this labor must go on in the shadows because the darkness of sin has settled over the earth: Jn. 3.19-21

C. And this labor, even that which we do in the Lord's service, often causes sighing, moaning, and weeping: Ps. 126.5-6

III. Stanza 3 emphasizes the temptations that we have to deal with in this life

"Beyond this land of sinning, fainting, and falling, Far beyond the doubtings darkening this,

And far beyond the griefs and dangers befalling, Lies the summer-land of bliss."

A. There is no doubt that the problem of sinning, the danger of fainting (being discouraged), and the possibility of falling are things that afflict us all in this life: Rom. 3.23, Heb. 12.3, 2 Pet. 1.9-10

B. These things often result in doubtings which can cloud our minds: 1 Tim. 2.8

C. And one sure consequence of such things is that there are always griefs and dangers befalling us: 1 Pet. 2.19

IV. Stanza 4 emphasizes the fact that death awaits us in this life

"Beyond this land of waiting, seeking, and sighing, Faar beyond the sorrows darkening this,

And far beyond the pain and sickness and dying Lies the summer land of bliss."

A. We know that we are going to die, so our lives are often accompanied by the seeking and sighing that comes with waiting for that final day: Ps. 31.10, Heb. 9.27

B. During this time of waiting, we shall likely experience many sorrows along the way: Ps. 13.2, 32.17

C. And the ultimate sorrow will occur when we undergo the pain and sickness usually associated with dying: Eccl. 12.1-7.

CONCL.: However, in spite of all these difficulties in life, the chorus loudly proclaims that there is a

"Land beyond, so fair and bright! Land beyond where is no night!

Summer land, God is its light! O, happy summer land of bliss."

When summer fades into fall, the days grow shorter and the temperatures cooler, we sometimes wish that all the good things that we identify with summer could last forever. And in heaven, they will! In most denominational hymnbooks, there are fewer and fewer songs about heaven. In evangelical books, they are being replaced with the so-called "praise songs," many (though not all) of which do not actually praise God, at least in the sense of classic hymns and gospel songs like "Holy, Holy, Holy" and "To God Be The Glory," but simply repeat a set formula of words over and over and over and over and over and over again (should Matt. 6.7 be considered here?).

In more liturgical books, they are being replaced by newer songs having a more "this-worldly" tone with messages of social justice, civil rights, and opposition to war. Thankfully, books published among members of the Lord's church seem to include a larger number of songs about heaven than many others. Yes, we need to sing songs of praise to God and songs that apply the gospel message to our lives here on earth. But we also need to sing songs which remind us that God has something far greater and better planned for us "Beyond This Land Of Parting."

"BLESSED ARE THEY THAT DO HIS COMMANDMENTS"

"Blessed are they that do His commandments, that they may have the right to the tree of life and may enter in through the gates into the city" (Rev. 22.14)

INTRO.: A song which is based on this statement by John in the book of Revelation is "Blessed Are They That Do His Commandments" (#489 in Hymns for Worship Revised and #595 in Sacred Selections for the Church). The text was written by Henry R. Trickett, who was born in 1840 probably at Cuba, IL. According to Nathaniel S. Haynes in his History of the Disciples in Illinois 1819-1914, the church at Cuba was organized in 1832 and, "It has given to the ministry H. R. Trickett." Obviously, Trickett became a minister with Christian Churches and Disciples of Christ in the latter part of the nineteenth century. Haynes also noted that the church at Blandinsville, IL, was organized in 1849 and included in the list of those who served as preachers H. R. Trickett. The tune was composed by James Henry Fillmore (1849-1932). The song is dated 1884, and its first appearance may well have been in the 1887 New Christian Hymn and Tune Book, Part III, published by Fillmore Brothers. Other well-known songs produced by Trickett with melodies by Fillmore or his brother Fred A. include "The Kingdoms of Earth Pass Away One By One" and "In The Desert Of Sorrow And Sin."

B. W. Johnson in The People's New Testament of 1891 follows his comments on Matt. 7:29 with the following:
"On what are you building, my brother, Your hopes of an eternal home?
Is it loose, shifting sand, or the firm, solid rock, You are trusting for the ages to come?
Hearing and doing, we build on the Rock; Hearing alone, we build on the sand.

Both will be tried by the storm and the flood; Only the rock the trial will stand. -- H. R. Trickett."

Also, there is an interesting note in the "Bits and Pieces of Gossip" column from the East St. Louis [IL] Journal of Aug. 31, 1892, that "Alex Anderson and Miss Emma Birsch, both of Mattoon, were married yesterday afternoon at four o'clock, at the First Christian Church, Rev. H. R. Trickett officiating." Trickett died in 1909, but I have been able to find no specific information about exactly when or where. Among hymnbooks published by members of the Lord's church during the twentieth century for use in churches of Christ, the song appeared in the 1917 Selected Revival Songs published by F. L. Rowe; and the 1963 Abiding Hymns (stanzas only) edited by Robert C. Welch. Today it appears only in Hymns for Worship and Sacred Selections.

The song emphasizes the importance of obedience in meeting God's conditions for eternal life.

I. Stanza 1 says that the obedient shall claim the tree of life

"Blessed are they that do His commandments; They shall claim the tree of life.

Into the city they shall enter; They are victors in the strife."

A. The tree of life represents the eternal nature of the life of the redeemed in heaven: Rev. 22.2

B. The city is the New Jerusalem, prepared as a bride adorned for her husband: Rev. 21.1-2

C. Only those who gain victory through their obedience to Christ will enter there: Rev. 15.2

II. Stanza 2 says that the obedient shall wear the robes of white

"Blessed are they that do His commandments; They shall wear the robes of white.

Under the portals God shall lead them; They shall serve Him day and night."

A. The robes of white represent the purity of those who have been redeemed: Rev. 7.9-14

B. Only those who have thus been made pure in the blood of the Lamb through their obedience to His gospel will be led under the portals or gates: Rev. 21.12

C. And they shall serve God day and night forever and ever: Rev. 22.3-5
III. Stanza 3 says that the obedient shall stand before the throne

"Blessed are they that do His commandments; They shall stand before the throne.

Into the life of joy eternal, God shall claim them for His own."

A. Standing before the throne represents being in the very presence of God Himself: Rev. 4.2-6, 7.15

B. Only those who have obeyed His commandments can enter into the life of joy eternal: Rev. 22.17

C. These are the ones whom God will claim as His own: Rev. 21.3-4

CONCL.: The chorus continues to remind us of the essentiality of obedience:
"Blessed, blessed (are they who do His commandments), Blessed are they.

Into the city they shall enter; Blessed, blessed, blessed are they."

Most of the language of this song is drawn directly from the book of Revelation and its picture of the conquering saints. In a world where deep reverence for God and humble submission to His will are downplayed even among many who claim to be followers of Christ, it is good to remember that "Blessed Are They That Do His Commandments."

"BLESSED ASSURANCE"

"Let us draw near with a true heart in full assurance of faith...and our bodies washed with pure water" (Heb. 10.22)

INTRO.: Truly this "full assurance of faith" is something worth singing about, and one song in which we do is "Blessed Assurance" (#4 in "Hymns for Worship Revised" and #477 in "Sacred Selections for the Church"). The text was written in 1873 by Frances Jane VanAlstyne, better known by her maiden name of Fanny J. Crosby (1820-1915). The tune (Assurance) was composed by Phoebe Palmer Knapp, who was born on Mar. 9, 1839, in New York City, NY. The daughter of a well-known Methodist evangelist Walter C. Palmer, she showed evidence of unusual musical talent as a child. Her mother, also named Phoebe Palmer, was a hymnwriter. At the age of 16, young Phoebe married Joseph Fairfield Knapp, a successful businessman who founded the Metropolitan Life Insurance Company and was even offered the nomination for mayor of New York City. Their marriage was described as an ideal one in every way.

The Knapps were members of the John St. Methodist Church in New York City, where Fanny Crosby was also a member. Miss Crosby, who produced more than 8,000 gospel song texts in her lifetime, and Mrs. Knapp, an amateur musician who enjoyed composing melodies, became close friends. One afternoon in 1873, Phoebe was visiting the blind poetess and shared with her a tune that she had composed. Fanny often wrote texts on the spot if a melody said something to her, so Phoebe asked Fanny what this one said to her. Immediately Fanny smiled, rose to her feet, and replied, "Blessed assurance, Jesus is mine; Oh! what a foretaste of glory divine." Fanny continued to dictate the verses while Phoebe wrote them down, and shortly afterward the two women had the completed lyrics joined to the melody as we have them today.

The first appearance of the hymn seems to have been in "Gems of Praise" published later that year by John Robson Sweney. During her lifetime, Phoebe Knapp published more than 500 gospel songs. After the death of her husband in 1891, she was left with an annual income of $50,000, much of which she donated generously to religious and charitable causes. Her son, Joseph Palmer Knapp, was head of the Crowell-Collier Publishing Company and founder of the Knapp Foundation, Inc., of New York and North Carolina. Phoebe died at Poland Springs, ME, on July 10, 1908. However, her best-known melody is still used with a hymn that praises God for the wonderful assurance that He gives to His people.

Nearly every hymnbook used among churches of Christ has included this song.

I. Stanza 1 says that our assurance is based on the fact that "Jesus is mine"

"Blessed assurance, Jesus is mine! Oh, what a foretaste of glory divine!

Heir of salvation, purchase of God; Born of His Spirit, washed in His blood."

A. The assurance that we can have from God is the result of the fact that He raised His Son, Jesus Christ by whom He'll judge the world in righteousness, from the dead: Acts 17.30-31

B. Because of what God has done for us in Christ, we can become heirs of salvation: Rom. 8.15-17

C. But to have this wonderful blessing, we must be born of His Spirit: Jn. 3.3-5

II. Stanza 2 says that our assurance is like that given to Jacob.

"Perfect submission, perfect delight, Visions of rapture now burst on my sight;

Angels descending bring from Above Echoes of mercy, whispers of love."

A. The "visions of rapture" aren't necessarily a direct, maybe even miraculous, experience at conversion, but rather can be thought of as a new way of seeing things as a result of the fact that we've now submitted ourselves to God: 2 Cor. 5.16-20

B. The thought is that just as God promised assurance to Jacob at Bethel by the dream of the ladder upon which angels ascended and descended, so He promises His assurance to us: Gen. 28.12-15

C. Of course, we understand that this assurance is revealed to us through His word and is based upon the revelation of His mercy and love: Eph. 2.4-5

III. Stanza 3 says that our assurance is the foundation for our hope of heaven.

"Perfect submission, all is at rest; I, in my Savior, am happy and blest,

Watching and waiting, looking above, Filled with His goodness, lost in His love."

A. Because of a person's willingness to submit to Christ, he comes to be "in Christ": Gal. 3.26-27, Eph. 1.3

B. And because of the assurance that God gives to those who are in Christ, we can know that we have the promise of eternal life: 1 Jn. 5.11-13

C. Therefore, those who are in Christ can be watching and waiting, looking above for the hope this hope that God has promised: Phil. 3.20-21, Tit. 2.13-14, 2 Pet. 3.10-14

CONCL.: The chorus reads:

"This is my story, this is my song, Praising my Savior all the day long;

This is my story, this is my song, Praising my Savior all the day long."

As was suggested before, the fact that God has provided this assurance to Christians through the scriptures is surely something for which we should praise Him (Ps. 146.2). And we can do this every time we sing, "Blessed Assurance."

"BLESSED BE THE FOUNTAIN OF LIFE"

"...Be baptized, and wash away thy sins..." (Acts 22.16).

INTRO.: A song which talks about the provisions that God has made that we might wash away our sins is "Blessed Be The Fountain of Life." The text was written and the tune was composed both by William Augustine Ogden (1841-1897). Born in Franklin County, OH, near Columbus, he grew up in Indiana. After serving in the Civil War, he studied music and began producing hymns. His first song book, "Silver Song," in 1870 became immensely popular, selling 500,000 copies. In 1887, he became superintendent of music in the public schools of Toledo, OH, where he remained until his death.

Some of his songs included in many of our books for which he provided both words and melodies are "He Is Able To Deliver Thee," "Scattering Precious Seed," "Seeking the Lost," "Jesus, The Loving Shepherd," "O If My House Is Built Upon A Rock," and "Where He Leads I'll Follow," beginning, "Sweet are the promises." Some songs where he provided a melody for words by others include "Come To The Feast" and "Bring Them In." Another fairly well-known song of his that does not appear in any of our books to my knowledge is "Look And Live," beginning, "I've A Message From The Lord."

I have not been able to find any information on the background, date, or origin of publication for "Blessed Be The Fountain Of Life." It appeared in only three hymnbooks published by brethren for use among churches of Christ in the twentieth century that I have in my collection. They are the 1943 "Standard Gospel Songs" edited by Tillit S. Teddlie, the 1963 "Abiding Hymns" edited by Robert C. Welch, and the 1966 "Great Christian Hymnal No. 2" also edited by Teddlie. I assume that it was found in others, but these were the only ones that I could locate.

This song reminds us both of what God has done and what we need to do to be cleansed.

I. Stanza 1 identifies the origin of our cleansing

"Blessed be the fountain of life today, Flowing free, flowing free;

There the soul may wash all its guilt away, In that fountain of life, flowing free."

A. The Old Testament prophesied that following the days of the restoration from captivity the Messiah would come and a fountain would be opened for sin and uncleanness: Zech. 13.1

B. Because of this fount, souls would be able to wash: Eph. 5.26, Tit. 3.5

C. The reason that souls need to be washed is because they bear the guilt of sin: Rom. 3.23

II. Stanza 2 identifies the blessings of our cleansing

"Many have been cleansed in that fount from sin, Flowing free, flowing free;

Many yet will come and will wash there in, Blessed fountain of life, flowing free."

A. We recognize that it is the blood of Christ that cleanses from sin when we meet His conditions: 1 Jn. 1.7

B. Many have already been cleansed, as recorded in the scriptures--e.g.: Acts 18.8, 1 Cor. 6.9-11

C. Many will yet come and wash in it, because the promise is to all mankind, even those afar off: Acts 2.38-40, Rev. 22.17

III. Stanza 3 identifies the dangers of not having this cleansing

"Linger not away from this fountain pure, Flowing free, flowing free;

For the guilty soul 'tis a welcome cure, Blessed fountain of life, flowing free."

A. No one should linger away from the fountain, because now is the day of salvation: 2 Cor. 6.2

B. It is for the guilty soul because Jesus came to heal the spiritually sick: Matt. 9.12-13

C. It has the cure because the blood of Jesus Christ was shed for remission of sins: Matt. 26.28

CONCL.: The chorus continues to extol the benefits of this fountain:

"O the blessed fountain Of life! freely flowing,

To that blessed fountain I'll go and I'll wash and be clean."

While we recognize that we are saved by God's grace, there are certain conditions to receiving His salvation, things that we must do upon which He promises to bestow it as a free gift. This song could be and has been used as an invitation song to encourage sinners to meet God's terms in obeying His will that they might "go and...wash and be clean." When they have done that, they can surely say, "Blessed Be The Fountain Of Life."

"BLEST BE THE DEAR, UNITING LOVE"

"Now the multitude of those who believed were of one heart and one soul..." (Acts 4.32).

INTRO.: A song which talks about the oneness of heart and soul that God wants among His people is "Blest Be The Dear Uniting Tie." The text was written by Charles Wesley (1707-1788). It was first published with eight stanzas under the heading "At Parting" in his 1742 "Hymns and Sacred Poems." Six of the original stanzas were republished and edited (with one alteration at the beginning of stanza 3, from "O let us ever" to "O may we ever") for the 1780 "Collection" by his brother, John Benjamin Wesley (1703-1791).

Among hymnsbooks published by members of the Lord's church for use in churches of Christ in the twentieth century, this song, with the first four stanzas, appeared, under the tune name "Salem" and the subheading "Unity and Love," in the 1935 "Christian Hymns" No. 1 edited by L. O. Sanderson, and the 1963 "Abiding Hymns" edited by Robert C. Welch. The only book currently in print among us that uses it is the 1992 "Praise for the Lord" edited by John P. Wiegand. All three of these books use a tune (Salem) composed by Ephraim Timothy Hildebrand (1866-1931). It is dated 1904.

I have been able to find no further information on Hildebrand other than that he produced a song and a couple of tunes (though not this one) that are found in a Mennonite hymnal that I have in my possession. For Wesley's hymn, the Mennonite hymnal uses a tune (Marlow) by John Cheathem. "The Methodist Hymnal" of 1935 uses a tune (Tiplady) by John Porter, but the 1966 and 1989 editions both use a tune (Evan) by William Henry Havergal arranged by Lowell Mason.

The song reminds us of the fellowship that exists among God's true people on earth.

I. Stanza 1 emphasizes our love for one another

"Blest be the dear, uniting love That will not let us part;

Our bodies may far off remove, We still are one in heart."

A. God wants us to have an attitude of love which will enable us to keep the unity of the Spirit: Eph. 4.1-3

B. There may be times when our bodies are apart from one another: Gen. 31.49, 1 Cor. 5.3

C. But as Christians, we are not completely parted because we are still one in heart: 1 Thess. 2.17

II. Stanza 2 emphasizes our union with Christ

"Joined in one spirit to our Head, Where He appoints we go;

And still in Jesus' footsteps tread, And show His praise below."

A. We have been joined to Christ our Head in one spirit as members of His body: 1 Cor. 6.17, 12.13

B. As such, we tread in Jesus' footsteps: 1 Pet. 2.21

C. Our purpose in so doing is to show His praise below: 1 Pet. 2.9

III. Stanza 3 emphasizes our walk in Christ

"O may we ever walk in Him, And nothing know beside,

Nothing desire, nothing esteem, But Jesus crucified."

A. Christians, having received Christ, are to walk in Him: Col. 2.6

B. Therefore, our desire is to be directed only toward Him: Ps. 27.4

C. The result is that we shall seek to know nothing but Jesus and Him crucified: 1 Cor. 2.2

IV. Stanza 4 emphasizes our closeness to Christ

"Closer and closer let us cleave To His beloved embrace,

Expect His fullness to receive, And grace to answer grace."

A. The Lord wants us to cleave or cling to Him and draw nearer: Acts 11.23, Jas. 4.8

B. Those who do so receive of His fullness: Jn. 1.16

C. And it is by this grace extended to us in Christ that we are saved: Eph. 2.8-9

V. Stanza 5 emphasizes our fellowship in Christ

"While thus we walk with Christ in light Who shall our souls disjoin,

Souls, which Himself vouchsafes t'unite In fellowship divine!"

A. To draw nearer to Christ, we must walk in the light: 1 Jn. 1.7

B. The word "disjoin" means to separate; someday by the Lord's decree our spirits or souls shall be separated from our bodies in death: Heb. 9.27, Jas. 2.26

C. But in all this, Christ has promised that after death we shall be vouchsafed in fellowship divine because we shall ever be with the Lord: Phil. 1.23, 1 Thess. 2.16-17

VI. Stanza 6 emphasizes the oneness that we have in Christ

"We all are one who Him receive, And each with each agree,

In Him the One, the Truth, we live; Blest point of unity."

A. Jesus wants all those who believe in Him to be one: Jn. 17.20-21

B. However, we cannot walk together unless we be agreed--with Him, and thus with each other: Amos 3.3

C. Thus, unity is dependent upon accepting Jesus as the Truth: Jn. 14.6

VII. Stanza 7 emphasizes the grace that is ours in Christ

"Partakers of the Savior's grace, The same in mind and heart,

Nor joy, nor grief, nor time, nor place, Nor life, nor death can part."

A. Christians are partakers of the Savior's grace and all its blessings: Eph. 3.6

B. Those who thus partake are to have the same mind and heart: Phil. 2.1-2

C. And with this attitude, nothing shall part us from each other because nothing can separate us from the love of God: Rom. 8.38-39

VIII. Stanza 8 emphasizes the hope that we have in Christ

"But let us hasten to the day Which shall our flesh restore,

When death shall all be done away, And bodies part no more."

A. "The day" obviously refers the second coming of Christ: 2 Pet. 3.10

B. I understand the phrase, "Which shall our flesh restore" simply to mean that our bodies shall be raised from the dead, understanding of course the Biblical teaching that since literal flesh and blood cannot inherit the kingdom of God, in the resurrection our bodies will be changed into incorruptible, immortal, bodies like Christ's glorious body: 1 Cor. 15.35-57, Phil. 3.20-21

C. And then our bodies will part no more because death itself will be done away: Rev. 21.4

CONCL.: Several of Wesley's hymns are still quite popular ("A Charge To Keep" and "Jesus, Lover of My Soul" come quickly to mind; "Praise for the Lord" includes 18). However, since he wrote over 8,000, many of them have fallen by the wayside, and some that were once well-known are not used now as much, even among the Methodists. Yet, Wesley produced a lot of really good songs, and this one helps to remind us of the unity and affection that should exist among Christians as it encourages us to think, "Blest Be The Dear, Uniting Love."

"BLEST BE THE TIE"

"Truly our fellowship is with the Father, and with His Son, Jesus Christ" (1 Jn. 1.3)

INTRO.: A song which talks about the love and fellowship that we have with one another in the Father and in His Son Jesus Christ is "Blest Be The Tie" (#302 in "Hymns for Worship Revised," #656 in "Sacred Selections for the Church"). The text was written by an English Baptist preacher, John Fawcett (1740-1817). It is believed to have been produced in 1772 after he had accepted an invitation to move from the small Baptist church at Wainsgate, England, to serve as minister at a larger church in London but decided that he could not bear to leave after all and was first printed with the title "Brotherly Love" Fawcett's 1782 "Hymns Adapted to the Circumstances of Public Worship and Private Devotion."

The tune (Dennis) was composed by a Swiss musician, Johann Hans Georg Nageli (1773-1836). It comes from his setting for "O selig, selig, wer von dir," found in his "Christliches Gesangbuch" of 1828. The arrangement was made by the American musician Lowell Mason (1792-1872). It first appeared in 1845 in "The Psaltery," which he edited with George James Webb, and was there set with "How Gentle God's Commands."

This much used hymn speaks about several aspects of our relationship in Christ.

I. Stanza 1 says that we have the fellowship of kindred minds

"Blest be the tie that binds Our hearts in Christian love;

The fellowship of kindred minds Is like to that above."

A. Just as threads are knit together to make cloth, so the hearts of Christians are to be knit together by the tie which binds: Col. 2.2

B. And that tie which binds is "Christian love": 1 Jn. 4.17-21

C. Furthermore, this "Christian love," is the basis for "the fellowship of kindred minds" which "is like to that above": 1 Jn. 1.7. Our fellowship together is based on our first having fellowship with God and with Christ as we walk in the light of the revealed word left to us by the inspired apostles

II. Stanza 2 says that our aims are one

"Before our Father's throne We pour our ardent prayers;

Our fears, our hopes, our aims are one, Our comforts and our cares."

A. As Christians who have the fellowship of kindred minds, we can come together before the throne of grace: Heb. 4.14-16

B. And as we come before the throne, we can pour our ardent prayers, including those for one another: Jas. 5.13-16

C. As we come together in prayer before the throne of grace, we are (or should be) reminded of the oneness that God wants among us: Gal. 3.28. Those who have fellowship with Christ are all one in Christ, and this oneness should be manifested in our attitude toward one another

III. Stanza 3 says that we bear our mutual burdens

"We share our mutual woes, Our mutual burdens bear;

And often for each other flows The sympathizing tear."

A. The word "share" suggests a joint-participation in some activity based upon a mutual relationship, as described by Paul: Phil. 2.1-4

B. One way that we share is by bearing one another's burdens: Gal. 6.2

C. And another way that we share is by the "sympathizing tear": Rom. 12.15. Our oneness in Christ demands that we develop the kind of attitude toward each other that we will bear one another's burdens and sympathize with one another's woes

IV. Stanza 4 says that even when we part, we can still be joined in heart

"When we asunder part, It gives us inward pain;

But we shall still be joined in heart, And hope to meet again."

A. One of the blessings of our sharing together is the time that we can spend together in worship; but the reality is that as much as we enjoy this time together, the hour must come when we have to part: Gen. 31.49

B. And that parting brings an inward pain, especially with the knowledge that circumstances may arise where we will never see one another again on this earth: Acts 20.36-38

C. But even though we cannot be assured of seeing one another in this life, we maintain the hope of seeing one another again in heaven where we can join with the saints of all ages: Matt. 8.11. As we bear one anothers burdens, we become even more closely knit together in mind and soul, regardless of any present or future separations, and can look forward to being joined together forever, singing praises to the Lamb eternally.

V. Stanza 5 says that we can be revived and encouraged by this hope

"This glorious hope revives Our courage by the way;

While each in expectation lives, And longs to see the day."

A. This glorious hope of of eternal life in heaven: 1 Pet. 1.3-5

B. Such a hope serves to revive our courage as we continue our journey throughout life: Hab. 3.2

C. Because of such a hope, we live in expectation and long to see the day when the Lord returns to take us to His new heaven and new earth: 2 Pet. 3.10-13

VI. Stanza 6 says that we have an eternal tie that will bind us together in heaven

"From sorrow, toil, and pain, And sin, we shall be free;

And perfect love and friendship reign Through all eternity."

A. When the Lord does return and take us to our eternal home, we shall be free from all sorrow, toil, pain, and sin: Rev. 21.4

B. There the saints will reign forever with Christ in perfect love and friendship: Rev. 22.1-5

C. Because of this relationship that we have to one another in Christ now, the redeemed of all ages will be joined together forever, singing praises to the Lamb in eternity: Rev. 7.14-17

CONCL.: One of the greatest blessings that Christians have on earth is the fellowship and association of God's people to give us encouragement as we try to live here in preparation for heaven. And this song so beautifully pictures the blessings of this relationship based on brotherly love as it says, "Blest Be The Tie That Binds."

"BREAK THOU THE BREAD OF LIFE"

"For the bread of God is He which...giveth life unto the world" (Jn. 6:33).

A hymn which describes Jesus and His words as the bread of God which gives life to the world is "Break Thou The Bread Of Life" ("#355 in "Hymns for Worship Revised" and #51 in "Sacred Selections for the Church"). The text of stanza 1 and 2 was written by Mary Artemesia Lathbury (1841-1913). The tune (Bread of Life) was composed for this text by William Fiske Sherwin (1826-1888). The song was produced at the request of John H. Vincent for the 1877 summer assembly at Lake Chautauqua, NY. It was first printed as a study hymn in publications that were prepared for use at the assembly. Its first inclusion in a hymnbook was in 1878 in "The Calvary Selection of Spiritual Songs," edited by Charles S. Robinson and Robert S. McCarthur in New York City, NY.

That collection included another well-known collaboration between Lathbury and Sherwin, "Day Is Dying In The West," also written at Vincent's request in 1877 for the Chautauqua Institution. Several other stanzas were added by Alexander Groves and first appeared in the "Wesleyan Methodist Magazine" published at London, England, in Sept., 1913. Most of the hymnbooks published in the twentieth century by members of the Lord's church for use among churches of Christ have included this hymn, some with only the two original stanzas by Miss Lathbury, others with a third stanza by Groves.

The hymn emphasizes the importance of turning to Christ and His words for the bread of life.

I. From stanza 1, we learn that Christ will break to us the bread of life

"Break Thou the bread of life, Dear Lord, to me, As Thou didst break the loaves Beside the sea;

Beyond the sacred page I seek Thee, Lord; My spirit pants for Thee, O living Word."

A. Jesus broke the bread to the multitudes beside the sea: Matt. 14.13-21

B. In the same way, through the scriptures He breaks unto us the spiritual bread of life to feed our souls: 2 Tim. 3.16-17. The phrase, "beyond the sacred page," has given no little problem to brethren. Some of our older hymnbooks have included it as originally written, but I have difficulty understanding why in the midst of a hymn emphasizing the importance of God's word, we should be singing about seeking the Lord "beyond the sacred page." In the original "Sacred Selections" Ellis J. Crum (or perhaps someone from whom he copied it) changed the punctuation to make the phrase modify the preceding clause--"As Thou didst break the loaves Beside the sea, Beyond the sacred page. I seek Thee, Lord." This does not make sense. The wording has been explained as implying the need to seek a closer relationship with God beyond just the mere perfunctory reading of words on a page. However, because it sounds so much like the false denominational doctrine of looking for some direct contact with the Lord apart from the written word, which cannot be done, Alton Howard in "Songs of the Church" changed it to "within the sacred page," and Stevens and Shepard followed this in "Hymns for Worship."

C. Because of the importance of God's word to our lives, we should pant for Him: Ps. 42.1

II. From stanza 2, we learn that Christ will bless unto us the truth

"Bless Thou the truth, Dear Lord, to me, to me, As Thou didst bless the bread By Galilee;

Then shall all bondage cease, All fetters fall; And I shall find my peace, My All in All."

A. Jesus blessed the bread by Galilee when He fed the 5,000: Mk. 6.41

B. So through His word He has revealed the truth by which all bondage shall cease and all fetters fall: Jn. 8.32, 17.17

C. Through this word we can have peace because it is the gospel of peace: Rom. 10.15

III. From stanza 3, we learn that Christ will teach us to live for Him

"Teach me to live, dear Lord, only for Thee, As Thy disciples lived in Galilee;

Then, all my struggles o'er, Then, victory won, I shall behold Thee, Lord, The Living One."

A. Just as Jesus instructed His disciples during their earthly ministry how to live for Him, so through the word which they wrote by the power of the Holy Spirit, He continues to teach us how to live: Jn. 16.13, Eph. 3.3-5

B. When we live by faith in this word, we can have victory: 1 Jn. 5.4

C. The ultimate result of this victory by those who are pure in heart will be that we can behold the Lord: Matt. 5:8

IV. From stanza 4, we learn that Christ Himself is the bread of life as revealed in the word

"Thou art the bread of life, O Lord, to me, Thy holy Word the truth That saveth me;

Give me to eat and live With Thee above; Teach me to love Thy truth, For Thou art love."

A. Jesus came down to be the bread of life: Jn. 6.32-40

B. We eat His flesh and drink His blood metaphorically in the sense that we hear and digest His words: Jn. 6.53-63

C. This is how we show that we love the truth of Him who is love: 2 Thes. 2.10, 1 Jn. 4.8

V. From stanza 5, we learn that Christ gives us the Holy Spirit

"O send Thy Spirit, Lord, Now unto me, That He may touch mine eyes, And make me see:
Show me the truth concealed Within Thy word, And in Thy Book revealed I see the Lord."

A. I do not personally see any problem with asking the Lord to send His Spirit to us, since we are to receive the gift of the Spirit, bear the fruit of the Spirit, be filled with the Spirit, and have the Spirit in us: Acts 2.38, Gal. 5.22-23, Eph. 5.17, 1 Jn. 4.13

B. Of course, I understand all these passages to be speaking figuratively, as I would the first line of the stanza. However, the second line sounds a lot like the false denominational doctrine that we need the direct operation of the Holy Spirit in our own hearts to enable us to understand what has been revealed in the word (I understand that a few brethren have taught this). The function of the Spirit is not to operate on the heart of the reader to help him understand the word, but to work upon the apostles and prophets to help them reveal the word that we might read and understand. The sword of the Spirit, the means by which He accomplishes His work, is the word of God: Eph. 6.17. Perhaps these lines could be altered to read:

"Help me to read Thy law That I may see."

C. Thus, it is true that the Spirit acts and speaks today today, but it is through what He has caused to be revealed: Jn. 16.7-11, 1 Tim. 4.1, 1 Pet. 22-25

VI. From stanza 6, we learn that we are dependent on this word for our spiritual life

"Spirit and life are they, Words Thou dost speak; I hasten to obey, But I am weak;

Thou art my only help, Thou art my life; Heeding Thy holy Word I win the strife."

A. As Jesus said in John 6 noted earlier, His words are Spirit and life because they will never pass away: Mt. 24.35

B. Therefore, we should hasten to obey the words of Christ: Heb. 5.8-9

C. Because we are weak, we need to look to His word for help to win the strife: Ps. 119.11, 97, 105

CONCL.: When I was growing up, this hymn was sometimes misused as a communion hymn "to prepare our minds for the Lord's supper." However, as mentioned previously, the "bread of life" in the song refers first to Jesus and then to His words, not to the unleavened bread of the Lord's supper. For use at the Lord's table, the hymn "Here At Thy Table, Lord," composed sometime in the 19th century by May Hoyt, is often set to this tune in some hymnbooks. Another Lord's supper song, "The Breaking of Bread," was also written for this tune in 1956 by Ellis J. Crum in "Sacred Selections." But as we sing this song, we need to remember that because the only way which we can learn of Christ and His will is through the revealed word, we must ask the Lord, "Break Thou The Bread Of Life."

"BREATHE ON ME, BREATH OF GOD"

"He breathed on them, and saith, Receive ye the Holy Ghost" (Jn. 20.22)

INTRO.: A hymn which identifies some of the blessings which result from God giving us the Holy Spirit is "Breathe on Me, Breath of God." The text was written by Edwin Hatch, who was born at Derby, England, on Sept. 4, 1835. His education was received at King Edward's School in Birmingham and at Pembroke College in Oxford, where he received an A.B. degree with honors in 1857. While in school, his friends included such stimulating people as Swinburne, Burne-Jones, and William Morris. While an undergraduate, he began contributing articles to reviews and magazines on a variety of subjects. Although brought up as a non-comformist, he became a member of the Church of England in 1853 and became a minister in 1859. After working for a short time with a church in the eastern section of London, he went to Canada from 1859 to 1867, where he was first a professor of classics at Trinity College in Toronto, and later rector of Quebec high school. Upon returning to Oxford, he was made vice-principal at St. Mary's Hall.

This hymn was produced in 1878 and was first privately published by the author in a leaflet, "Between Doubt and Prayer." In 1880, Hatch delivered the Bampton and Grinfield Lectures. Returning to church work at Purleigh, Essex, in 1883, he was appointed the following year to be university reader in ecclesiastical history at Oxford. His hymn made its first appearance in a hymnbook in the "The Congregational Psalmist Hymnal" of 1886, edited by Henry Allon, who altered line two of stanza three from its original, "Blend all my soul with Thine." In 1888, Hatch delivered the Hibbert Lectures. His erudition, analytical mind, painstaking research work, and strong character gained for him the reputation as a great scholar, but in spite of his scholarship, he maintained a spirit of simple piety. His death occurred at Oxford on Nov. 10, 1889. As he authored a limited number of hymns which he did not care to publish, they were printed posthumously in "Towards Fields of Light" in 1890.

The tune (Trentham) was composed by Robert Jackson (1842-1914). It was originally used with Henry William Baker's hymn, "O Perfect Life of Love" in the 1888 "Fifty Sacred Leaflets," though some sources give the date of 1894. It was first used with Hatch's text in the 1933 Presbyterian "Hymnal" and is now the standard setting for it. Hatch identified his poem as "meditation on 'born of the Spirit,'" most denominational hymnbooks put it under the heading, "The Holy Spirit," and their handbooks say that the Holy Spirit is addressed as "Breath of God." There is no evidence that the apostles actually received the Holy Spirit when Jesus breathed on them in Jn. 20.22; rather, I understand this to be simply an act which symbolized the fact that they would later receive the Spirit. In any event, while Christians of all times are promised "the gift of the Holy Spirit" (Acts 2.38), we do not receive the Holy Spirit in the same way that the apostles did.

There is some controversy that has erupted over whether it is scriptural to sing a song which is addressed to the Holy Spirit. However, since the scriptures are said to be given by inspiration of God, or literally "God-breathed" (2 Tim. 3.16), one could sing this song as a request to God the Father, asking Him to "breathe" on us, figuratively meaning to grant to us those spiritual blessings which are promised to us through the written word. Most of our hymnbooks in the past have avoided songs directed to the Holy Spirit, and the first use of this hymn in a book published by members of the Lord's church for use among churches of Christ that I have found is in the 1975 Supplement to the 1938 "Great Songs of the Church No. 2" originally published by E. L. Jorgenson. It can also be found in the 1986 "Great Songs Revised" edited by Forrest M. McCann, the 1992 "Praise for the Lord" edited by John P. Wiegand, and the 1994 "Songs of Faith and Praise" edited by Alton H. Howard.

The song identifies blessings which God "breathes" on us through His word.

I. The first stanza mentions new life

"Breathe on me, Breath of God, Fill me with life anew,

That I may love what Thou dost love, And do what Thou wouldst do."

A. When we obey the gospel revealed by the Spirit, we walk in newness of life: Rom. 6.3-4

B. This new life requires that we love what God loves, because the fruit of the Spirit involves love: Gal. 5.22-23

C. It also requires that we do what God would do, because to inherit the kingdom of heaven we must do the will of the Father: Matt. 7.21

II. The second stanza mentions purity

"Breathe on me, Breath of God, Until my heart is pure,

Until with Thee I will one will, To do and to endure."

A. In the word of God the Spirit teaches us to be pure in heart: Matt. 5.8

B. The pure heart must make its will the will of the Father: Lk. 22.42

C. And the pure heart will also seek to endure whatever may come so that it can be saved: Mk. 13.13

III. The third stanza mentions surrender

"Breathe on me, Breath of God, Till I am wholly Thine,

Till all this earthly part of me Glows with Thy fire divine."

A. As we follow the teachings of the Spirit as found in the scriptures, we demonstrate by our lives that we belong wholly to God: 1 Peter 2.9-10

B. To do, we must surrender the our earthly part to be crucified with Christ that He might live in us: Gal. 2.20

C. Then we must let our lives glow with fire for God; the word translated "zeal" literally means "to be hot": Tit. 2.11-14

IV. The fourth stanza mentions eternal life

"Breathe on me, Breath of God, So shall I never die,

But live with Thee the perfect life Of Thine eternity."

A. Through the power of God's word, the Spirit tells us of the Lord's promise that those who come to Him will never die: Jn. 11.25-26

B. The hope of those who thus come to the Lord is to be permitted to live the perfect life with Him: 1 Jn. 2.25

C. And in this way, we can share in His eternal glory: 1 Pet. 5.10-11

CONCL.: Someone has written of this song, "When a person becomes a Christian, he or she receives the Holy Spirit within. Often, however, the Holy Spirit does not have control of that life even though He resides there. The Scriptures teach that we are to be filled with the Holy Spirit. This is not some emotional, mystical event. To be 'filled with the Spirit of God' means in a very practical way that a believer has surrendered completely to the Lordship of Christ and sincerely desires to be directed by the Holy Spirit in order to worthily exhalt Christ and be an effective representative for God. One of the most compelling evidences of a Spirit-filled life is our consistent, Christ-like daily living."

Of course, the only way to be "filled with the Spirit" (Eph. 5.18) is to "let the word of Christ dwell in you richly, in all wisdom" (Col. 3.16) because the sword of the Spirit is the word of God (Eph. 6.17). Hence, the way which we accomplish being filled with the Spirit is in our obedience to what God the Father has revealed to us through Spirit by the word that He caused to be written by inspired apostles and prophets. Thus, I am simply asking the heavenly Father to bestow upon me all the blessings and benefits that He has made available to me through the Spirit's word when I sing, "Breathe on Me, Breath of God."

"BRIEF LIFE IS HERE OUR PORTION"

"Behold the tabernacle of God is with men, and He will dwell with them....There will be no more pain, for the former things have passed away" (Rev. 21.3-4).

INTRO.: A song which pictures heaven as a place where God will dwell with His people and there will be no more pain is "Brief Life Is Here Our Portion." The text is attributed to Bernard of Cluny, also known as Bernard of Morlaix (early 12th century, c. 1122-1156). It is taken from a section, Hic breve vivitur, of a 3,000 line medieval poem, De Contemptu Mundi (On the Contemptableness of the World), beginning Hora novissima, tempora pessima, sunt, vigilemus, which was produced around 1140-1145. The English translation was made by John Mason Neale (1818-1866). He found 95 lines of the poem in Trench's 1849 Sacred Latin Poetry and translated portions of it in his own 1851 Medieval Hymns and Sequences. Due to the splendid response to his efforts, he translated 218 more lines from the original poem in his 1858 Rhythm of Bernard of Morlaix, Monk of Cluny. Eight hymns have been taken from Neale's translation, including "Jerusalem the Golden" and "For Thee, O Dear, Dear Country."

The tune (St. Alphege) to which this song is usually set, at least in the books used among churches of Christ, was composed by Henry John Gauntlett, who was born, the son of an Anglican minister, at Wellington in Shropshire, England, on July 9, 1805, and was playing the organ at age nine. After being educated in both law and music, he was admitted to the bar, but was awarded an honorary Mus.D. degree in 1843 by the Archbishop of Canterbury for his contributions to church music and gave up his law practice in 1844 to devote his life to music. An important figure in Victorian church music, he became an organist and produced over 10,000 hymn tunes, publishing at least five works. This tune first appeared in the 1852 Church Hymnal and Tune Book which he edited with W. J. Blew. He died at Kensington in London, England, on Feb. 21, 1876.

Among hymnbooks published in the 20th century for use in churches of Christ, this hymn was found in the 1937 Great Songs of the Church No. 2 edited by E. L. Jorgenson, and the 1965 Great Christian Hymnal No. 2 edited by Tillit S. Teddlie. Today, it can be found in the 1986 Great Songs Revised edited by Forrest M. McCann and Jack Boyd, and the 1992 Praise for the Lord edited by John P. Wiegand. The tune was used with a hymn "Lead, Holy Shepherd, Lead Us" by Clement of Alexandria in the 1925 edition of Great Songs of the Church No. 1 also edited by Jorgenson. Of the twelve stanzas that Neale translated for this hymn, only five have been in common use.

The hymn points our minds to what awaits us in heaven contrasted to earth.

I. Stanza 1 refers to the tearless life

"Brief life is here our portion; Brief sorrow, short lived care;

The life that knows no ending, The tearless life, is there."

A. The life that we know here on earth is brief: Ps. 90.9-10

B. Yet, brief as it is, it is often filled with sorrow and care: Job 14.1-2

C. In contrast, the tearless, neverending life is there, as opposed to here: Mk. 10.30

II. Stanza 2 refers to the everlasting reward (orig. #5)

"And now we fight the battle, But then shall wear the crown

Of full and everlasting And passionless renown."

A. As long as we live in this life, there will be battles to be fought: 1 Tim. 6.12

B. But then, we shall have won the victory and receive the crown: Rev. 2.10

C. And once we win this victory, we shall have everlasting life: 2 Jn. 2.25

III. Stanza 3 refers to the morning (orig. #9)

"The morning shall awaken, The shadows flee away,

And each true hearted servant Shall shine as doth the day."

A. After the night of sorrow, we can look forward to the joy that will come in the morning: Ps. 30.5

B. Of course, this morning shall awaken only for those who are true hearted servants of Christ: Rev. 22.1-3

C. But those servants shall shine as doth the day: Dan. 12.3

IV. Stanza 4 refers to the presence of God (orig. #10)

"There God, our King and Portion, In fullness of His grace,

We then shall see forever, And worship face to face."

A. The dwelling place of God, our King and Portion, is heaven: Matt. 6.9

B. When we are gathered to Him in His dwelling place, we shall sin Him forever: Matt. 5.8

C. And like the angels, they will worship Him face to face: Rev. 4.1-11

V. Stanza 5 refers to the sweet and blessed country (orig. #11)

"O sweet and blessed country, The home of God's elect!

O sweet and blessed country, That eager hearts expect!"

A. Heaven is referred to as a country or a city: Heb. 11.16, 13.14

B. It is the home of God's elect, those who have been chosen by Him because they have chosen His way: Rom. 8.33

C. The elect expect it with eager hearts because their citizenship is in heaven: Phil. 3.20-21

CONCL.: Some have objected to hymns like this, saying that they reflect a medieval and thus outmoded concept of heaven. Therefore, our modern ideas of religion and heaven make it necessary to retranslate the medieval symbols. However, the fact is that those who wish to please God must still understand the distinction that must be made between the transitoriness of this world and the eternal verities of heaven. Forrest M. McCann aptly states of this hymn, "It stands a blessed affirmation of hope in a world that needs hope so desparately." It is just as true, as it was in medieval times and even in the first century, and we need to remember that in contrast to the eternal life of heaven, "Brief Life Is Here Our Portion."

"BRIGHTEN THE CORNER WHERE YOU ARE"

"He that is faithful in that which is least is faithful also in much..." (Lk. 16.10)

INTRO.: A song which is designed to motivate us to be faithful in that which is least is "Brighten the Corner Where You Are" (#82 in Sacred Selections for the Church). The text was written by Ina Mae Duley Ogdon, who was born on April 3, 1872 (some sources say 1877), at Rossville, IL, to William and Laetitia Wilson Duley. According to the Lincoln Christian College website, the family was associated with Christian Churches. After attending Greer college in Hoopeston, IL, Ina taught in Illinois schools, including Cherryville, from 1892 to 1900. Her first hymn,"Open Wide the Windows," was published in 1892. Four years later, in 1896, she married fellow teacher James Weston Ogden, and in 1900, the couple moved to Toledo, OH, where their only child, William Duley Ogdon, was born in 1901.

Early in life, Mrs. Ogdon, who was a gifted speaker, had hoped to join the Chautauqua Circuit and was finally selected to go. However, her father's illness as a result of an automobile accident in 1912, just before she was to leave on tour, forced her to abandon her plans in order to care for him at home. Overcoming anger and resentment from this tragedy, in 1913 she completed an encouraging poem entitled "Brighten the Corner Where You Are" to show how one can serve the Lord in many different circumstances, or, in other words, to make the best of where you find yourself. The tune was composed by her frequent and long-term collaborator, Charles Hutchinson Gabriel (1856-1932). It was first introduced in a crusade at Wilkes-Barre, PA, later that year.

The song became the popular theme song of the Billy Sunday-Homer Rodeheaver campaigns and was originally copyrighted by Gabriel and owned by Rodeheaver. The copyright was renewed in 1941 by The Rodeheaver Co., now a division of Word Music Inc. Mrs. Ogdon died in Toledo at the age of 92 on May 18, 1964. Among hymnbooks published by members of the Lord's church for use in churches of Christ during the twentieth century, this song was found in the 1940 Complete Christian Hymnal edited by Marion Davis, the 1971 Songs of the Church (original edition only) edited by Alton H. Howard, and the 1978 Hymns of Praise edited by Reuel Lemmons, in addition to Sacred Selections.

It helps us to appreciate even the small things that we can do for the Lord.

I. Stanza 1 encourages us to be lights in the world

"Do not wait until some deed of greatness you may do; Do not wait to shed your light afar.

To the many duties ever near you now be true; Brighten the corner where you are."

A. Those who wait to serve the Lord until they can do some deed of greatness are despising the day of small things: Zech. 4.10

B. Rather than waiting, we should let our lights so shine by good works under all circumstances: Matt. 5.14-16

C. In order to accomplish this, we must be true to the many duties that are ever near us: Lk. 17.10

II. Stanza 2 encourages us to rise above self-centeredness

"Just above are clouded skies that you may help to clear; Let not narrow self your way debar.

Though into one heart alone may fall your song of cheer, Brighten the corner where you are."

A. There will always be those whose clouded skies we may help to cheer by bearing their burdens: Gal. 6.2

B. But doing this requires that we not let self debar our way by causing us to look out only for our own interests: Phil. 2.4

C. Even if we give a cup of water to only one person, Jesus promises that we shall not lose our reward: Matt. 10.42

III. Stanza 3 encourages us to reflect the influence of Christ in our lives

"Here for all your talent you may surely find a need; Here reflect the Bright and Morning Star.

Even from your humble hand the Bread of Life may feed; Brighten the corner where you are."

A. Just as the servants in Jesus's parable were to use their talents (money) in their master's service, we should use our talents (abilities) in the Lord's service: Matt. 25.14-30

B. Only in this way can we reflect the Bright and Morning Star, who is Jesus Christ our Lord and Savior: Rev. 22.16

C. Therefore, it should be our desire in whatever way we can with whatever abilities we have using whatever opportunities are available to us to reach out with the Bread of Life: Jn. 6.48

CONCL.: The chorus re-emphasizes the main thought of the song.

"Brighten the corner where you are! Brighten the corner where you are!

Someone far from harbor you may guide across the bar; Brighten the corner where you are!"

William J. Reynolds in Songs of Glory notes that this song which reached such a pinnacle of popularity in the 1920's and 30's began to diminish in the 1940's and 50's until today it is rarely found in hymnbooks used in American churches. My piano instructor in college said that she can remember singing this song at summer camp but wondered if it is appropriate for worship services. Of course, different people have varying ideas about what kinds of songs are appropriate for formal worship, and there are still some who do not like the brighter, bouncier gospel songs. But whatever your views may be, you should be able to agree that there ought to be some place for a song like this which exhorts you to "Brighten the Corner Where You Are."

"BRING CHRIST YOUR BROKEN LIFE"

"I am feeble and sore broken....Lord, all my desire is before Thee" (Ps. 38.8-9)

INTRO.: A hymn which encourages those who are feeble and sore broken to find all their desire in the Lord is "Bring Christ Your Broken Life" (#322 in Hymns for Worship Revised). The text was written by Thomas Obadiah Chisholm (1866-1960). He has provided words for many songs that we sing, including "O To Be Like Thee," "Great Is Thy Faithfulness," "Living For Jesus," and "Only In Thee." The tune (Jonesboro or Broken Life) was composed by Lloyd Otis Sanderson (1901-1992). Leon Sanderson, son of the composer, commented, "As to 'Bring Christ Your Broken Life,' the music was written first and then my dad asked Mr. Chisholm to write the words for it. No subject was given in this particular case and he chose to write the text that now appears as 'Bring Christ Your Broken Life.' The tune had just come to my dad's mind, so he put it down and also harmonized it." The song was first published in the 1935 Christian Hymns for Every Purpose in Worship, edited by Sanderson and put out by the Gospel Advocate Co.

Other collaborations between Chisholm, a Methodist, and Sanderson, a gospel preacher, include "A New Creature" and "Be With Me Lord." In addition to Christian Hymns No. 1, "Bring Christ Your Broken Life" was used in the 1948 Christian Hymns No. 2 and the 1966 Christian Hymns No. 3, also edited by Sanderson and published by the Gospel Advocate Co.; the 1963 Christian Hymnal edited by J. Nelson Slater; the 1963 Abiding Hymns edited by Robert C. Welch; and the 1975 supplement to 1937 Great Songs of the Church No. 2 edited by E. L. Jorgenson. Today it appears in the 1971 Songs of the Church, the 1990 Songs of the Church 21st C. Ed., and the 1994 Songs of Faith and Praise all edited by Alton H. Howard; the 1978/1983 (Church) Gospel Songs and Hymns edited by V. E. Howard; the 1986 Great Songs Revised edited by Forrest M. McCann; and the 1992 Praise for the Lord edited by John P. Wiegand; in addition to Hymns for Worship.

This song is a pleading invitation for lost souls to come to Jesus for help.

I. Stanza 1 points out that we should bring our lives to Christ because He can make them new

A. When we are buried with Christ in baptism, He will "create anew" because we rise to walk in newness of life: Rom. 6.3-4

B. In this way, our "empty, wasted years, He will restore" that we might be justified before God: 1 Cor. 6.11

C. This is made possible because in Christ God has promised that our iniquities He will "remember no more": Heb. 8.12

II. Stanza 2 points out that we should bring Christ our broken lives because He can relieve our hearts

A. We can "bring Him" our "every care" because He says to cast all our cares on Him: 1 Pet. 5.7

B. We can also "bring Him the haunting fears, the nameless dread," because He promises that perfect love will cast out fear: 1 Jn. 4.18

C. All of this is possible because our "heart He will relieve" by purifying it from an evil conscience: Heb. 10.19-22

III. Stanza 3 points out that we should bring our lives to Christ because He gives rest

A. When we come to Jesus, He says that we can "receive His rest" from the burden of sin: Matt. 11.28-30

B. We can "weep out" our "blinding tears upon His breast" because "His love is wonderful": Eph. 5.2

C. Therefore, we may know that "None that trust in Him shall be desolate": Prov. 3.5

IV. Stanza 4 points out that we should bring our lives to Christ because He will take us to heaven

A. Jesus Christ came to be the "Blest Savior of us all": Matt. 1.21

B. He has told us that "His presence shall be ours until the end": Matt. 28.19-20

C. And even afterwards, "With Him morning breaks, and heaven is near" because He is now preparing a home in His Father's house for all those who will come to Him: Jn. 14.1-3

CONCL.: L. O. Sanderson has produced many tunes for songs that will live for a long time among churches of Christ. Untold numbers have found great comfort, peace, and strength in singing "Be With Me, Lord." It is a thrilling experience to watch a new Christian arise from the watery grave of baptism while singing "Buried With Christ." And this song is well used to exhort sinners to "Bring Christ Your Broken Life."

"BRING THEM IN"

"...Ye were as sheep going astray; but are now returned unto the Shepherd..." (1 Pet. 2.25)

INTRO.: A song which points to Jesus as the Shepherd who seeks the sheep who are going astray that they might return to Him is "Bring Them In" (#529 in "Sacred Selections for the Church"). The text was written by Alexcenah Thomas (19th c.). The identity of this author is unknown, except that he lived sometime in the 1800's. Also, the exact date of its origin is unknown, although it is assumed that it was probably penned about the same time as the tune (Shepherd) was composed by William Augustine Ogden (1841-1897). A native of Franklin County, OH, Ogden received his early musical training in community singing schools. After serving for four years in the 30th Indiana Volunteer Infantry during the Civil War, he resumed his music education under Lowell Mason and Thomas Hastings.

Becoming a widely-known teacher of normal music schools and a conductor of music conventions, Ogden produced a number of gospel songs, providing for some words, for some music, and for some both. His credits include "He Is Able To Deliver Thee," "All Things Are Ready, Come To The Feast," "Jesus, The Loving Shepherd," "O If My House Is Built Upon A Rock," "Seeking The Lost," "Where He Lead's I'll Follow," and "Scattering Precious Seed." Also, he published a large number of Sunday school hymn collections. "Bring Them In" first apppeared in the 1885 "Notes of Victory for the Sunday Schools," compiled for Fleming H. Revell Co. of Chicago, IL, by Ogden and Edmund Simon Lorenz. In 1887, Ogden was appointed supervisor of music for the public schools of Toledo, OH, where he remained until his death there. Some of his songs were used in "Sacred Songs and Solos" published by Ira D. Sankey.

"Bring Them In" appeared in the 1937 "Great Songs of the Church No. 2" edited by E. L. Jorgenson, and has been included in most books published for use among churches of Christ since then, including the 1948 "Christian Hymns No. 2" edited by L. O. Sanderson, and the 1963 "Abiding Hymns" edited by Robert C. Welch. In addition to "Sacred Selections," it is found in the 1971 "Songs of the Church" edited by Alton Howard, and the 1992 "Praise for the Lord" edited by John P. Wiegand.

The song emphasizes the importance of helping the Shepherd seek the lost sheep.

I. In stanza 1 we sing about the Shepherd's purpose

"Hark! 'Tis the Shepherd's voice I hear, Out in the desert dark and drear,

Calling the sheep who've gone astray, Far from the Shepherd's fold away."

A. The Shepherd is Jesus Christ: Jn. 10.11-14

B. He goes out in the desert to find the straying sheep: Matt. 18.11-14

C. And the reason why He needs to find them is that they have gone astray: Isa. 53.6

II. In stanza 2 we sing about the Shepherd's need for assistance

"Who'll go and help this Shepherd kind, Help Him the little lambs to find?

Who'll bring the lost ones to the fold, Where they'll be sheltered from the fold?"

A. The Shepherd wants our help: Matt. 9.36-38

B. We help the Shepherd find the wandering ones by preaching the gospel: Acts 8.4

C. The fold is the church of our Lord to which the lost sheep are brought for safety: Jn. 10.15-16, Acts 2.47

III. In stanza 3 we sing about the Shepherd's command

"Out in the desert hear their cry, Out on the mountains wild and high;

Hark! 'Tis the Master speaks to thee, 'Go find My lambs where'er they be.'"

A. We should be listening for the cry of those who are lost: Lk. 15.4-7

B. Jesus is the Master and we need to be following His commands: Eph. 6.9

C. And one of His commands is to seek His sheep by proclaiming the gospel: MK. 16.15

CONCL.: The chorus continues to tell us:

"Bring them in, bring them in, Bring them in from the fields of sin!

Bring them in, bring them in, Bring the wandering ones to Jesus."

As noted previously, the song was originally written for Sunday school and seems to refer to going out and seeking children to come to Sunday school. The original last line of the chorus read, "Bring the little ones to Jesus." However, that seems to imply that little children are lost in the fields of sin, and the Bible does not teach that. While we understand that small children are not yet lost, someday they will be so they do need to be taught the will of Christ so that when they are of accountable age they will want to obey it. And the fact is that all people who are of accountable age and have not yet obeyed the gospel of Christ are lost in sin, so we need to be going wherever we have the ability and opportunity to "Bring Them In."

"BRINGING IN THE SHEAVES"

"He that goeth forth...bearing precious seed, shall...come...rejoicing, bring his sheaves...." (Ps. 126.6)

INTRO.: A song which compares the idea of preaching the gospel and winning souls to bringing in sheaves of grain is "Bringing In The Sheaves" (#571 in "Sacred Selections for the Church"). The text was written by Knowles Shaw (1834-1878). It was first published anonymously in his 1874 work "The Golden Gate for the Sunday School" and first appeared with his name in "The Morning Star, A New Collection of Sunday School Music" of 1877. Shaw was a well-known evangelist and song-writer among churches of Christ and Christian Churches during the late 19th century who lived in Ohio and Indiana, and died in a train wreck near McKinney, TX. Some of his other hymns which are still used today are "I Am The Vine," for which he provided both words and music, and tunes for Anne Richter's "We Saw Thee Not" and Carolyn Smith's "Tarry With Me."

The tune (Harvest) that we use is usually identified as having been composed by George Austin Minor, who was born on Dec. 7, 1845, in Richmond, VA. Educated at a military academy in Richmond, he served in the Confederate army during the American Civil War. Afterwards, he taught singing schools in VA, and about 1875 co-founded the Hume-Minor Company of Richmond and Norfolk which manufactured pianos and organs. His wife Jennie, whom he married in 1886, was the daughter of Capt. J. H. Prince of Green Plain, VA. A member of the First Baptist Church of Richmond, he led singing for the Sunday school and published several volumes of Sunday school music, including "Golden Light for Sunday Schools #1" of 1879, which first included this melody, two more editions of "Golden Light," "Standard Songs," and "The Rosebud," before his death in Richmond on Jan. 29, 1904.

Shaw had published his own music with the poem, but most books credit Minor with the present tune. Actually, Minor's tune is quite similar to Shaw's original melody and almost seems to be based on it, so that it could be called somewhat of an arrangement. In "The Cross and Resurrection in Song" Flavil Hall wrote, "'Bringing in the Sheaves' was written, both words and music, by Knowles Shaw....Mr. Geo. A Minor later made a few 'minor' changes in it, transposing it from C to B-flat, and published it in a little leaflet with a few of his own pieces." Among hymnbooks published by members of the Lord's church for use in churches of Christ during the twentieth century, the song was included in the 1921 "Great Songs of the Church" No. 1, and has been in almost every other book since then with the exception of "Hymns for Worship" edited by Dane K. Shepard and R. J. Stevens and "Songs of Faith and Praise" edited by Alton H. Howard.

The song encourages us to keep sowing the seed that we might reap the harvest.

I. Stanza 1 emphasizes the importance of sowing the seed

"Sowing in the morning, sowing seeds of kindness, Sowing in the noontide and the dewy eves,

Waiting for the harvest and the time of reaping--We shall come rejoicing, bringing in the sheaves."

A. A sower must go forth to sow: Lk. 8.5; some might argue that Jesus or the apostles are the sower since they revealed the word, but the truth is that the Lord wants all Christians to be sowers: 2 Tim. 2.1

B. The seed which the Lord wants us to sow is the word: Lk. 8.11; so the "seeds of kindness" that we sow must be based on the teaching of God's word

C. The aim of our sowing is to anticipate the harvest and the time of reaping: Mt. 13.39

II. Stanza 2 emphasizes the attitude that we need in sowing the seed

"Sowing in the sunshine, sowing in the shadows, Fearing neither loss nor winter's chilling breeze;

By and by the harvest and the labor ended--We shall come rejoicing, bringing in the sheaves."

A. We are to sow in the sunshine and the shadows, that is, everywhere, because the gospel is for all people: Mk. 16.15

B. We are to sow, fearing neither clouds or winter's chilling breeze; indeed, we have nothing in this life to fear: Mt. 10.28

C. And we are to sow at all times, because the time of our labor's ending will come when we can sow no more: Jn. 9.4

III. Stanza 3 emphasizes the harvest that will result from sowing the seed

"Going forth with weeping, sowing for the Master, Though the loss sustained our spirit often grieves;

When our weeping's over He will bid us welcome--We shall come rejoicing, bringing in the sheaves."

A. We need to remember that the Master for whom we sow is the Lord Jesus: Col. 3.23-24, 4.1

B. Sometimes, the work that we do doesn't bear the kind of fruit that we hope, and we grieve: 1 Cor. 3.6-15

C. However, if we have labored for Him faithfully, He will bid us welcome at the time of harvest: Mt. 25.21

IV. A number of years ago, I saw an old hymnbook with Shaw's original version in it; it had his own tune and I thought a fourth stanza. I've looked through all the books I have and even searched the Internet but never found a fourth stanza by Shaw, if there was one. However, I do have one book with a fourth stanza written by Charles R. Scoville in 1911 which emphasizes the invitation extended in sowing the seed

"Blessed whosoever is the invitation, We are all included, grace is full and free;

Men of every nation swell aloud the chorus--'We shall come rejoicing, bringing in the sheaves.'"

A. The gospel invitation is extended to "whosoever will": Rev. 22.17

B. Therefore, everyone is included in the offer of salvation by grace: Eph. 2.8

C. And men of every nation who respond to this invitation by obeying the gospel will join in the chorus: Matt. 28.19

CONCL.: The chorus continues to remind us of the need for sowing the seek that we might reap the harvest:

"Bringing in the sheaves, bringing in the sheaves,

We shall come rejoicing, bringing in the sheaves" (repeat).

Through the years, when a script for a western movie called for a church scene on the frontier, most often the hymn was "Bringing In The Sheaves." The argument offered for the omission of this famous hymn from many modern denominational hymnals is that it's a throwback to our rural, agrarian past and just isn't meaningful to very many in our more urban, technological society. Maybe, maybe not. But the acid test isn't whether it's old or new but whether it's scriptural. And the thought of this song is taken directly from the Bible. If we can appreciate what God's word says in Ps. 126, then we should be able to understand the picture of the song and the importance of "Bringing In The Sheaves."

"BY CHRIST REDEEMED, IN CHRIST RESTORED"

"For as often as ye eat this bread, and drink this cup, ye do show the Lord's death till He come" (1 Cor. 11.26)

INTRO.: A song which talks about showing the Lord's death in the Lord's supper until He comes is "By Christ Redeemed" (#152 in "Hymns for Worship Revised" and #294 in "Sacred Selections for the Church"). The text was written by George Rawson, who was born in Leeds, England, on June 5, 1807. Educated at Manchester, for a number of years he maintained a law practice in Leeds. A member of the Congregational Church, he also assisted a group of Congregational ministers in compiling "Psalms, Hymns, and Passages of Scripture for Christian Worship--the Congregational Collection" in 1853, commonly called the Leeds Hymn Book. It contains fifteen of his hymns, including what is probably his most famous hymn, an adaptation of Rowland Hill's "Cast Thy Burden On The Lord."

In addition, Rawson helped compile "Psalms and Hymns for the Use of the Baptist Denomination" in 1858, contributing 27 hymns. "By Christ Redeemed" is dated 1857 and was first published in it. Eighty of his own hymns were published in his "Hymns, Verses, and Chants" in 1876, and most were reprinted in his "Songs of Spiritual Thought" in 1885. Very modest about his hymn writing, he signed his early hymns simply with "A Leeds Layman." However, John Julian said that his hymns are distinguished by refinement of thought, delicacy, and propriety of language. Julian's conclusion was that while Rawson's hymns may not rank first among the songs of the Christian Church, many are of great excellence, including this one. After his retirement, Rawson made his home at Clifton, England, where he died on Mar. 25, 1889.

The tune (Troyt's Chant No. 1) used in most of our books for his hymn was composed by Arthur Henry Dyke Troyt (1811-1857). Most of his hymn tunes and chants were produced for his "Salisbury Hymn Book" of 1857. However, this one is known to have been written in 1848 but was not published until 1860, after his death, in "Forty-eight Hymn Tunes." Rawson's original hymn was in six stanzas. Some of our books use the original chant with four stanzas whereas others have a version in which some alterations to the text where two stanzas, one each about the bread and cup, have been combined into one and an arrangement of Troyt's chant appear to have been done for "Christian Hymns No. 2" by editor Lloyd Otis Sanderson (1901-1992).

This song is obviously designed to help us prepare our minds for the Lord's supper.

I. Stanza 1 shows that the purpose of the Lord's supper is to remember Christ's death.

"By Christ redeemed, in Christ restored, We keep the memory adored,

And show the death of our dear Lord, Until He come."

A. It is through the blood of Christ that we have been redeemed: Eph. 1:7

B. Therefore, in the Lord's supper we keep the memory of what Christ did for us: 1 Cor. 11.24-25. One of the alterations by Sanderson was to change "memory adored" to "supper of the word"

C. The aim of this is to show the death of our dear Lord: 1 Cor. 15.3

II. Stanza 2 shows that the purpose of the bread is to remind us of Christ's body.

"His body given in our stead Is seen in this memorial bread,

And so our feeble love is fed, Until He come."

A. The body of Jesus Christ hung and died on the cross for us: Jn. 19.31-38 (the original said "broken in our stead" using the language of the King James Version of 1 Cor. 11.24)

B. The bread which we break is a communion of the body of Christ: 1 Cor. 10.16

C. The phrase "And so our feeble love is fed" simply means that our love for Christ is strengthened by remembering the His death which showed God's love for us: Rom. 5.8 (Sanderson replaced this phrase with "And as we drink we see the blood" and then omitted the third stanza about the fruit of the vine entirely)

III. Stanza 3 shows that the purpose of the cup is to remind us of Christ's blood.

"His fearful unknown agony, His life-blood shed for us we see;

The wine shall tell the mystery, Until He comes."

A. "His fearful, unknown agony" undoubtedly refers to the anguish that Jesus suffered in the Garden of Gethsemane before His death: Lk. 22.39-44

B. As we drink the cup, we remember this suffering but even more so we remember the blood that Jesus shed on the cross as an atonement for our sins: Matt. 26.27-29

C. Some object to using the word "wine" with reference to the Lord's supper, assuming that it is speaking of a fermented drink and thinking that this would encourage social drinking. It is true that the word "wine" is never used in the scriptures with reference to the Lord's supper, but we often make the point that in Hebrew, Greek, and English the word "wine" can refer simply to the juice of the grape without reference to whether it is fermented or not, even when still in the grapes: Isa. 65.8. Therefore, if we understand the word "wine" in songs referring to the Lord's supper as simply the juice of the grape, then this should not be a problem.

IV. Stanza 4 shows that the purpose of observing the Lord's supper is to link the death of Christ with His second coming.

"And thus that dark betrayal night With the last advent we unite,

By one bright chain of loving rite, Until He comes."

A. In the Lord's supper, our minds are pointed back that dark betrayal night which resulted in His death: Matt. 26.47-57

B. Yet, at the same time, they are pointed forward to the last advent that He promised after His resurrection from the dead: Acts 1.11

C. These two concepts are united "By one bright chain of loving rite" (the original read "The shame, the glory, by this rite). Some might object to using the word "rite" saying that the Lord's supper should be more than just a ritual, a form, a mere customary procedure. Yet, the first definition of the word "rite" is "a solemn, ceremonial act or observance in accordance with prescribed rule." Since Jesus commanded us to eat the bread and drink the cup, and this is to be done on the first day of the week when the disciples come together, the Lord's supper is a solemn, ceremonial act in accordance with prescribed rule: Acts 20:7

CONCL.: The two other stanzas which none of our books have included are:

(5) "Until the trump of God be heard, Until the ancient graves be stirred

And with the great commanding word, The Lord shall come."

(6) "O blessed hope! with this elate, Let not our hearts be desolate,

But strong in faith, in patience wait, Until He come."

Indeed, the Lord's supper is an act of praise to God because in it we are thankfully reminded that as Christians we have been "By Christ Redeemed, In Christ Restored."

"CAN YOU COUNT THE STARS?"

"Casting all your care upon Him; for He careth for you" (1 Pet. 5.7).

INTRO.: A song that encourages us to cast all our cares upon God because of His infinite knowledge and love is "Can You Count The Stars?" (#573 in "Hymns for Worship Revised"). The text was written by Johann Wilhelm Hey (1789-1854). The son of a German Lutheran minister, he received a university education and after working for a number of years as a tutor also became a Lutheran minister who was very popular but later was named a superintendent in the church hierarchy. This song is dated 1837 and came from the second volume of his poems for children published that year.

Several English translations of this poem have been made, but the one best known among churches of Christ was done by the well-known hymnwriter and music publisher early in the twentieth century, Elmer Leon Jorgenson (1886-1968). It first appeared in his "Great Songs of the Church" No. 1, which he compiled in 1921. In German songbooks, the tune is identified only as "Volksweise" or folk melody, and is believed to be a sixteenth century German folk tune dating from around 1550. The arrangement may have been made by Jorgenson as well.

Since its inclusion in "Great Songs" No. 1, the song has appeared in a number of other books used among churches of Christ as well, including "Great Songs of the Church No. 2" which Jorgenson edited in 1937; Tillit Teddlie's "Great Christian Hymnal" (1965); Alton H. Howard's books--"Songs of the Church" (1971), "Songs of the Church 21st C. Ed." (1990), and "Songs of Faith and Praise" (1994); "Great Songs Revised" (1986); "Praise for the Lord" (1992); and, of course, "Hymns for Worship Revised" (the original edition had words only).

This hymn exhorts us to put our trust in God who knows all and cares for all.

I. Stanza 1 points out that we should trust God because He cares for the heavens

"Can you count the stars of evenign That are shining in the sky? Can you count the clouds that daily Over all the world go by?
God the Lord, who doth not slumber, Keepeth all the boundless number: But He careth more for thee, But He careth more for thee."

A. God knows the number of the stars because He made them: Gen. 1.14-16

B. He also knows the number of the clouds because when we look up on high, we see things that He created: Isa. 40.26

C. And the fact that the stars and the clouds, which are dependent on God's power, continue to operate at all times shows that God doesn't slumber: Ps. 121.1-4

II. Stanza 2 points out that we should trust in God because He cares for the animals

"Can you count the birds that warble In the sunshine all the day? Can you count the little fishes That in sparkling waters play?
God the Lord their number knoweth, For each one His care He showeth: Shall He not remember thee? Shall He not remember thee?"

A. God knows the number of the birds that warble because He made them: Gen. 1.20

B. He also knows the number of the fishes in the water because He made them too: Gen. 1.21

C. Not only did He make them, but He also provides for them and cares for them: Matt. 5.25-27, 10.28-31

III. Stanza 3 points out that we should trust in God because He cares for children

"Can you count the many children In their little beds at night, WHo without a thought of sorrow Rise again at morning light?
God the Lord, who dwells in heaven, Loving care to each has given: He has not forgotten thee, He has not forgotten thee."

A. Of course, God knows the number of chilren because each one of us is made by Him: Ps. 139.13-14

B. One of the characteristics of little children is that they can go to be each night free from worry because of their complete trust in God; that's one reason why we need to become as little children: Matt. 18.3-4

C. And while on earth, Jesus showed us just how much God cares for the children: Matt. 19.13-15

CONCL.: The words of this hymn are simple, the melody is pleasant, and the song is easy to sing, all elements of a good hymn. There are those who have objected to using a song such as this in public worship because, they claim, "It's just a children's song." However, all Christians are "children" of God, and we should trust Him as a little child would. Thus, each of us needs to be reminded about God's care and protection for us and our need to trust Him, by being asked, "Can You Count The Stars?"

"CAST THY BURDEN ON THE LORD"

"Cast thy burden upon the Lord, and He shall sustain thee..." (Ps. 55.22)

INTRO.: A hymn which encourages us to cast our burdens upon the Lord so that He can sustain us is "Cast Thy Burden On The Lord." The exact authorship of the text is somewhat difficult to determine. The original is often attributed to John Cennick (1718-1755). It was supposed to have first appeared in the 1745 "Psalms, Hymns, and Spiritual Songs" edited by William Hammond (1719-1783). Some sources ascribe it to Hammond. The basic form in common use today first appeared anonymously with five stanzas in "A Collection of Psalms and Hymns, chiefly intended for Public Worship" published in 1783 by Rowland Hill, who was born at Hawkstone, near Shrewsbury, England, on Aug. 23, 1744, the son of Sir Rowland Hill, Bart. After receiving his education at Shrewsbury Grammar School, Eton, and St. John's College in Cambridge, where he received the B.A. in 1769, he served as an Anglican minister at Kingston near Taunton. Leaving this work, he became an itinerate preacher for some twelve years, preaching mostly in Wilts, Gloucestershire, Somersetshire, and London.

In 1774, Hill published his first hymnbook, "A Collection of Psalms and Hymns for the Use of the Poor." At some point he built a chapel at Wotton-under-Edge where he preached, and then in 1783, the same year he published his second hymnbook, opened the well-known Surrey Chapel in London, where he labored for nearly fifty years. Interested in evangelical and mission work, he was one of the founders of the London Missionary Society and a member of the first committee of the Religious Tract Society. His other hymnbooks include "Divine Hymns attempted in easy language for the Use of Children" (1790), a Supplement for "A Collection of Psalms and Hymns" (1796), "A Collection of Hymns for Children" (1808), and "Hymns for Schools" (1832). About a year after the last one was published, he died in London on Apr. 11, 1833. Most scholars today believe that Hill should be credited with the hymn.

The hymn was rewritten by George Rawson (1807-1889). Two stanzas of Hill's were retained, though in altered form, and three stanzas were added by Rawson. Further alterations were introduced, using one stanza by Hill, one by Rawson, and two others by unknown hand, in the 1874 "Hymns and Songs of Praise" published in New York. This is the version that has appeared in most books used among churches of Christ. The tune (Mercy) to which these words are almost always sung was composed by Louis Moreau Gottschalk (1829-1869). It is taken from his 1865 piano composition "The Last Hope." The arrangement as a hymn tune was first done in 1865-1867 by Hubert Platt Main (1839-1925). The usual harmonization was made around 1880 by Edwin Pond Parker (1836-1925). It first appeared in the 1896 "In Excelsis" edited by Charles S. Robinson.

This same tune was found with William Cowper's "'Tis My Happiness Below" in the 1921 "Great Songs of the Church" No. 1 and the 1937 "Great Songs of the Church No. 2" both edited by E. L. Jorgenson. The text and tune as described here appeared in the 1935 "Christian Hymns" No. 1, the 1948 "Christian Hymns No. 2," and the 1966 "Christian Hymns No. 3" all edited by L. O. Sanderson, as well as the 1963 "Abiding Hymns" edited by Robert C. Welch and the 1963 "Christian Hymnal" edited by J. Nelson Slater. The hymn today can be found in the 1986 "Great Songs Revised" edited by Forrest M. McCann, and the 1992 "Praise for the Lord" edited by John P. Wiegand.

This hymn can be a great source of encouragement in times of weakness.

I. Stanza 1 (Hill and Rawson #1) tells us why we should cast our burden on the Lord

"Cast thy burden on the Lord, Only lean upon His word;

Thou shalt soon have cause to bless His eternal faithfulness."

A. We are encouraged to cast all our cares upon the Lord: 1 Pet. 5.7

B. We do this by leaning upon His word, which symbolizes our trust in Him: Ps. 37.3, Prov. 3.5

C. And the reason that we can trust Him to cast our cares on Him is because of His eternal faithfulness: 1 Cor. 10.12, 1 Jn. 1.9

II. Stanza 2 (Rawson #2) tells us when we should cast our burden on the Lord

"Ever in the raging storm Thou shalt see His cheering form;

Hear His pledge of coming aid: 'It is I, be not afraid.'"

A. We often find ourselves tossed about on the stormy seas of life just as the apostles were in the boat during a storm on the Sea of Galilee: Matt. 14.22-24

B. Through what is revealed about Jesus in the scriptures we can still see His cheering form even though Jesus does not literally appear to us today, as He did to them walking on the water: Matt. 14.25-26

C. And through that same revealed word, we can still hear Him comfort us as He did the apostles when He said, "Be of good cheer! It is I; do not be afraid" Matt. 14.27-33

III. Stanza 3 (unknown) tells us where we should cast our burden on the Lord

"Cast thy burden at His feet; Linger at His mercy seat;

He will lead thee by the hand Gently to the better land."

A. Casting our burdens on the Lord is pictured as laying them at His feet, which is often used as a symbol of utter humility and subjection: Mk. 5.22, 7.25

B. Bringing our burdens to the Lord is also figuratively described as coming to His mercy seat, based on the Old Testament scene of the ark of the covenant in the tabernacle: Exo. 25.17-22

C. As we cast our burdens at His feet and linger at His mercy seat, He will lead us by His hand in the way that will ultimately take us to the better land: Ps. 27.11

IV. Stanza 4 (Hill #5) tells us upon whom we should cast our burden

"Jesus, Guardian of the flock, Be Thyself our constant Rock;

Make us, by Thy powerful hand, Strong as Zion's mountain stand."

A. Casting our burden on the Lord means looking to Jesus as the Guardian of the flock: Jn. 10.11-14

B. Using another figure of speech, it also means looking to Jesus as our constant Rock: 1 Cor. 10.4

C. When we do this, He will make us strong: Eph. 3.16-19

V. Stanza 5 (unknown) tells us how we should cast our burden on the Lord

"He will gird thee by His power, In thy weary, fainting hour;

Lean then, loving, on His word: Cast thy burden on the Lord."

A. We cast our burden on the Lord by letting Him gird by His power: Col. 1.9-11

B. We cast our burden on Him by turning to Him in every weary, fainting hour: Matt. 11.28-30

C. And we cast our burden on Him by leaning on His word because it will

build us up and give us an inheritance with the saints: Acts 20.32

CONCL.: You might be interested in some of the other original stanzas in Hill's collection:

2. "He sustains thee by His hand, He enables thee to stand;

Those whom Jesus once hath loved From His grace are never moved."

3. "Human counsels come to naught; That shall stand which God hath wrought;

His compassion, love, and power Are the same for ever-more."

4. "Heaven and earth may pass away, God's free grace shall not decay;

He hath promised to fulfill All the pleasure of His will."

And here are two other stanzas added by Rawson:

2. "Wouldst thou know thyself a child? Is thy proud heart reconciled?

Is it humbled to the dust, Full of awe and full of trust?"

3. "Dost thou not rejoice with fear? Never be high-minded here;

Heed not what the tempter saith, Cling to Christ in lowly faith."

This song is not as well-known as it evidently once was, even among us, given the fact that it is not found in many of the more recent and popular hymnbooks used among churches of Christ. But it is a wonderful hymn of dependence on God and His providence as it gently exhorts us to "Cast Thy Burden On The Lord."

"CHILDREN OF THE HEAVENLY FATHER"

"For ye are all the children of God by faith in Christ Jesus" (Gal. 3.26)

INTRO.: The text was written by Carolina Vilhelmina Sandell Berg, who was born at Froderyd in Smaland, Sweden on Oct. 3, 1832, the daughter of Jonas Sandell, a Swedish Lutheran minister. As a young child, she was stricken with a paralysis that confined her to bed with little chance for recovery, but by age twelve she had improved so that she was able to walk. From this experience, she began writing verses to express her gratitude to God, and at age sixteen she published her first book of poems. "Children Of The Heavenly Father" is one of her most famous hymn texts and is believed by some to have come from her teenage years as a testimony to the spiritual upbringing that she received in her home. It was first published in her 1855 "Andeliga Daggdroppar" (some sources give the date of 1858, but that appears to be an effort to make it conform to the event mentioned in the next paragraph).

In 1858, at the age of 26, Lina, as she was commonly called, was accompanying her father aboard a ship from Jonkoping to Gothenberg across Lake Vattern. The ship gave a sudden lurch which caused her father to fall overboard and drown before her very eyes. Some sources give this event as the motivation for the writing of this hymn, but that is more likely the case with another of her well-known songs, "Day By Day." Her mother died in 1860, so the following year she took up residence in a home maintained by the Evangelical National Foundation and joined their editorial staff, becoming acquainted with the Swedish musician Oscar Ahnfelt (1813-1882). Then in 1867, she married Carl Oscar Berg, a wealthy merchant and leader in the Swedish temperance movement. The tune (Tryggard Kan Ingan Vara or Sandell) is of uncertain origin. Miss Sandell did not use this melody originally. It first appeared with her hymn in the 1873 (some say 1871) "Lofsanger Och Andeliga Wisor" ("Song Book for Sunday Schools") edited by Frederik Engelke. Though some think it may have come from England to Sweden, most believe that it is a Swedish folksong, perhaps of German origin, discovered by Engelke. Some sources imply that it may have been arranged for Sandell's hymn by Ahnfelt.

Carolina produced more than 650 hymns in her lifetime, many of which were brought to America by Swedish immigrants in the late 1800's, and she has been called "the Fanny Crosby of Sweden." Her marriage was a happy one, although her first son died at birth. Her best hymns resulted from tragedies in her life and reflect a simple, child-like trust in the Savior with a deep sense of His abiding presence. She and her husband founded a sailor's mission in Sweden. In spite of her frail body, she lived to be 71 years of age and died at Stockholm, Sweden, on July 27, 1903. Several translations of "Children of the Heavenly Father" from Swedish into English have been made, but the most common one is by Ernst William Olson (1870-1958). It first appeared in 1925 in "The Hymnal" of the Augustana Lutheran Synod.

The first hymnbook published by a member of the Lord's church for use among churches of Christ with which I am familiar to include the hymn was the 1963 "Christian Hymnal" edited by J. Nelson Slater. From there, it was copied into the 1977 "Special Sacred Selections" edited by Ellis J. Crum. Today, it may be found in the 1986 "Great Songs Revised" edited by Forrest M. McCann, the 1992 "Praise for the Lord" edited by John P. Wiegand, and the 1994 "Songs of Faith and Praise" edited by Alton H. Howard.

This song is a beautiful expression of trust in the heavenly Father.

I. Stanza one speaks of God's safety.

"Children of the heavenly Father Safely in His bosom gather;

Nestling bird nor star in heaven Such a refuge e'er was given."

A. God's children are those who come into His family as a result of His great love for us: 1 Jn. 3.1

B. Therefore, those who thus become His spiritual sons and daughters call Him their Father: Matt. 6.9

C. As a father wishes to keep His children safe, so God's children can safely gather in His bosom like nestling chicks gathered under their mother's wings: Matt. 23.37

II. Stanza two speaks of God's nourishment.

"God His own doth tend and nourish; In His holy courts they flourish.

From all evil things He spares them; In His mighty arms He bares them."

A. God provides not only for the physical needs of His people, but also spiritual nourishment through Christ, the bread of life, just as He provided manna for the Israelites in the wilderness: Matt. 6.33, Jn. 6.32-33

B. Some might question the statement, "From all evil things He spares them," because bad things do happen to good people; but I look upon this as saying that He spares us from all evil things that are beyond our ability to bear: 1 Cor. 10.13

C. In order to accomplish this and to continue to provide for our nourishment, He bears us up in His mighty arms: Deut. 33.27

III. Stanza three speaks of God's grace.

"Neither life nor death shall ever From the Lord His children sever;

Unto them His grace He showeth, And their sorrows all He knoweth."

A. God has promised that nothing, including either life or death, can sever us from Him and His love: Rom. 8.35-39

B. Regardless of what happens to us in this life, God's grace is always available: Tit. 2.11

C. Because of His grace, He knows all our sorrows so that we can cast our cares upon Him: 1 Pet. 5.7

IV. Stanza four speaks of God's protection.

"Praise the Lord in joyful numbers, Your Protector never slumbers.

At the will of your Defender Every foeman must surrender."

A. We should praise this God who protects us: Ps. 22.22-24

B. Unlike human protectors who may fall asleep, our divine Protector never slumbers: Ps. 121.1-4

C. Therefore we can pray to Him to deliver us from the evil one: Matt. 6.13

V. Stanza five speaks of God's preservation.

"Though He giveth or He taketh, God His children ne'er forsaketh;

His the loving purpose solely To preserve them pure and holy."

A. Ultimately, it is the Lord who gives and who takes away: Job 1.21

B. However, He has said that regardless He will never leave nor forsake us: Heb. 13.5

C. The reason is that His purpose is to preserve us unto His heavenly kingdom: 2 Tim. 4.18

CONCL.: From the first time that I saw this hymn, it has always been one of my favorites. It is too bad that it has not been in more of our hymnbooks through the years because it is a song of such great comfort. It encourages me to be reminded that God loves me, cares for me, and will provide for my needs. Therefore, I am ever so thankful that I can be among that number of the "Children Of The Heavenly Father."

"CHILDREN OF THE HEAVENLY KING"

"The ransomed of the Lord shall...come to Zion with songs and everlasting joy" (Isa. 35.10)

INTRO.: A song which mentions how God's children can come to Him singing songs of everlasting joy is "Children of the Heavenly King." The text was written by John Cennick, who was born on Dec. 12, 1718, at Reading in Berkshire, England, of Quaker parents, though brought up in the Church of England. Influenced by John Wesley, he gave up his job as a land surveyor and become one of the first "lay preachers" of the Methodist group, being appointed by Wesley to teach the children of coal miners at Kingswood in 1740. However, because of doctrinal differences, he eventually left the Wesleys and identified with George Whitefield (1714-1770).

Cennick produced several hymns. He is sometimes credited with having a hand in the production of "Cast Thy Burdens on the Lord," and provided the original text which today is sung as "Lo, He Comes with Clouds Descending." This one, "Children of the Heavenly Father," first appeared with twelve stanzas under the title "Encouragement to Praise" in his 1741/1742 "Sacred Hymns, for the Children of God in the Days of Their Pilgrimage." Also, he edited three other hymn collections after this. In 1745 he joined the Moravian Brethren and spent much of his time as an itinerant preacher in England, Germany, and Ireland, before his death on July 4, 1755, at London, England. In 1753, the hymn was abridged to six stanzas in his "Collection" by Whitefield.

The tune (Pleyel's Hymn) was composed by Ignace Jan Pleyel (1757-1831). An Austrian classical composer who was a student and friend of Franz Josef Haydn's, he produced this melody for his Quartet, Op. 7, No. 4, around 1782. It was first used as long meter a hymn tune with Joseph Addison's "The Spacious Firmament On High" in Arnold and Calcott's "Psalms" of 1791. The present arrangement was made by Benjamin Carr (1769-1831). It first appeared in his "Masses, Vespers, Litanies, and Hymns" of 1805. Among hymnbooks published in the twentieth century for use in churches of Christ, the hymn was included in the 1937 "Great Songs of the Church No. 2," edited by E. L. Jorgenson, and has appeared in a few other of our hymnbooks since then.

The song gives several reasons why children of the heavenly King can sing.

I. Stanza 1 says that we can sing because we have a Savior

"Children of the heavenly King, As ye journey sweetly sing;

Sing your Savior's worthy praise, Glorious in His works and ways."

A. Because of what our Savior did for us, we can be children of the heavenly King: 1 Jn. 3.1

B. Therefore, we should sing the worthy praise of Jesus Christ who is our Savior: 1 Tim. 1.15

C. He is glorious in His works and ways, and thus worthy to receive all our glory: Rev. 5.12

II. Stanza 2 says that we can sing because we are journeying to heaven

"We are traveling home to God In the way our fathers trod;

They are happy now, and we Soon their happiness shall see."

A. Those who are traveling in the strait and narrow pathway are traveling towards eternal life: Matt. 7.13-14

B. This is the way that "the fathers" or the elders, that is the faithful of days gone by, have trod and by which they have a good testimony: Heb. 1.1, 11.2

C. When we die in the Lord, we shall rest from our labors and be happy even as the faithful who have gone before us are now: Rev. 14.13

III. Stanza 3 says that we can sing because Jesus became flesh to save our souls

"O, ye banished seed, be glad! Christ, our Advocate, is made

Us to save, our flesh assumes, Brother to our souls becomes."

A. God sent Christ to be our Advocate: 1 Jn. 2.1

B. In doing this, He assumed the same flesh that we have: Jn. 1.14

C. He can be called brother to our souls because He was made in all points like as we are: Heb. 2.14-17

IV. Stanza 4 says that we can sing because our Savior now reigns upon His throne

"Shout, ye ransomed ones and blest! You on Jesus' throne shall rest;

There your seat is now prepared, There your glory and reward."

A. The Bible teaches that Jesus Christ is now sitting upon His throne at the right hand of God: Heb. 8.1, 12.1-2

B. There even now our seat is prepared that we might sit with Him spiritually in the heavenly places: Eph. 4.2-7

C. And there will be our eternal reward: 2 Jn. 2.8, Rev. 22.12

V. Stanza 5 says that we can sing because we have an endless home in Zion

"Lift your eyes, ye sons of light! Zion's city is in sight;

There our endless home shall be, There our Lord we soon shall see."

A. Zion here refers to the heavenly Jerusalem where our reward shall be: Heb. 11.22, Rev. 21.1-2

B. It will be the endless home of God's people because there they will receive eternal life: 1 Jn. 2.25

C. There also will they see the Lord because He shall be among them: Mt. 5.8, Rev. 21.3

VI. Stanza 6 says that we can sing because Christ encourages us to go on

"Fear not, brethren, joyful stand On the borders of your land;

Jesus Christ, your Father's Son, Bids you undismayed go on."

A. As children of the heavenly King, we have nothing to fear: Matt. 10.28, 2 Tim. 1.7, Heb. 13.6

B. Jesus Christ is the Son of our Father: Jn. 3.16

C. He, who paved the way before us and left us an example, bids us still to press on: Phil. 3.14, 1 Pet. 2.21

VII. Stanza 7 says that we can sing because Jesus Christ is also our leader

"Lord, obediently we go, Gladly leaving all below;

Only, Lord, our Leader be, That we still may follow Thee."

A. Accepting Jesus as our leader means that we must be obedient to Him: Heb. 5.8-8

B. It also means that we will gladly leave all below: Matt. 19.23-27

C. And it means that we will follow Him wherever He takes us: Lk. 9.57

CONCL.: The combination of the joyful words of Cennick with the joyful sounding music of Pleyel makes for an all around joyful song indeed. It is unfortunate that this song has not been included in more of our newer books. According to Cyberhymnal, it was sung at the beginning and the end of the 1942 Academy Award winning film "Mrs. Miniver." As Christians traveling through this world toward heaven, we need to be joyfully reminded from time to time that we are "Children Of The Heavenly King."

"CHRIST AROSE"

"Ye seek Jesus, which was crucified. He is not here: for He is risen..." (Matt. 25.5-6).

INTRO.: A song which reminds us of the fact that Jesus, who was crucified, was also raised form the grave, is "Christ Arose" (#174 in "Hymns for Worship Revised" and #155 in "Sacred Selections for the Church"). The text was written and the tune (He Arose) was composed both by Robert Lowry (1826-1899). A native of Philadelphia, PA, who was educated at Bucknell University, he became a Baptist minister and lived in the New York City, NY, area from 1859 to 1869. As a result of his interest in writing hymns, he was selected by the Biglow and Main Publishing Co. of New York City as the music editor for its Sunday school songbooks and he is credited with the publication of over 20 collections.

This particular hymn was produced in 1874 after he had moved to preach in Lewisburg, PA, where he also served as Professor at Bucknell. During the spring of that year, he was having his evening devotions and was impressed with the events associated with Christ's resurrection. Soon he found himself in the parlor of his home, and, in a very spontaneous fashion, there came forth from his thoughts the words and music for this song. It was first published the following year in a Sunday school songbook "Brightest and Best" of which he was co-editor with William Howard Doane (1832-1915).

This song emphasizes both the facts and the importance of the resurrection of Christ.

I. Stanza #1 talks about how Christ lay in the tomb waiting the resurrection day

"Low in the grave He lay, Jesus, my Savior,

Waiting the coming day, Jesus, my Lord."

A. The Bible records the burial of Jesus in Joseph's new tomb: Matt. 27.57-61

B. However, this was only a waiting period, because even the Old Testament had prophesied that the Messiah would be raisd from the dead: Psa. 16.9-11; cf. Acts 2.29-31

C. And even Jesus Himself had often predicted His own resurrection: Matt. 16.21, 17.22-23, 20.17-19

II. Stanza #2 tells about how preparations were made to keep Christ's body in the tomb

"Vainly they watch His bed, Jesus, my Savior;

Vainly they seal the dead, Jesus, my Lord."

A. The Jewish leaders were afraid that the disciples would steal the body, so they asked Pilate to set a guard and seal the tomb: Matt. 27.62-66

B. They remembered His redictions of a resurrection and wanted to have all their bases covered: Matt. 12:38-40

C. But, of course, all their preparations were in vain, and the very thing which they sought to prevent is what they eventually claimed

happened: Matt. 28.11-15

III. Stanza 3 speaks of how Christ came forth from the grave

"Death cannot keep his prey, Jesus, my Savior;

He tore the bars away, Jesus, my Lord."

A. The simple fact is that after three days in the tomb, Jesus arose just as He said that He would: Matt. 28.1-2

B. Following His resurrection, He appeared to a number of people to show by many infallible proofs that He was indeed alive again: Acts 1.1-3, 1 Cor. 15.3-8

C. And the rest of the New Testament teaches us to remember Christ's resurrection because it declared Him to be the divine Son of God: Rom. 1.3-4, 2 Tim. 2.8

CONCL.: The chorus then triumphantly declares,

"Up from the grave He arose, With a mighty triumph o'er His foes!

He arose a victor from the dark domain, And He lives forever with His saints to reign;

He arose! He arose! Hallelujah! Christ arose!"

The resurrection of Christ from the dead is recorded in the scriptures not as some kind of allegory but as an actual event (Lk. 24.6-8). And it is presented in the scripture as the basis for our hope (1 Pet. 1.3-4). Therefore, we can rejoice and have hope because of the fact that "Christ Arose."

"CHRIST FOR THE WORLD WE SING"

"God was in Christ, reconciling the world...and hath committed unto us the word of reconciliation" (2 Cor. 5.19).

INTRO." A hymn which points out the need for the word of reconciliation to be proclaimed to the whole world is "Christ For The World We Sing" (#209 in "Hymns for Worship Revised" and #572 in "Sacred Selections for the Church" ). The text was written by Samuel Wolcott (1813-1886). A Congregationalist minister who worked as a missionary in Syria for a time, he attended a convention in Cleveland, OH, where he was living at the time, and saw a banner which said, "Christ for the world and the world for Christ." While walking home from the convention on Feb. 6, 1869, he thought up these words and set them down on paper later that evening. The lyrics were written to fit an existing tune (Italian Hymn, Trinity, or Moscow), composed in 1769 by an Italian immigrant to England, Felice de Giardini (1716-1796). The song seems to have had its first appearance in "Songs of Devotion for Christian Associations," published in 1870 by Biglow and Main of New York City, NY, and compiled by William Howard Doane.

This hymn challenges us to have a vision for the spiritual needs of the entire world.

I. Stanza 1 pictures the world's condition--lost

"Christ for the world! we sing; The world to Christ we bring With loving zeal!

The poor and them that mourn, The faint and overborne, Sin-sick and sorrow-worn, Whom Christ doth heal."

A. It mentions the poor and them that mourn--this world is full of sadness and sorrow, but there is something to alleviate it: Mt. 5.4

B. It mentions the faint and overborne--the people of this world are weary and heavy-laden, but again God offers a solution: Mt. 11.28-30

C. It mentions the sinsick and sorrow-worn--the reason for the sadness and heavy burdens is sin; but there is something that can be done: Rom. 3.23, 6.23

II. Stanza 2 identifies the remedy for this lost condition--redemption

"Christ for the world! we sing; The world to Christ we bring, With fervent prayer;

The wayward and the lost, By restless passions tossed, Redeemed at countless loss From dark despair."

A. Jesus Christ came to redeem us from our sin: Gal. 4.4-5

B. This redemption is available through His blood to provide for the forgiveness of our sins: Eph. 1.7

C. The remission of sins made possible by Christ's redemption is to be preached to all the world: Lk. 24.44-47

III. Stanza 3 points out the need--for all Christians to be involved in proclaiming the message

"Christ for the world! we sing; The world to Christ we bring, With one accord,

With us the work to share, With us reproach to dare, With us the cross to bear For Christ our Lord."

A. There is work that we all must share: 1 Cor. 15.58, Gal. 6.7

B. There is reproach to bear: 1 Tim. 4.10, 1 Pet. 4.14

C. And there is the cross to bear for Christ our Lord: Matt. 16.24, Gal. 6.5

IV. Stanza 4 reveals the results--joy over newborn souls

"Christ for the world! we sing; The world to Christ we bring, With joyful song;

The newborn souls, whose days Reclaimed from error's ways, Inspired with hope and praise, To Christ belong."

A. Even the angels of heaven are filled with joy over just one sinner who is saved: Lk. 15.7

B. We also need to be happy for those newborn souls, whose days have been reclaimed from error's ways because they have believed on Christ to be saved throug Him and have everlasting life: Jn. 3.16-17

C. When we do, like Paul we should be inspired with hope and praise that these now belong to Christ and consider them our joy and crown: Phil. 4.1

CONCL.: "Go into all the world and preach the gospel to every creature" (Mark 16.15). Someone has said, "Go ye," means "Go me." As Christians, our aim should be, "The world for Christ." To that end, we should continue to preach and live the message of salvation in Christ before a lost and dying world in order that we might truly be able to say, "Christ For The World We Sing."

 "CHRIST RETURNETH"

"But of that day and hour knoweth no man, no, not the angels of heaven, but My Father only" (Matt. 24.36).

INTRO.: A song which centers our attention on that day and hour when Jesus will come back is "Christ Returneth" (#566 in "Hymns for Worship Revised" and #335 in "Sacred Selections for the Church"). The text is attributed to H. L. Turner. Other than the fact that this author lived in the 19th century, no certain information is available about him or her. It is at least within the realm of possibility that the name is a pseudonym for someone else. Or it could actually be the name of an otherwise unknown author. The tune was composed by James McGranahan (1840-1907). The song was first published in "Gospel Hymns No. 3," compiled in 1878 by Ira David Sankey (1840-1908). The hymn was later published in the 1900 hymnbook, "Christ In Song," edited by Franklin Edson Belden (1858-1945). He indicated that the song was originally copyrighted in 1877, a year before it was first published. So the exact identity of the author and the precise date of origin are both unknown.

However, the song causes us to think seriously about the second coming of Christ.

I. Stanza 1 says that Christ will return to receive His own.

"It may be at morn, when the day is awaking, When sunlight through darkness and shadow is breaking,

That Jesus will come in the fullness of glory To receive from the world His own."

A. One of the most prominent promises of the New Testament is that Jesus is coming again. While there are different views on this passage, I believe that Jesus Himself promised to come back in Jn. 14.1-3

B. The angels at His resurrection promised that He would return: Acts 1.11

C. And the major theme of the whole New Testament is that Christ will come a second time: Heb. 9.27-28

II. Stanza 2 says that we do not know when Christ will come back.

"It may be at midday, it may be at twilight, It may be, perchance, that the blackness of midnight

Will burst into light in the blaze of His glory, When Jesus receives His own."

A. The coming of the Lord is pictured as a thief in the night with the point being that no one knows when the Lord will return: Mk. 13.35-37

B. Paul also referred to it as being like a thief in the night: 1 Thess. 5.1-8

C. And Peter did as well, thus indicating that all those who think that they can "discern the signs of the time" and have some idea when Christ is coming are wrong; the truth is that we need to be ready at all times: 2 Pet. 3.10-15

III. Stanza 3 says that when Christ comes He will be glorified with His saints and angels.

"While hosts cry Hosanna, from heaven ascending, With glorified saints and angels attending,

With grace on His brow, like a halo of glory, WIll Jesus receive His own."

 A. There is much about the details of Christ's coming that is not revealed, but the Bible says that He is coming with a shout or cry that all will heart: 1 Thess. 4:16-17

 B. It also says that He is coming with ten thousands of His saints: Jude vs. 14-15

 C. And it says that He is coming with the angels attending: 2 Thess. 1.7-10

IV. Stanza 4 says that we should be preparing for the time when Christ will return

A. Some will have the privilege of being alive when Christ returns and thus going without dying: 1 Cor. 15.51-53

B. However, whether dead or alive, we can be looking forward to that thime when He will take us to a place where there will be no sickness, sadness, dread, or crying: Rev. 21:4

C. But whether we remain until his coming or die first, we need to live so that we wait His coming and are ready to meet Him: 1 Thes. 1.10, Tit. 2.10-14

CONCL.: The chorus uses words that joyfully look forward to the time of Jesus' return.

"O, Lord Jesus, how long, how long Ere we shout the glad song?
Christ returneth, Hallelujah! hallelujah!  Amen, Hallelujah!  Amen." 

There has been a lot of discussion in the religious world about the second coming of Christ, and there is certainly a lot of error regarding this Bible doctrine that we need to beware of. But aside from that, the most important fact that we need to keep in mind is that someday, we do not know when, "Christ Returneth."

"CHRIST, THE LORD, IS RISEN TODAY"

"Now is Christ risen from the dead, and become the first fruits of them that slept" (1 Cor. 15.20)

INTRO.: That Christ is risen from the dead is one of the most important facts of the Bible, and it is unfortunate that not more songs which are directly about His resurrection have found their way into our hymnbooks (perhaps from fear of having "Easter" songs). One of the best-known is "Christ, The Lord, Is Risen Today" (#53 in "Hymns for Worship Revised"). The text was written by Charles Wesley (1707-1788). It was produced in 1739 and first published a year later in the" Foundry's Collection." The tune (Easter Hymn or Worgan) is sometimes attributed to an otherwise obscure musician named John Worgan. It first appeared anonymously in a 1708 London hymnbook "Lyra Davidica," published by John Walsh (1695-1736). There it was identified as a 14th century air and used with another hymn. Wesley's words were joined to this melody in the 1741 collection, the "Compleat Psalmist," published by John Arnold (1720-1792). The word "hallelujah" at the end of every line was not put there by Wesley but added to fill in the extra measures, perhaps by Martin Madan (1726-1790). In 1760, Madan published the hymn in his popular work "A Collection of Psalms and Hymns" with several changes to the text, and his revisions remain.

Historically, this has been one of the most popular resurrection hymns ever written.

I. The first stanza emphasizes the truth of the resurrection

"Christ, the Lord, is risen today, Hallelujah! Sons of men and angels say, Hallelujah!

Raise your joys and triumphs high, Halleljuah! Sing, ye heavens; thou earth, reply Hallelujah!"

A. Because Jesus Christ arose from the dead, He is still risen today: Mk. 16.9

B. His resurrection from the dead is the crowning proof of the fact that Jesus is the divine Son of God: Rom. 1.3-4

C. Therefore, it is something that we should always remember: 2 Tim. 2.8

II. The second stanza reflects the battle that Christ won by His resurrection

"Love's redeeming work is done, Hallelujah! Fought the fight, the battle won, Hallelujah!

Lo! our sun's eclipse is o'er, Hallelujah! Lo! He sits in blood no more, Hallelujah!"

A. Because of Jesus's love in dying on the cross and shedding His blood, we can have redemption: Eph. 1.7

B. This fight appeared lost when Jesus died, but it was finally won by His resurrection: Rev. 1.17-18

C. While "He sits in blood no more," the power of that blood is still available to provide remission of sins: Matt. 26.28

III. The third stanza refers to the measures taken by the Jews to prevent removal of the body

"Vain the stone, the watch, the seal, Hallelujah! Christ hath burst the gates of hell, Hallelujah!

Death in vain forbids His rise, Hallelujah! Christ hath opened paradise, Hallelujah!"

A. The stone, watch, and seal were all rendered ineffective by the resurrection: Mt. 27.59-66, 28.1-2

B. The reason for this is that Christ burst the gates of hell or Hades, just as He promised He would: Matt. 16.18

C. And by His resurrection, Christ has given us assurance of a future resurrection from the dead with the hope of a home in paradise: Rom. 8.11

IV. The fourth stanza echoes Paul's exultant climax to his teaching about the resurrection

"Lives again our glorious King, Hallelujah! Where, O death, is now thy sting? Hallelujah!

Once He died our souls to save, Hallelujah! Where's thy victory, boasting grave? Hallelujah!"

A. Because Christ arose from the dead, we have nothing to fear from death or the grave: 1 Cor. 15.1-4, 55

B. We need to remember the words of the angel, "Why do you seek the living among the dead? He is not here, but is risen!": Lk. 24.1-6

C. And again, based on His resurrection, followers of Christ will themselves conquer death when we are raised with Him: 2 Cor. 4.14

V. The fifth stanza makes the application to our own hope of the resurrection

"Soar we now where Christ hath led, Hallelujah! Following our exalted Head, Hallelujah!

Made like Him, like Him we rise, Hallelujah! Ours the cross, the grave, the skies, Hallelujah!"

A. Because Christ has been raised from the dead, we can now have the hope of soaring where Christ has led: 1 Cor. 15.5-19

B. In doing this, we shall simply be following our exalted Head: Eph. 1.19-23

C. When this happens, we shall be made like Him and rise to be with Him forever: Phil. 3.20-21, 1 Thess. 4.13-17

CONCL.: In the denominational world, this is often thought of as an "Easter hymn." Of course, there is no scriptural authority for such a religious holiday in the first place. However, the resurrection of Christ from the dead is a key fact of history and a vital doctrine of Christianity. Therefore, it is only right and proper that we sing about it. Furthermore, the song is not affirming that Christ arose on a particular date or even day of the week to be celebrated as some kind of anniversary. While it is true that Jesus arose on the first day of the week, that is not necessarily what the author had in mind. Rather, this hymn is teaching that because nearly 2,000 years ago Jesus Christ arose from the dead according to the scriptures, right now, whether it be Sunday, Monday, spring, fall, or whatever, "Christ, The Lord Is Risen Today."

"CHRISTIANS UNITED"

"...That they also may be one in us; that the world may believe..." (Jn. 17.21)

INTRO.: A song which talks about the oneness that Christ wants among His people is "How Blest And How Joyous" (#217 in "Sacred Selections for the Church"). The text was written by Marshall Clement Kurfees, who was born in the year 1856 in the state of North Carolina, the oldest son of J. P. and Mary Roberts Kurfees. The family had been Methodists, but his mother was baptized into Christ during a gospel meeting at the court house in Jericho, NC. Marshall later entered the College of the Bible at Lexington, KY, where he studied under J. W. McGarvey and Robert Milligan, and after graduation went to Louisville, KY, where he studied Hebrew at the Baptist Seminary and began preaching with the Campbell St. church.

During his years in Louisville, Kurfees wrote his monumental work opposing "Instrumental Music in the Worship" and stood firm against R. H. Boll's premillennial teaching. Serving as a staff writer for the "Gospel Advocate," he also travelled twice a week for a period of time to teach Hebrew at Potter Bible College while it existed in Bowling Green, KY, and assisted in the establishment of several other congregations in the Louisville area. Most people associate his name with effective preaching and writing, but a fact less well-known is that he also participated in hymnwriting. During the late 1800's he would meet and pray together for the unity of Christians with a preacher from the Christian Church in Louisville named Alex C. Hopkins (1843-1900).

One result of these meetings was this hymn, also known as "How Blest The Day," for which Kurfees produced the words and Hopkins composed the tune (Unity Song). It was first published in the "New Christian Hymn and Tune Book, Part III," of 1887, edited by James Henry Fillmore. All four stanzas are found in "The Cross and Resurrection in Song (Revised and Enlarged)" edited by Samuel H. and Flavil Hall in 1927. Around 1950, E. L. Jorgenson added the song with three stanzas on one of the flyleaves of his 1937 "Great Songs of the Church No. 2." An arrangement of it appeared in the 1966 "Christian Hymns No. 3" edited by L. O. Sanderson. And three stanzas without the chorus are found in the more recent 1992 "Praise for the Lord" edited by John P. Wiegand. Kurfees died in 1931.

This song emphasizes to us the importance of seeing unity among all believers.

I. Stanza 1 says that unity is needed to do the work that the Lord wants done

"How blest and how joyous will be the glad day When heart beats to heart in the work of the Lord;

When Christians united shall swell the grand lay, 'Divisions all ended, trimphant His word!'"

A. God has a work for His people to do: Eph. 4.11-12

B. The great the unity among His people, the more this work can be done: Matt. 12.25

C. Division, especially unnecessary division, is a work of the flesh: Gal. 5.19-21

II. Stanza 2 (usually omitted) says that unity is needed to fight the good fight of faith

"Come, brothers and sisters, and join in the fight; Our Savior and Captain has bidden us come.

Then on with the armor and dare to do right; Press on in the struggle till Christians are one."

A. There is a fight that we must fight: 1 Tim. 1.18, 6.12; 2 Tim. 2.3-4

B. Jesus Christ is our Savior and Captain in this warfare: Heb. 2.10

C. Just as an army must be united to be effective, so Christians must be united in putting on their armor and pressing on in the battle: Eph. 6.10-17, Phil. 3.12-14

III. Stanza 3 says that unity is needed to fulfil the plea of the apostle Paul

"The prayer of our Savior impels us move on; Its words are still sounding the call of our King.

And Paul, in devotion, doth echo the song, 'I beg you, my brethren, to speak the same thing.'"

A. Paul pled for unity: 1 Cor. 1.10

B. He also gave us God's plan for unity: Eph. 4.1-6

C. And He descrivbed the attitude necessary for such unity: Phil. 2.1-9

IV. Stanza 4 says that unity is needed for as many to reach the eternal home as possible

"Be faithful and true till the warfare is o'er, Till factions are foiled and the victory is won,

And millions of voiced shall blend on the shore To welcome us enter our Father's glad home."

A. To accomplish this goal, we must be faithful: Matt. 25.21, 1 Cor. 4.2, Rev. 2.10

B. We must also oppose factions: Tit. 3.9-11

C. And we must labor to gain the final victory: 1 Cor. 15.57-58, 1 Jn. 5.4

CONCL.: The chorus continues to remind us of the joyful blessings of true, Bible unity:

"O shout the glad word, O hasten the day, When all of God's people are one.

O shout the glad word, O hasten the day, When all of God's people are one."

Several years ago, after I had led this song, someone expressed an objection to it, saying that we do not have to wait for "the day, When all of God's people are one," because all those who really are God's people right now are one. And that is true. But the fact is that Jesus Himself prayed that all who believe on Him would be one. It is also true that not all who claim to believe on Him are one. So if Jesus could pray for unity among believers, then we should certainly be able to sing about our desire for it. M. C. Kurfees may not go down in history as one of the greatest hymnwriters among churches of Christ, but the sentiment of this song is sorely needed still today as we labor for that scriptural oneness of "Christians United."

"CLEANSE ME"

"Wash me thoroughly from mine iniquity, and cleanse me from my sin" (Ps. 51.2)

INTRO.: A hymn which asks God to wash us from our iniquity is "Cleanse Me" (#408 in Hymns for Worship Revised). The text was written by James Edwin Orr, who was born on Jan. 12, 1912, in Belfast, Ireland (now in Northern Ireland). His father was an American, and his mother was British. Receiving his education from universities in Europe, Asia, Africa, and America, he was awarded the Doctor of Philosophy degree from Oxford University. In addition to being an evangelist and a noted scholar of the revival movements of history, he authored a number of books, both popular and scholarly, with a circulation of more than a million copies in English and a dozen other languages, including a best seller in the 1930's. In 1936, he was conducting a spring revival campaign in Ngaruawahia, New Zealand. The fervent spirit spread and characterized later conventions at Wellington, Christchurch, Dunedin, and Aukland. As he was leaving, four Aborigine girls approached and sang for him the beautiful Maori Farewell Song, "Po Atu Rau." He was so impressed with the beauty of this Polynesian melody that he determined to produce new words for it, and did so in less than five minutes on the back of an envelope in the post office at the little town of Ngaruawahia.

Set to the Maori melody, the song was first published in All You Need, London, England, later that year. The tune (Maori) is usually identified as a traditional Maori folk melody. It has also been widely used with the secular ballad "Now Is The Hour" by Maewa Kaihan, Clement Scott, and Dorothy Steward, of 1913, especially popular during the World War II years. In Inspiring Hymns, compiled for Singspiration in 1976 by Alfred B. Smith, it is attributed to John McNeill, although this may refer simply to an arrangement made for "Now Is The Hour." Later Singspiration books use an arrangement made in 1966 by Norman Johnston (1928-1983). The most-often used adaption was done in 1951 by Otis L. McCoy (1897-????). Further campaigns by Orr throughout Australia in the late 1930's and afterwards in nearly all the English-speaking world soon popularized the hymn. Orr emigrated to the United States in 1933 but moved to Toronto, Ontario, Canada, in 1936, where he worked at the People's Church with Oswald Jeffray Smith (1889-1986). During the war, Orr served as a chaplain in the United States Air Force from 1943 to 1946.

Following the war, Orr studied at Northwestern University and Northern Baptist Theological Seminary and became a Baptist minister in 1940. After that, he and his wife were California residents where, beginning in 1967, he became professor, later professor emeritus, in the School of World Missions at Fuller Theological Seminary, teaching courses in the history of missions to career missionaries and evangelistic apologetics to theology students. During the 1970's he wrote a new standard text each year and received the Ed. D. from U. C. L. A. in 1971. Also, he served as president of the Oxford Association for Research in the field of Evangelical Awakenings. In his work of lecturing and holding workshops on this subject throughout the world, he visited 150 countries, including the former Soviet Union, and spoke in 2/3 of the world's 600 major cities before his death at Ridgecrest near Asheville, NC, on Apr. 22, 1987.

Among hymnbooks published by members of the Lord's church during the twentieth century for use in churches of Christ, the song is found in the 1977 Special Sacred Selections edited by Ellis J. Crum; the 1978/1983 (Church) Gospel Songs and Hymns edited by V. E. Howard; the 1992 Praise for the Lord edited by John P. Wiegand; and the 1994 Songs of Faith and Praise edited by Alton H. Howard. In Hymns for Worship, the original edition used the McCoy arrangement, but for the Revised edition, a new arrangement was made in 1995 by one of the editors, R. J. Stevens.

This simple yet challenging hymn calls upon the Lord to see the needs of our spirits and provide for them.

I. Stanza 1 asks the Lord to search our hearts

"Search me, O God, and know my heart today; Try me, O Savior, know my thought, I pray.

See if there be some wicked way in me; Cleanse me from every sin, and set me free."

A. Just as David did, each of us should ask the Lord to search our hearts: Ps. 139.23-24

B. The fact is that God knows even our very thoughts: Ps. 139.1-6

C. When we let the Lord do this and give our lives to Him, He offers us cleansing: Eph. 5.26

II. Stanza 2 asks the Lord to cleanse us from sin

"I praise Thee, Lord, for cleansing me from sin; Fulfill Thy word, and make me pure within.

Fill me with fire, where once I burned with shame; Grant me desire to magnify Thy name."

A. Because all have sinned, we need to confess our sins and seek for God to cleanse us through the blood of His Son Jesus Christ: 1 Jn. 1.7-10

B. Then, having been cleansed, we must let Him fulfill His word and make us completely pure by refraining from sin: 1 Tim. 5.22

C. Only in this way can shame be removed from our hearts and can our lives magnify the Lord: Phil. 1.20

III. Stanza 3 asks the Lord to take our lives and make them wholly His

"Lord, take my life, and make it wholly Thine; Fill my poor heart with Thy great love divine.

Take all my will; my passion, self, and pride, I now surrender; Lord, in Me abide."

A. The Lord takes our lives and makes them wholly thine as we are crucified with Him and live by faith: Gal. 2.20

B. As we have the attitude of Jesus that not our wills but the Father's be done, the Lord will fill our hearts with His great love to shed abroad: Lk. 22.42, Rom. 5.1-5

C. Thus, if we hope to serve the Lord faithfully, we must have the attitude of complete submission to Him in denying self, taking up the cross, and following Him: Matt. 16.24-26

IV. Stanza 4 asks the Lord to start a revival in our lives

"O Lord above, revival comes from Thee; Send a revival--start the work in me.

Thy word declares Thou wilt supply our need; For blessing now, O Lord, I humbly plead."

(Note: The original began "O Holy Ghost." I assume because of many brethren's opposition to addressing songs to the Spirit, both Church Gospel Songs and Hymns and Praise for the Lord omit the fourth stanza entirely, and Hymns for Worship changes the opening to "O Lord above.")

A. Some people do not like the term "revival" because of its association with denominational religious meetings of overworked emotions; however, it is a scriptural term and concept, and since we all have low periods and even fall into sin, we need to be revived from time to time: Ps. 85.6

B. Furthermore, our culture, the entire world, and sometimes even churches, need spiritual reviving, so like the prophet, we can ask God to send a revival (and let it begin in us! ): Hab. 3.2

C. In accomplishing this work, God's word promises to supply our need: Phil. 3.19

CONCL.: Orr's concern was that the study of revivals of interest in the Spirit-revealed scriptures would be neglected or have a humanist interpretation of evangelism applied to them instead. Therefore, his work was done with the hope that Bible believers would be stirred to pray for yet another awakening. This hymn helps in this aim by reminding us that true revival can begin only after God's people recognize their own sin, receive forgiveness, and surrender their will to the Lord. To participate in this great work, I must first ask the Lord to "Cleanse Me."

"CLOSER TO THEE"

"Thou art my refuge and my portion in the land of the living" (Psa. 142.5)

INTRO.: A song that expresses a request to be nearer to Him who is our refuge and portion in the land of the living is, "Closer To Thee" (#76 in "Hymns for Worship Revised" and #37 in "Sacred Selections for the Church"). The text was written and the tune (Taylor) composed both by Austin Taylor (1881-1973). Born in Morgantown, KY, to parents who had been baptized in 1886 at Cain Ridge, KY, he moved with his family to Sherman, TX, in 1890, where he studied music, taught his first singing school when he was 18, and began his career as a songwriter. His first songbook was published in 1905. One day in 1911, he was sitting in his study trying to compose a new song. Several attempts had been cast into the wastebasket. A preacher friend came by for a visit and during the conversation picked up one of the discarded sheets, read it, and pronounced it worthwhile, so Taylor decided to publish it as "Closer To Thee."

It first appeared later that year in his "New Songs of Victory." During his lifetime, Taylor was widely used as a songleader among churches of Christ in the South and Southwest, wrote some 200 songs, published about 25 songbooks himself, and edited other books for the Firm Foundation Co. of Austin, TX. Also, he never missed a day in 27 years of attending the Texas Normal Singing School at Sabinal, TX, and taught his last singing school in 1972 at 91 years of age. His final years were spent in the home of his daughter at Uvalde, TX.

This song talks about the desire to be closer to God.

I. We learn from stanza 1 that being close to God gives us access to His grace

"Closer to Thee, near to Thy side, Closer, dear Lord, I would abide;

Hold me in Thy embrace, 'Neath every smile of grace, Grant me, Thy child, a place Closer to Thee."

A. We are saved by God's grace: Rom. 3.23-24, Eph. 2.8-10

B. But even after being saved from sin, we continue to need God's grace: 1 Cor. 1.4-8

C. Only those who are close to God can come before His throne to find grace to help in time of need: Heb. 4.14-16

II. We learn from stanza 2 that being close to God allows us to have rest and guidance

"Closer to Thee, near to Thy breast, Closer to Thee, Lord, let me rest;

Guide me when I would stray, Keep me from sin each day, Draw me, dear Lord, I pray, Closer to Thee."

A. Jesus promises to give rest to those who come to Him: Mt. 11.28-30

B. Thus, those who remain close to God and trust in Him will be kept in perfect peace: Isa. 26.1-3

C. Also those who draw close to God in submission to His will can find the help that they need to resist sin: 1 Cor. 10.13, Jas. 4.7-8

III. We learn from stanza 3 that being close to God will help us escape the clutches of the world

"Closer to Thee, closer each day, In from the world, draw me away;

Let me abide with Thee, Blest Lamb of Calvary, O let me ever be Closer to Thee."

A. This closeness to the Lord should be something that we desire every day as we daily bear our cross for Him: Lk. 9.23

B. As we stay close to Him He will help us not to be conformed to this world but be transformed: Rom. 12.1-2

C. In this way, we shall be able to resist the devil and not sin against God by looking to the blest Lamb of Calvary who is our Advocate: 1 Pet. 5.8-9, 1 Jn. 2.1-2

IV. We learn from stanza 4 that being close to God permits us to call on Him for every need

"Closer to Thee, happy and free, Grant me, O Lord, ever to be;

Hear me in every cry, Stand near when I must die, Then take me home on high, Closer to Thee."

A. God wants His people to cry unto Him in prayer: Phil. 4.6-7

B. And God has promised to hear and answer the prayers of His people: Mt. 7.7-8, 1 Pet. 3.12

C. Those who are close to God can call upon Him for direction here in this life and afterward for a home in glory: Psa. 73.23-24

CONCL.: As Christians, we should strive each day to draw closer to God. This is accomplished, of course, as we talk with God in prayer, let Him talk to us by studying His revealed word, and then seek to live according to His will. And we can have greater peace in our hearts the more we tell the Lord that we want to be "Closer To Thee."

"COME LET US JOIN OUR CHEERFUL SONGS"

"...Worthy is the Lamb that was slain to receive power, and riches, and wisdom, and strength, and honour, and glory, and blessing" (Rev. 5.12)

INTRO.: A song which exhorts us to give glory and blessing to the Lamb that was slain is "Come Let Us Join Our Cheerful Songs." The text was written by Isaac Watts (1674-1748). Watts often provided hymns to go with his sermons. Based on Rev. 5.11-13, this one, originally in five stanzas, was produced perhaps as early as 1702 and was published in his 1707 "Hymns and Spiritual Songs." The tune (Chesterfield, Richmond, Haweis, Mariners, Mt. Calvary, Spa Fields Chapel, or Adwinkle) is attributed to Thomas Haseis (1734-1820). It was contained in his 1792 "Carmina Christo, or Hymns to the Savior" to accompany his own text, "O Thou From Whom All Goodness Flows." The modern arrangement was made by Samuel Webbe Jr. (1768-1843). It was probably produced around 1808 for his "Collection of Psalm Tunes," but its first documented inclusion was in "Webbe's Psalmody," published posthumously in 1853 as a collection of tunes by Webbe and his father.

The tune was used with John Fawcett's "How Precious Is the Book Divine" in the 1921 "Great Songs of the Church" (No. 1) edited by E. L. Jorgenson. The song was found in the 1937 "Great Songs of the Church No. 2" also edited by Jorgenson and the 1964 "Great Christian Hymnal No. 2" edited by Tillit S. Teddlie. The only hymnbook currently in use among churches of Christ to include it is the 1992 "Praise for the Lord" edited by John P. Wiegand. The text was used with another tune (Brother James' Air) composed by James L. M. Bain in the 1963 "Christian Hymnal" edited by J. Nelson Slater. The text appears with still another tune (Graffenberg) attributed to Johann Cruger in the 1986 "Great Songs Revised" edited by Forrest M. McCann. All of these books contain only three stanzas, except "Great Songs Revised" which has four.

The song is a paean of praise to the Christ who died for us.

I. Stanza 1 says that we should sing to Him

"Come, let us join our cheerful songs With angels round the throne;

Ten thousand thousand are their tongues, But all their joys are one."

A. We are taught to sing praises to the Lord: Eph. 5.18, Col. 3.16

B. The angels around the throne sing praises to Him as well: Rev. 5.11

C. Thus, we join their cheerful songs with the fruit of our lips to praise Him: Heb. 13.15

II. Stanza 2 says that we should call Him worthy

"'Worthy the Lamb that died,' they cry, 'To be exalted thus;'

'Worthy the Lamb,' our lips reply, 'For He was slain for us.'"

A. Jesus Christ is the Lamb of God who takes away the sin of the world: Jn. 1.29

B. The angels call Him worthy because He was exalted to the throne of God: Acts 2.32-33

C. However, we call Him worthy because He was slain for us: Rom. 5.8

III. Stanza 3 says that we should offer Him blessing

"Jesus is worthy to receive Honor and power divine;

And blessings, more than we can give, Be, Lord, forever Thine."

A. Jesus is indeed worthy: Rev. 5.6-9

B. Therefore, He is above all principality, power, might, and dominion: Eph. 1.20-21

C. The "blessings" here are not the blessings or favors that God bestows upon us, but rather the blessings or praises that we give unto Him: Eph. 1.3

IV. Stanza 4 says that we should give Him glory

"Let all that dwell above the sky, And air, and earth, and seas,

Conspire to lift Thy glories high, And speak Thine endless praise!"

A. The knee of every creature, in heaven, on earth, and under the earth, should bow to Christ, and every tongue should confess His name: Phil. 2.9-11

B. The word "glory" in the New Testament means an opinion, estimate, and hence the honor resulting from a good reputation; when we give God glory, we are simply giving Him the highest dignity possible: Ps. 29.1-2

C. This is what we do when we speak His endless praise: Ps. 35.27-28

V. Stanza 5 says that we should adore Him

"The whole creation join in one To bless the sacred name

Of Him that sits upon the throne, and to adore the Lamb."

A. The whole creation is urged to join in this praise: Ps. 148.7-14

B. The purpose is to bless the sacred name in which salvation alone can be found: Acts 4.12

C. Thus, we acknowledge both Him who sits upon the throne and the Lamb: Rev. 5.13

CONCL.: Other melodies have been used with this hymn, but in my opinion, the majesty of Watts's words is enhanced by the majesty of Haweis's tune and the two combine in a resounding accolade of praise to both Jesus Christ who died for our sins and to the Heavenly Father who sent Him. As we think about all that God and Christ have done to make our salvation possible, we should always want to "Come, Let Us Join Our Cheerful Songs."

"COME, THOU ALMIGHTY KING"

"Give unto the Lord the glory due unto His name: worship the Lord..." (Ps. 29.2)

INTRO.: A hymn that gives the Lord glory due His name even as it asks Him to come and be among us in our worship is "Come, Thou Almighty King" (#45 in "Hymns for Worship Revised"). The text is usually identified as having been written by an anonymous author because the origin of the song is unknown, but it is sometimes attributed to Charles Wesley (1707-1788). The words, thought to have been produced as early as 1755, first appeared around 1757 in a four-page pamphlet which also contained a hymn by Wesley entitled "Jesus, Let Thy Pitying Eye," thus leading some to assume Wesley's authorship. However, most scholars now agree that Wesley was probably not the author because the hymn is not found in any older Methodist hymnbooks, the odd meter is not characteristic of Wesley's hymns, and Wesley never claimed authorship of it.

The tract containing this hymn was bound with copies of the 1757 edition of "Collection of Hymns for Social Worship" published by George Whitefield, and some have attributed the song to him. Whitefield was born at Gloucester, England, on Dec. 16, 1714, and was educated at St. Mary le Crypt School and at Pembroke College, Oxford. After having begun to preach for the Society of Methodists which he joined in 1735 he became a minister in the Church of England the following year, dividing his time between England and America which he first visited in 1738 to preach Methodism. However, he separated from the Wesleys in 1741 because of doctrinal differences. In 1769 he made his final voyage to America, where he died on Sept. 30, 1770, at Newburyport, MA.

The tune used in most hymnbooks was composed for this text in 1769 by Felice de Giardini (1716-1796). However, it is believed that "Come, Thou Almighty King" was originally produced to fit the tune to "God Save The King/Queen," which came into general use after 1745 and eventually became the English national anthem. Its first appearance seems to have been in the "Gentleman's Magazine" of Oct., 1745, with the words, "God save great George, our King." Attempts have been made to trace it to several composers. One is John Bull (c. 1562-1628). However, he lived somewhat earlier, so a more likely possibility is Henry Carey (1690-1743). In this country, it is known as "America" and commonly used with the patriotic song, "My Country, 'Tis of Thee," written in 1831 by Samuel Francis Smith. In some older books, "Come, Thou Almighty King" is still set to this tune.

The song reminds us that God is our real King as we pray for His presence to be with us in our worship.

I. The first stanza addresses God the Father.

"Come, Thou almighty King, Help us Thy name to sing, Help us to praise!

Father all-glorious, O'er all victorious, Come and reign over us, Ancient of Days."

A. God is the almighty King of the universe: Psalm 10:16

B. He is the eternal Father: Matthew 6:9

C. Also, He is called the Ancient of Days: Daniel 7:9-14, 22. This is a request that He will help us to sing His praise.

II. The second stanza speaks of God the Son.

"Come, Thou Incarnate Word, Gird on Thy mighty sword, Our prayer attend!

Come, and Thy people bless, And give Thy word success, Spirit of holiness, On us descend!"

A. Jesus Christ is the Incarnate Word, that is, the divine Word who became flesh: John 1:1, 14

B. He is pictured as having a mighty sword because He is the leader of the armies of God: Revelation 19:15, 21

C. Yet, He is also called upon to attend our prayer because He is the Mediator between God and man: 1 Timothy 2:5. This is a request that Christ will bless His people in their assemblies.

III. The third stanza mentions God the Holy Spirit.

"Come, Holy Comforter, Thy sacred witness bear In this glad hour:

Thou who almighty art, Now rule in every heart, And ne'er from us depart, Spirit of power."

A. The Holy Comforter is the Holy Spirit: John 14:26, 15:26, 16:7-13

B. The witness that this Comforter bears is through the word written by the inspired apostles and prophets: Ephesians 3:3-5

C. As we yield ourselves to the teaching of the Spirit in the word, He is said to dwelll in us: Romans 8:8-11. This is a request not for Him to come in some miraculous manner but to be with us spiritually as we sing and pray together. (Most of our books omit this stanza because of questions about addressing songs directly to the Holy Spirit.)

IV. The fourth stanza is directed to God the Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit.

"To the great One in Three, The highest praises be, Hence, evermore;

Thy sovereign majesty May we in glory see, And to eternity Love and adore!"

A. Most of our books have changed the first line to, "O Lord, our God, to Thee," probably because of questions about whether the phrase "One in Three" is really scriptural or not, but the Bible certainly teaches the full divinity yet separate existence of the Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit: Matthew 28:19.

B. When we praise God, we should recognize that we are actually including the grace of the Lord Jesus Christ, the love of God, and the communion of the Holy Spirit: 2 Corinthians 13:14

C. In eternity it is our hope to see and be with all three: the one Spirit, the one Lord, and the one God and Father: Ephesians 4:4-6

CONCL.: Some think that these words were written as an act of rebellion in substitution for the words of the British national anthem and that is why the author wished to remain anonymous. Others feel that this text was written in imitation of the royal hymn to make request to the heavenly King as the other was for an earthly ruler. Regardless of its origin, whenever we meet as a congregation of God's people, we can invoke the Lord's blessings upon us as we call Him to "Come, Thou Almighty King."

"COME TO JESUS TODAY"

"Behold, now is the accepted time; behold, now is the day of salvation" (2 Cor. 6.2)

INTRO.: A song which encourages people to recognize that now is the day of salvation and act accordingly is "Come To Jesus Today" (#293 in "Hymns for Worship Revised" and #599 in "Sacred Selections for the Church"). The text was written by Eden Reeder Latta who was born on Mar. 24, 1839, near Ligonier, IN. A boyhood friend of William A. Ogden, who went on to produce many well-known gospel songs such as "He Is Able To Deliver Thee," Latta himself produced over 1,600 songs and hymns in his lifetime. Some of these were published in his book "The River of Life" which he compiled for Oliver Ditson Company of Boston, MA.

"Come To Jesus" is dated 1878. The tune was composed by John Harrison Tenney (1840-1918). He provided music for several songs that we sing, including "I Will Pray." Other songs by Latta include "Blessed Be The Fountain of Blood" and "Live for Jesus." He died in 1915. "Come To Jesus" has been in almost all hymnbooks published by brethren for use among churches of Christ at least since the 1923 "Choice Gospel Hymns" edited by Thomas B. Mosley for the Gospel Advocate Co., except for the "Great Songs" series and the 1994 "Songs of Faith and Praise" edited by Alton H. Howard.

The song exhorts people to come to Jesus while they have time and opportunity.

I. Stanza 1 says that sinners should come to Jesus today because we are sinners

"Come to Jesus! He will save you, Though your sins as crimson glow;

If you give your hearts to Jesus, He will make them white as snow."

A. Jesus came to save us: Matt. 1.21; Lk. 2.11, 19.10; 1 Tim. 1.15

B. Therefore we should give Him our hearts: Prov. 23.26

C. And if we do, He has promised to make our sins, which are as crimson, as white as snow: Isa. 1.18

II. Stanza 2 says that sinners should come to Jesus today because we need mercy

"Come to Jesus! do not tarry, Enter in at mercy's gate;

O, delay not till the morrow, Lest thy coming be too late."

A. We are encouraged to enter into the gate that opens in to the strait and narrow way which leads to everlasting life: Matt. 7.13-14

B. And we are encouraged not to tarry till the morrow but to enter into that gate as soon as possible because today today is the accepted time: Heb. 3.7-8

C. The problem with delaying is that, like the foolish virgins, we might delay until it will be too late: Matt. 25.1-13

III. Stanza 3 says that sinners should come to Jesus today because we are dying

"Come to Jesus, dying sinner! Other Savior there is none;

He will share with you His glory, When your pilgrimage is done."

A. Not only are we all dying physically, but those in sin are dying spiritually, and Jesus the Savior is the only one who can help: Mk. 2.17, Jn. 14.6

B. To those who come to him for salvation, He has promised to share His glory: Ps. 73.24

C. Like the patriarchs of old, they will receive this great blessing after their pilgrimage on earth is done: Heb. 11.13-16

CONCL.: The chorus earnestly repeats the plea,

"Come to Jesus! Come to Jesus! Come to Jesus! come today,

Come to Jesus! Come to Jesus! Come to Jesus! come, come today."

It has become a custom among most churches of Christ to sing an invitation song following a sermon or at the close of a service to exhort anyone in the audience who needs to obey the gospel to do so. While this act is not specifically commanded, it is authorized by general authority and singing songs such as this one is an expedient means of encouraging a lost sinner to "Come To Jesus Today."

"COME TO THE FEAST"

"Tell them...I have prepared my dinner...all things are ready" (Matt. 22.4).

INTRO.: A song which extends the invitation to come for salvation in Christ using the language of the parable of the wedding feast is "Come to the Feast" (#317 in "Hymns for Worship Revised" and #607 in "Sacred Selections for the Church"). The text was written, under the pseudonym Charlotte G. Homer, by Charles Hutchinson Gabriel (1856-1932). The tune was composed by William Augustine Ogden (1841-1897). The song, often entitled "All Things Are Ready," was first published in 1895 (some older books wrongfully give the date as 1896). In 1921 it was owned by William E. M. Hackleman, but by 1935 it had passed to the Standard Publishing Co. Almost all hymnbooks published in the mid to late 20th century that received general use among churches of Christ included this song, except the 1994 "Songs of Faith and Praise" edited by Alton H. Howard.

It has been a very popular invitation song.

I. Stanza 1 emphasizes bounty

"'All things are ready,'" come to the feast! Come, for the table now is spread;

Ye famishing, ye weary, come, And thou shalt be richly fed."

A. The table now spread represents God's bounty in providing for our spiritual needs in Christ: Ps. 23.5

B. The sinner needing salvation is often pictured as famishing and weary: Isa. 55.1-2

C. But those who come to Christ, hungering and thirsting after righteousness, shall be fed: Matt. 5.6

II. Stanza 2 emphasizes invitation

"'All things are ready,' come to the feast! Come, for the door is open wide;

A place of honor is reserved For you at the Master's side."

A. The door open wide represents Christ's invitation to come to Him while time remains: Matt. 25.10

B. This invitation is to receive a place of honor: Lk. 14.8-10

C. This place of honor is at the Master's side, because those who come to Him are made to sit together with Him in heavenly places: Eph. 2.4-6

III. Stanza 3 emphasizes readiness

"'All things are ready,' come to the feast! Come, while He waits to welcome thee;

Delay not while this day is thine, Tomorrow may never be."

A. Christ stands in readiness to welcome us into His feast: Matt. 11.28-30

B. We should not delay, because now is the accepted time: 2 Cor. 6.2

C. The fact is, we do not know what will be on the morrow, and tomorrow may never be: Jas. 4.13-17

IV. Stanza 4 emphasizes motivation

"'All things are ready,' come to the feast! Leave every care and worldly strife;

Come, feast upon the love of God, And drink everlasting life."

A. To come to Christ, we must leave every care and worldly strife behind: Phil. 3.13-14

B. To motivate us to do so, we have the love of God upon which we can feast and be saved: Tit. 3.4-5

C. And we have the promise that we can drink everlasting life: Jn. 4.14

CONCL.: The chorus sounds out the call for "whosoever will" to come to Christ (Rev. 22.17):

"Hear the invitation. Come, 'whosoever will;'

Praise God for full salvation For 'whosoever will.'"

Those who are lost in sin need to be told that if they want to be saved and are willing to turn to the Lord and meet His revealed conditions, then all things are ready for them to "Come To The Feast."

"COME TO THE SAVIOR"

"Today if ye will hear His voice, harden not your hearts..." (Heb. 3.7-8).

INTRO.: A song which urges the sinner to hear the voice of the Lord and respond today is, "Come To The Savior (make no delay)." The text was written and the tune was composed both by George Frederick Root (1820-1895). A native of Sheffield, MA, he became a well-known music teacher and song writer, under the name G. Friedrich Wurzel, of cantatas and minstrel songs. After becoming associated with the firms of Root and Cady of Chicago (co-owned by his brother) and John Church in Cincinnati, he produced a number of gospel songs, including "Why Do You Wait," and tunes for songs by others, such as "When He Cometh," "Jesus Loves the Little Children," and "Ring the Bells of Heaven," that have appeared in many of our books.

"Come To The Savior" was first published in the 1870 collection "The Prize" which Root edited for Root and Cady. Its popularity was the result of its inclusion in Bliss and Sankey's 1875 "Gospel Hymns and Sacred Songs." Among hymnbooks published by brethren for use in churches of Christ during the twentieth century, it appeared in the Gospel Advocate's 1935 "Christian Hymns" No. 1 edited by L. O. Sanderson and the 1963 "Abiding Hymns" edited by Robert C. Welch. Today it may still be found in the 1986 "Great Songs Revised" edited by Forrest M. McCann.

The song is designed to encourage those in sin to come to the Lord for salvation.

I. In stanza 1 the sinner is offered the invitation.

"Come to the Savior, make no delay; Here in His Word He's shown us the way;

Here in our midst He's standing today, Tenderly saying, 'Come.'"

A. The sinner should make no delay in coming to the Savior because "now is the accepted time": 2 Cor. 6.2

B. The means by which we know how to come to Him is that in His Word He's shown us the way, since the scriptures provide everything that we need in our relationship to the Lord: 2 Tim. 3.16-17

C. The song is apparently picturing an assembly such as a gospel meeting where Jesus is identified as standing in the midst and saying, "Come," not literally, but through the preaching of the gospel which is His power to salvation: Rom. 1.16

II. In stanza 2 the sinner is asked to make a choice.

"'Suffer the children!' O hear His voice! Let every heart leap forth and rejoice;

And let us freely make Him our choice: Do not delay, but come."

A. Jesus is spoken of as inviting sinners to come to Him and become spiritual children of God just as He invited little children to come to Him: Matt. 19.14

B. The way that a person can "leap forth and rejoice" is to do as the Ethiopian eunuch did, hearing the gospel and responding to it in faith and baptism to go on His way rejoicing: Acts 8.35-39

C. When people thus freely make Him their choice by repenting, even the angels of heaven rejoice with them: Lk. 15.10

III. In stanza 3 the sinner is admonished to think about his need.

"Think once again, He's with us today; Heed now His blest command, and obey;

Hear now His accents tenderly say, 'Will you, My children, come?'"

A. Again in a figurative sense, Jesus is still with us today, the One who died for our sins: Rom. 5.8

B. Therefore, because He paid the price for us, we should heed His blest commands and obey: Heb. 5.8-9

C. To do so, we must first listen to His tender accents which say, "Come unto Me": Matt. 11.28-30

CONCL.: The chorus expresses the great joy that accompany salvation, both for the sinner and those who have had a part in his conversion:

"Joyful, joyful, will the meeting be, When from sin our hearts are pure and free;

And we shall gather, Savior, with Thee, In our eternal home."

Although this song has been omitted from many of our more recent books, it could still serve a useful function as a rousing and earnest means of inviting those who are yet out of Christ but have heard the word to "Come To The Savior."

"COME, YE SINNERS, POOR AND NEEDY"

"Ho, every one that thirsteth, come ye to the waters" (Isa. 55:1)

A song that encourages sinners who are thirsty, poor, and needy to come to the waters to receive the blessings of the Lord is "Come, Ye Sinners, Poor and Needy." The text, originally beginning "Come, ye sinners, poor and wretched," was written by Joseph Hart, who was born in London, England, in 1712. His early life is somewhat obscure, but he was brought up in a godly home and received an excellent education. His brother-in-law, John Hughes, said that he became "a teacher of the learned languages" in a school at London. However, according his own account, he seems to have lapsed into a dissolute life. During these years, he wrote a pamphlet entitled, "The Unreasonableness of Religion, Being Remarks and Animadversions on the Rev. John Wesley's Sermon on Romans 8:32."

Yet, Hart continued searching and in 1757 was converted at the Moravian Chapel on Fetter Ln. in London. Two years later, he became minister with the Jewin St. Independent Chapel in London, where he remained until his death. An ardent Calvinist, he was a powerful preacher who was widely known and well loved. In 1759 he published "Hymns Composed on Various Subjects, with the Author's Experience," which included this one, probably his most famous hymn. A Supplement was added to the book in 1762. Others of Hart's well known hymns include "That Dreadful Night Before His Death" and "Come, Holy Spirit, Come." Hart died in London on May, 24, 1768, and is buried in Bunhill Fields. Through the years, a lot of tinkering and altering has been done with "Come, Ye Sinners, Poor and Needy."

Often, as in "Great Songs of the Church No. 2," it is set to a tune (Greenville or Rousseau's Dream), composed by the French philosopher-musician Jean Jacques Rousseau (1712-1778). Coming from a pantomime in his opera "Le Devin du Village," finished in 1750 and first performed in 1752, it was arranged in 1818 by Jean Baptiste Cramer (1771-1858). The first appearance as a hymn tune seems to be in the 1823 "Handel and Haydn Collection of Church Music," second edition. Other times, as in "Great Songs Revised," the song is set to a traditional American folk melody (Resignation), taken from Walker's 1835 "Southern Harmony" with the chorus, "I will arise and go to Jesus." Both of these versions are found in "Praise for the Lord." Also, as in "Christian Hymnal," it has been set to a Welsh tune (Bryn Calfaria) by William Owen.

In the past, this hymn was often used as an invitation song to encourage sinners to come to the Lord.

I. Stanza 1 invites sinners to come because they are poor and needy

"Come, ye sinners, poor and needy, Weak and wounded, sick and sore;

Jesus ready stands to save you, Full of pity, love, and power.

He is able, He is able, He is willing: doubt no more."

A. Before we can even see the need to be saved, we must have a poverty of spirit: Matt. 5:3

B. But Jesus is ready to supply what we need because He is able to save us: Lk. 19:10

C. Not only is He able to save us, but He is as willing to save as He was to heal the leper: Matt. 8:1-3

II. Stanza 1 invites sinners to come because they are thirsty

"Come, ye thirsty, come and welcome, God's free bounty glorify;

True belief and true repentance, Every grace that brings you nigh;

Without money, without money, Come to Jesus Christ and buy."

A. Those who are spiritually thirsty need to come and receive God's free bounty: Matt. 5:6

B. Coming to Jesus to satisfy our thirst requres true belief and repentance: Mk. 1:14-15

C. However, it does not require money because we are not redeemed with silver or gold but with the price already paid by Jesus with His blood: 1 Pet. 1:18-19

III. Stanza 3 invites sinners to come because they are weary and heavy laden

"Come, ye weary, heavy laden, Lost and ruined by the fall;

If you tarry till you're better, You will never come at all:
Not the righteous, not the righteous; Sinners Jesus came to call."

A. The guilt of sin is pictured as a burden that makes us weary and heavy laden: Matt. 11:28-30

B. Some people think that they should wait to come to Jesus to have this burden lifted until they can make themselves better, but this is not how it works, so they should not tarry: 2 Cor. 6:2

C. We must remember that Jesus did not come to call the righteous but sinners to repentance: Matt. 9:12-13

IV. Stanza 4 invites us to come because Jesus suffered for us

"View Him prostrate in the garden; On the ground your Maker lies.

On the bloody tree behold Him; Hear Him cry before He dies,

"It is finished, it is finished!" Sinner, will not this suffice?"

A. Jesus suffered anguish in the Garden of Gethsemane: Matt. 26:38-39

B. He also suffered the agony of a cruel death upon the bloody tree at Calvary: Mk. 15:33-37

C. When He thus died and paid the full price that will suffice for our sins, He cried, "It is finished": Jn. 19:30

V. Stanza 5 invites us to come because of the merit of Jesus's blood

"Lo! th'incarnate God ascended Pleads the merit of His blood;

Venture on Him venture wholly, Let no other trust intrude.

None but Jesus, none but Jesus Can do helpless sinners good."

A. It was the blood of Jesus Christ that was shed for many for the remission of sins: Matt. 26:28

B. Therefore, we should put our trust wholly in Him and no other: Eph. 1:12

C. No one but Jesus can do helpless sinners good because God sent Him to taste death for us: Heb. 2:9

VI. Stanza 6 invites us to come because of what He promises to give us

"Let not conscience make you linger, Nor of fitness fondly dream;

All the fitness He requireth Is to feel your need of Him.

This He gives you, This He gives you: 'Tis the Spirit's glimmering beam."

A. Again, some people linger because they feel they need to "lift themselves up by their own boostraps" first, but today is the day to hear His voice and respond: Heb. 3:15

B. While, as indicated earlier, true repentance must be involved in our coming to Christ, we do not bring ourselves to "fitness" but simply recognize that we are sinners in need of His mercy: Lk. 18:13

C. When we do this and come to Him in obedience to His word, He gives us remission of sins and the gift of the Holy Spirit: Acts 2:38

VII. Stanza 7 invites us to come because it will cause the angels of heaven to rejoice

"Saints and angels, joined in concert, Sing the praises of the Lamb,

While the blissful seats of heaven Sweetly echo with His name,

Hallelujah! hallelujah! Sinners here may do the same."

A. Jesus said that when one sinner repents, the angels of heaven rejoice: Lk. 15:7

B. They are joined by the saints of all the ages echoing praise to the name of Jesus Christ the Lamb who makes our salvation possible: Rev. 5:9

C. Yet, what is even a greater wonder is that the sinner who comes to Christ even here may do the same in showing thanks to God for saving Him in Christ: 1 Tim. 1:12-15

CONCL.: The traditional chorus expresses the proper response that God wants on the part of those invited:
"I will arise and go to Jesus, He will take me in His arms;

In the arms of my dear Savior, O, there are ten thousand charms."

There is no greater problem that mankind has to deal with in this life than sin. And there could be no greater remedy provided than that given to us in Jesus Christ. Therefore, God invites all who are lost, saying, "Come, Ye Sinners, Poor and Needy."

"CROWN HIM WITH MANY CROWNS"

"...And on His head were many crowns" (Rev. 19.12)

A hymn which identifies Christ as the King of kings and Lord of Lords with many crowns upon His head is "Crown Him With Many Crowns." The original text was written by Matthew Bridges (1800-1894). Born at Malden in Essex, England, he was a member of the Church of England and a writer whose interests lay in literature, history, and politics. Later he became a member of the Roman Catholic Church and is best known for his religious poetry. This hymn first appeared in 1851 in the second edition of his "Hymns of the Heart" and consisted of six stanzas.

The tune (Diademata) was composed for this hymn by George Job Elvey (1816-1893). He was music director at St. George's Chapel in Windsor, England, where the British royal family often attended. It first appeared with Bridges's text in the 1868 Appendix to "Hymns Ancient and Modern." Then, in 1874, six additional stanzas were written by Anglican minister Godfrey Thring (1823-1903). These first appeared in his 1874 "Hymns and Sacred Lyrics." Most books today use a composite of stanzas drawn from both Bridges and Thring.

The song was found in the 1937 "Great Songs of the Church No. 2" (#365) edited by E. L. Jorgenson, and the 1963 "Christian Hymnal" (#154) edited by J. Nelson Slater. Among books still published today, it is located in the 1971 "Songs of the Church" (#362), the 1990 "Songs of the Church 21st Century Edition" (#63), and the 1994 "Songs of Faith and Praise" (#'s 193, 305), all edited by Alton H. Howard; and the 1992 "Praise for the Lord" (#115) edited by John P. Wiegand.

This hymn presents several possible reasons for the crowns on Jesus' head.

I. The first crown represents kingship in general and is said to be on the Lamb

"Crown Him with many crowns, the Lamb upon His throne; Hark! how the heavenly anthem drowns All music but its own!

Awake, my soul, and sing Of Him who died for thee, And hail Him as thy matchless King Through all eternity."

A. Jesus Christ is the Lamb of God: Jn. 1.29, 1 Pet. 1.18-21

B. And this Lamb of God is now upon His throne: Acts 2.29-32, Heb. 8.1

C. As the victorious Lamb upon His throne, He is worthy of our praise:

Rev. 5.6-7, 11-12

II. The second crown belongs to Christ as both Son of God and Son of Man

"Crown Him the Son of God Before the world began, And ye, who tread where He hath trod, Crown Him the Son of man;

Who every grief hath known That wrings the human breast, And takes and bears them for His own, That all in Him may rest."

A. Jesus Christ is certainly the divine Son of God: Matt. 16.16, John 20.30-31

B. However, Jesus is also the Son of Man in that He became flesh and lived as a man: Jn. 1.14, Phil. 2.5-8

C. And one stated purpose of His becoming a man is that He might be able to aid those who are tempted: Heb. 2.14-18

III. The third crown is that of love, as demonstrated in His death for our sins

"Crown Him the Lord of love! Behold His hands and side, Rich wounds, yet visible above, In beauty glorified.

All hail, Redeemer, hail! For Thou hast died for me: Thy praise shall never, never fail Throughout eternity."

A. Certainly, Jesus is the supreme embodiment and expression of God's love for sinful mankind: Jn. 3.16

B. And that love was shown by His willingness to die for our sins: Rom. 5.8

C. Thus, because of this great love, we can have salvation: Eph. 1.3-7, 2.4-10

IV. The fourth crown is that of life, as manifested by His resurrection from the dead

"Crown Him the Lord of life, Who triumphed o'er the grave, And rose victorious in the strife For those He came to save;

His glories now we sing Who died, and rose on high, Who died, eternal life to bring, And lives that death may die."

A. The Bible records the resurrection of Christ from the dead as a historical fact: Lk. 24.1-10

B. Thus, the central message of gospel preaching in the first century was that Jesus Christ arose from the dead: Acts 2.22-24, Rom. 1.3-4, 1 Cor. 15.1-4

C. And because Jesus Christ thus showed Himself to be Lord of life, He can give us life: Jn. 1.4, 10.10

V. The fifth crown belongs to Jesus as the Lord of peace

"Crown Him the Lord of Peace, Whose power a scepter sways From pole to pole, that wars may cease, Absorbed in prayer and praise;

His reign shall know no end, And round His blessed feet Fair flowers of paradise extend Their fragrance ever sweet."

A. It had been prophesied that the Messiah would be the Prince of Peace: Isa. 9.6-7

B. Indeed, Jesus came to bring peace: Lk. 2.10-14

C. While worldly peace between warring nations is something to be desired, the peace of Christ is more than that because it makes it possible for sinful mankind to be a peace with God: Eph. 2.13-14

VI. The sixth crown is His as the Lord of Heaven

"Crown Him the Lord of Heaven, One with the Father known, And the blest Spirit, through Him given, From yonder glorious throne!

No angel in the sky Can fully bear that sight, But downard bends his burning eye At mysteries so bright."

A. Jesus Christ ascended back to heaven: Dan. 7.13-14, Acts 1.9-11

B. Having ascended to God, He now has all rule and authority: Eph. 1.19-21

C. And as the Lord of Heaven, He has opened the way to eternal life with God to all mankind who would obey God's will: Rev. 22.1-5

CONCL.: Some brethren have objected to this song, perhaps assuming that it is talking about crowning Christ when He comes again. One might mistakenly think that, but this is not what the song says. It pictures the crowning of Christ in heaven following His resurrection and ascension, and thus refers to the fact that He has been crowned and is therefore King upon His throne today. However, it might also be said that we continue to crown Him in the sense that we make Him the King of our lives by yielding our hearts to Him and also by our praises to Him.

Jesus Christ was crowned as Savior and King following His death and resurrection, upon His ascension when He sat down on His throne at the right hand of the Father on high. Today, He is crowned by each individual as we make Him the King of our hearts and Lord of our lives in obedience to His will. And in heaven, the redeemed of all ages, along with the angelic hosts, will crown Jesus forever and ever as the Son of God with their eternal praises to His name. Therefore, it is fitting that, with thoughts of all that Jesus has done for us, we sing, "Crown Him With Many Crowns."

"DAY BY DAY